Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / First Western Financial, Inc.

First Western Financial, Inc.

myfw · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker myfw
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 321
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · First Western Financial, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2023 Annual Report

Cover Artwork: 
Douglas, Walker, #A-480: Embellished Baroque Initial, Oil on Panel, First Western Art Collection

To Our Shareholders: 

The strength of the franchise we have built over our 19-year history was never more evident than in 2023 as we continued 
to perform well despite the turmoil that impacted the banking industry in the early part of the year. Because of the prudent 
approach we have always taken to risk management, First Western has been a consistent source of strength and stability 
for our clients. So in the wake of the bank failures that occurred in March that resulted in significant deposit outflows at 
many banks, there was essentially no concern expressed by our clients, and due to the deep relationships we have built 
and the value that our clients place on the service and expertise we provide, the stickiness of the deposit base we have 
built was never more apparent. In fact, we were a beneficiary of the turmoil, as we added many new clients who wanted 
to move their banking business to a stronger financial institution.  

Our  prudent  risk  management  and  conservative  approach  to  growing  our  franchise  continued  to  positively  impact 
shareholder  value.  Since  our  IPO  in  2018  through  the  end  of  2023,  we  increased  tangible  book  value  per  share  by 
approximately 140%, which includes the $0.56 decrease we had due to the adoption of CECL at the beginning of 2023. 

We  executed  well  on  our  strategic  priorities  in  2023,  which  included  maintaining  disciplined  expense  control  while 
focusing on adding new deposit relationships to increase our liquidity and put us in a better position to fund new loan 
production once loan demand increases as economic conditions improve. We finished 2023 with quarterly non-interest 
expense of approximately $18 million, which was well below the expected run rate of $19-$20 million that we provided 
at the beginning of the year. We also were successful in our deposit gathering efforts, which reduced our loan-to-deposit 
ratio as we moved through the year. With a focus on better leveraging previous technology investments and implementing 
process improvements throughout the organization, we were able to reduce expenses without impacting our business 
development efforts or the level of service that we provide to clients. 

There remains a high degree of uncertainty regarding the economic conditions we will see in 2024, but we believe we are 
well  positioned  to  perform  well  in  any  economic  scenario  that  emerges  this  year.  Our  strong  balance  sheet  and 
conservative underwriting criteria should enable us to effectively manage through an economic downturn as we have 
throughout our history. Should the Fed manage to keep us out of a recession and effect a soft landing for the economy, 
our business development capabilities and unique value proposition will enable us to take advantage of strengthening 
economic conditions and an increase in loan demand. 

As we look at our markets, we believe the competitive environment has become more favorable for us, as many banks 
have had to pull back from loan production due to capital constraints, funding challenges and/or credit concerns. Deposit 
gathering is going to remain a top priority, with an increased focus on targeting deposit-rich industries like nonprofits and 
homeowner associations. We have a good deal of expertise in both of these areas throughout the company that we are 
now leveraging to a greater extent to add new clients that are good sources of low-cost deposits.  

We expect to deliver strong financial results in 2024, and as always, we will continue to operate the company with a long-
term perspective. With the strength of the franchise and the balance sheet we have built, we believe we can continue to 
capitalize on the attractive markets that we operate in to consistently add new clients, realize more operating leverage as 
we increase scale, generate profitable growth, and further enhance the value of our franchise. 

Sincerely, 

Scott C. Wylie 
Chairman, President & CEO 

[This page intentionally left blank] 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________________
FORM 10-K
____________________________________________

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF

1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 
OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE

ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM_____ TO _____

Commission File Number 001-38595
____________________________________________

First Western Financial, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
____________________________________________

Colorado
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

1900 16th Street, Suite 1200
Denver, CO
(Address of principal executive offices)

37-1442266
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

80202
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 303.531.8100
____________________________________________

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Common Stock, no par value

Trading Symbol

MYFW

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Name of each exchange on which 
registered

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of 
Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). 
Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an 
emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  "large  accelerated  filer,"  "accelerated  filer,"  "smaller  reporting  company,"  and  "emerging  growth 
company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

¨

¨

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

x

x

¨

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new 
or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C.  7262(b))  by  the  registered  public  accounting  firm  that 
prepared or issued its audit report. x

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the 
filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received 
by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x

As of June 30, 2023, the last day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-
affiliates  of  the  Registrant,  based  on  the  closing  price  of  the  Registrant’s  common  stock  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market,  was  approximately 
$140.9 million.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of  March 12, 2024 was 9,621,310.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of 
this Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. Such Definitive Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days 
after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

____________________________________________

FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

Business

Risk Factors

Unresolved Staff Comments

Cybersecurity

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities

[Reserved]

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

PART I

Item 1.

Item 1A.

Item 1B.

Item 1C.

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Item 9.

Item 9A.

Item 9B.

Item 9C.

PART III

Item 10.

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

PART IV

Item 15.

Item 16.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Form 10-K Summary

Signatures

Page

5

32

53

54

55

55

55

56

57

58

92

94

95

95

95

96

97

97

97

97

97

98

100

101

Important Notice about Information in this Annual Report

Unless  we  state  otherwise  or  the  context  otherwise  requires,  references  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  to 
"we,"  "our,"  "us,"  "the  Company"  and  "First  Western"  refer  to  First  Western  Financial,  Inc.  and  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, including First Western Trust Bank, which we sometimes refer to as "the Bank" or "our Bank."

The  information  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  is  accurate  only  as  of  the  date  of  this  Annual 

Report on Form 10-K and as of the dates specified herein.

[This page intentionally left blank] 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect 
our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance. These statements are 
often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as "may," "should," "could," "predict," "potential," 
"believe," "will likely result," "expect," "continue," "will," "anticipate," "seek," "estimate," "intend," "plan," "projection," 
"would" and "outlook," or the negative version of those words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-
looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates 
and projections about our industry, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, 
by  their  nature,  are  inherently  uncertain  and  beyond  our  control,  particularly  with  regard  to  developments  related  to 
soundness  of  other  financial  institutions.  Accordingly,  we  caution  you  that  any  such  forward-looking  statements  are  not 
guarantees  of  future  performance  and  are  subject  to  risks,  assumptions  and  uncertainties  that  are  difficult  to  predict. 
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, 
actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. 
When considering forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements 
described in "Item 1A – Risk Factors" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

There are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated 

in these forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

geographic concentration in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming, Montana, and California;

the soundness of other financial institutions;

changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity;

risks associated with higher inflation;

changes in interest rates;

weak economic conditions and global trade;

our ability to continue to originate residential real estate loans and sell such loans;

risks specific to commercial loans and borrowers;

risks  related  to  non-performing  assets,  borrowers'  solvency  and  ability  to  repay  and  the  value  of  loan 
collateral; 

claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibilities;

competition for investment managers and professionals and our ability to retain our associates;

fluctuation in the value of our investment securities;

the terminable nature of our investment management contracts;

changes to the level or type of investment activity by our clients;

investment performance, in either relative or absolute terms;

legislative changes or the adoption of tax reform policies;

external business disruptors in the financial services industry;

the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses;

liquidity risks;

our ability to maintain a strong core deposit base or other low-cost funding sources;

continued positive interaction with and financial health of our referral sources;

3

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

retaining our largest trust clients;

our ability to achieve our strategic objectives;

competition from other banks, financial institutions, and wealth and investment management firms;

our  ability  to  implement  our  internal  growth  strategy  and  manage  the  risks  associated  with  our  anticipated 
growth;

the acquisition of other banks and financial services companies and integration risks and other unknown risks 
associated with acquisitions;

the accuracy of estimates and assumptions;

our  ability  to  protect  against  and  manage  fraudulent  activity,  breaches  of  our  information  security,  and 
cybersecurity attacks;

our reliance on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology and related 
services from third-party service providers;

technological change, including the use of artificial intelligence as a commonly used resource and its effects;

our ability to attract and retain clients;

unforeseen  or  catastrophic  events,  including  pandemics,  wars,  terrorist  attacks,  extreme  weather  events  or 
other natural disasters;

new lines of business or new products and services;

regulation of the financial services industry;

legal and regulatory proceedings, investigations and inquiries, fines and sanctions;

limited trading volume and liquidity in the market for our common stock;

fluctuations in the market price of our common stock;

actual or anticipated issuances or sales of our common stock or preferred stock in the future;

the initiation and continuation of securities analysts coverage of the Company;

potential  impairment  of  goodwill  recorded  on  our  balance  sheet  and  possible  requirements  to  recognize 
significant charges to earnings due to impairment of intangible assets; 

future issuances of debt securities;

our ability to manage our existing and future indebtedness;

available cash flows from the Bank; and

other factors that are discussed in "Part I – Item 1A - Risk Factors".

The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive. If one or more events related to these or other risks 
or  uncertainties  materialize,  or  if  our  underlying  assumptions  prove  to  be  incorrect,  actual  results  may  differ  materially 
from what we anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any 
forward-looking  statement  speaks  only  as  of  the  date  on  which  it  is  made,  and  we  do  not  undertake  any  obligation  to 
publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or 
otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which will arise. In addition, we 
cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may 
cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

4

Item 1: Business

Our Company

PART I

First  Western  Financial,  Inc.  is  a  financial  holding  company  headquartered  in  Denver,  Colorado.  We  provide  a 
fully integrated suite of wealth management services on our private trust bank platform, which includes a comprehensive 
selection  of  deposit,  loan,  trust,  wealth  planning  and  investment  management  products  and  services.  We  believe  our 
integrated business model distinguishes us from other banks and non-bank financial services companies in the markets in 
which  we  operate.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  provided  fiduciary  and  advisory  services  on  $6.75  billion  of  trust  and 
investment management assets ("AUM"), and we had total assets of $2.98 billion, total loans, excluding mortgage loans 
held for sale, of $2.53 billion, total deposits of $2.53 billion and total shareholders’ equity of $242.7 million.

Our  mission  is  to  be  the  best  private  bank  for  the  Western  wealth  management  client.  We  believe  that  the 
"Western wealth management client" shares our entrepreneurial spirit and values our sophisticated, high-touch integrated 
financial  services  that  are  tailored  to  meet  their  specific  needs.  Our  target  clients  include  successful  entrepreneurs, 
professionals and other high net worth individuals or families, along with their businesses and philanthropic organizations. 
We offer our services through a branded network of boutique private trust bank offices, loan production offices, and trust 
offices,  which  we  believe  are  strategically  located  in  affluent  and  high-growth  markets  in  eighteen  locations  across 
Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming, Montana, and California.

We  generate  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  from  non-interest  income,  which  we  produce  from  our  trust, 
investment  management  and  other  advisory  services  as  well  as  through  the  origination  and  sale  of  mortgage  loans.  The 
balance of our revenue is generated from net interest income, which we derive from our traditional banking products and 
services. For the year ended December 31, 2023, non-interest income was $21.9 million or 26.5% of total income before 
non-interest expense and net interest income, before the provision for credit losses, was $71.1 million, or 86.0% of total 
income before non-interest expense.

We  believe  that  we  have  developed  a  unique  approach  to  private  banking  to  best  serve  our  Western  wealth 

management clients primarily as a result of the combination of the following factors:

•

•

•

Offering  sophisticated  wealth  management  products  and  services,  including  traditional  banking  as  well  as 
trust, wealth planning, investment management and other related services often provided by larger financial 
institutions with the high-touch and personalized experience that is typically associated with community and 
trust banks;

Delivering services through our strategically located private trust bank offices, which we refer to internally as 
"profit centers"; and

Using  our  relationship-based  team  approach  to  become  a  "trusted  advisor"  to  our  clients  by  understanding 
their  investment  management,  ultimate  goals  and  banking  needs  and  tailoring  our  products  and  services  to 
meet those needs.

Our History 

We were founded in 2002 by our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Scott C. Wylie, and a group of 
local business leaders with the vision of building the best private bank for the Western wealth management client. Since 
opening our first office in Denver, Colorado in 2004, we have grown organically primarily by establishing boutique private 
trust bank offices, attracting new clients and expanding our relationships with existing clients, as well as through a series of 
strategic  acquisitions  of  various  trust,  registered  investment  advisory,  bank  branch  and  full  bank  institutions,  and  other 
financial services firms. Since we completed an initial public offering of our common stock on July 23, 2018, our common 
stock has been listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "MYFW."

5

Our Business Strategy

We believe we have built a premier private trust bank in the Western United States that focuses on providing the 
best financial solutions to our clients. We are service-driven, solution-oriented and relationship-based. We accomplish this 
by continuing to execute on the following strategies:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Building Out Existing Markets. Once we have established a presence in a particular geographic market that 
contains attractive high net worth household demographics, we then look to establish additional locations that 
are  closely  situated  to  sub-concentrations  of  affluent  households  and/or  commercial  activity  (a  "hub  and 
spoke"  market  build-out,  as  we  have  commenced  in  Denver,  Phoenix,  and  Jackson  Hole).  We  continue  to 
seek out talent to hire as part of our strategy of building out existing markets and continue to be successful in 
hiring teams that help us accomplish this goal. We also seek to employ highly capable associates with local 
market experience and relationships. 

Deepening Existing Client Relationships. We deliver our services though our eighteen local boutique private 
trust bank offices, loan production offices, and trust offices. This allows us to use multi-discipline sales and 
client  service  teams,  in-market,  to  ensure  we  are  meeting  each  client’s  comprehensive  set  of  needs.  These 
teams  take  the  time  to  understand  the  complexities  of  our  clients’  financial  world  through  wealth  planning 
solutions  and  create  the  financial  plan  that  helps  them  reach  their  goals.  This  profit  center-based  service 
model  is  a  critical  component  of  our  future  growth  as  we  continue  to  develop  our  understanding  of  our 
clients’ evolving needs, allowing us to deepen, broaden and grow our existing relationships. 

Generating Referrals for New Client Relationships. We believe we have demonstrated a successful sales and 
marketing  capability,  built  around  the  personal  and  professional  networks  and  centers  of  influence  of  our 
local profit center leadership. Our existing client base has historically provided a significant amount of new 
clients  through  referrals.  In  surveys,  our  clients  generally  rate  us  very  favorably  overall  in  areas  of 
professionalism, reliability, service-orientation, and trust. 

Developing  Client  Relationships  through  our  Product  Groups.  Each  profit  center  is  designed  to  feel  like  a 
boutique private trust bank office and is staffed with business development and client service personnel. The 
profit centers work closely with our central product groups to customize our services to each client’s specific 
situation, without sacrificing the flexibility, expertise and authority to quickly meet complex client needs. Our 
central  product  groups  are  designed  to  support  a  significantly  larger  client  and  AUM  base,  providing  an 
opportunity for significant operating leverage as we open additional profit centers. We have sales and service 
specialists in our product groups, such as Retirement Services and Mortgage Services, who are able to build 
relationships within their area of expertise and provide high quality service that creates an opportunity for a 
broader relationship across our suite of products and services. 

Expanding  to  New  Markets.  We  believe  that  our  profit  centers  are  profitable  and  stable  businesses  when 
mature.  We  also  believe  that  our  product  group  and  support  center  teams  have  a  high  degree  of  operating 
leverage  (i.e.,  we  believe  that  increasing  the  number  of  profit  centers  would  not  require  a  proportionate 
increase  in  our  product  group  or  support  center  expenses).  Therefore,  a  key  strategy  of  ours  is  to  add 
incremental profit centers and grow them to maturity. We continue to seek out talent as part of our strategy of 
building out existing markets and continue to be successful in hiring teams that help us accomplish this goal. 
The  trends  in  the  financial  services  industry  that  make  our  business  model  successful  in  our  existing 
geographic markets also exist in other locations in the Western United States. Our analysis indicates that there 
are hundreds of markets and submarkets in the Western United States that could support our profit centers and 
fit  our  target  demographics.  As  such,  we  intend  to  continue  to  explore  new  Western  United  States  markets 
with favorable high net worth demographics and competitive landscapes. 

Growing our Core Deposit Franchise. The strength of our deposit franchise is derived from the long-standing 
relationships  we  have  with  our  clients  and  the  strong  ties  we  have  to  the  markets  we  serve.  Our  deposit 
footprint has provided, and we believe will continue to provide, primary support for our loan growth. A key 
part  of  our  strategy  is  to  continue  to  enhance  our  funding  sources  by  continuing  to  build  our  private  and 
commercial banking capabilities to keep building our base of attractively priced core deposits.

6

•

•

Attracting Talent. Our team of seasoned associates has been, and will continue to be, an important driver of 
our organic growth by further developing relationships with current and potential clients. We have a record of 
hiring experienced associates to enhance our organic growth, and sourcing and hiring talent will continue to 
be a core focus for us. We believe that our client service model, financial strength, growth strategy and public 
company status will further enhance our ability to attract and retain this talent.

Developing  New  Products.  We  seek  to  be  the  primary  source  of  financial  products  and  services  for  our 
clients.  By  continuing  to  expand  our  product  offerings—either  by  internal  product  development  or 
establishing third-party relationships—we work to meet expanding client needs while further diversifying our 
revenue streams. This includes our recent efforts to focus on our product management disciplines as well as 
upgrading our commercial banking capabilities, adding market expertise in certain business verticals.

Our Service Model and Products

We  deliver  a  broad  array  of  wealth  management  products  and  services  through  our  profit  centers  using  our 
proprietary ConnectView® approach, which looks holistically across a client’s current and projected financial situation. We 
believe providing financial solutions in one area (such as estate, retirement planning or lending) often impacts other areas 
of  our  clients’  wealth  planning  (such  as  risk  or  balance  sheet  management),  which  provides  us  opportunities  to  evaluate 
proposed solutions across multiple business lines and offer additional services to our clients.

We have designed our business around having each profit center staffed with seasoned management. Typically, 
each profit center team is led by a president, who is a senior investment advisor or banker with strong client relationships 
and  sales  and  leadership  skills.  The  local  team  includes  deposit,  loan,  trust,  wealth  planning,  and  related  professionals, 
creating a strong interdisciplinary sales and service team.

We  provide  a  broad  array  of  products  and  services  through  our  boutique  private  trust  bank  offices,  largely 

comprised of the products and services described below.

Lending

General. Through our relationship-oriented private bank lending approach, our strategy is to offer a broad range of 
customized consumer and commercial lending products for the personal investment and business needs of our clients. Our 
clients  are  typically  well  diversified  and  the  purpose  for  their  loan  and  liquidity  needs  often  does  not  correlate  to  the 
collateral used to secure the loan.

Our  commercial  lending  products  include  commercial  loans,  business  term  loans  and  lines  of  credit  to  a 
diversified mix of small and midsized businesses. We offer both owner occupied and non-owner occupied commercial real 
estate ("CRE") loans, as well as construction loans.

Our consumer lending products include residential first mortgage loans, originated loans for our own portfolio, as 
well as those for which we conduct mortgage banking activities whereby we originate and sell, servicing-released, whole 
loans in the secondary market. Our mortgage banking loan sales activities are primarily directed at originating single family 
mortgages, which generally conform to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines and are delivered to the investor shortly 
after funding. Additionally, we offer installment loans and lines of credit, typically to facilitate investment opportunities for 
consumer clients whose financial characteristics support the request. We also provide clients loans collateralized by cash 
and marketable securities.

7

We employ experienced banking and business development teams who provide superior client service, value-add 

lending solutions and competitive pricing to market our lending products and services.

As of December 31, 2023, our loan portfolio contained a balanced and diverse mix of loans, as shown below: 

Gross Loans(1)

(1) Gross loans excludes $13.7 million in consumer and other loans accounted for under the fair value option.

Our loan portfolio includes commercial and industrial loans, residential real estate loans, commercial real estate 
loans, and other consumer loans. The principal risk associated with each category of loans we make is the creditworthiness 
of the borrower. Borrower creditworthiness is affected by general economic conditions, the attributes of the borrower and 
the borrower’s market or industry. We underwrite for strong cash flow, multiple sources of repayment, adequate collateral, 
borrower experience and backup guarantors. Attributes of the relevant business market or industry include the competitive 
environment, client and supplier availability, the threat of substitutes and barriers to entry and exit.

1-4 Family Residential. Our 1-4 family residential loan portfolio consists of loans and home equity lines of credit 
secured  by  1-4  family  residential  properties.  These  loans  typically  enable  borrowers  to  purchase  or  refinance  existing 
homes,  most  of  which  serve  as  the  primary  residence  of  the  owner.  In  addition,  some  borrowers  secure  a  commercial 
purpose  loan  with  1-4  family  residential  properties.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  1-4  family  residential  loans  were 
$928.0  million,  or  36.9%  of  our  total  loan  portfolio,  consisting  of  $122.2  million  and  $805.8  million  of  fixed-rate  and 
adjustable-rate loans, respectively. While we typically originate loans with adjustable rates and maturities up to 30 years, as 
of December 31, 2023, the average term on our 1-4 family portfolio was 20.1 years with an average remaining term of 18.1 
years. Such loans typically remain outstanding for substantially shorter periods because borrowers often prepay their loans 
in full either upon sale of the property pledged as security or upon refinancing the original loan.

Commercial loans secured by 1-4 family residential real estate are dependent on the strength of the local economy 
and local residential and commercial real estate markets. Borrower demand for adjustable-rate compared to fixed-rate loans 
is  a  function  of  the  level  of  interest  rates,  the  expectations  of  changes  in  the  level  of  interest  rates,  and  the  difference 
between the interest rates and loan fees offered for fixed-rate mortgage loans as compared to the interest-rates and loan fees 
for adjustable rate loans.

The loan fees, interest rates, and other provisions of mortgage loans are determined by us on the basis of our own 
pricing criteria and competitive market conditions. The loans are secured by the real estate, and appraisals are obtained to 
support the loan amount at origination. Loans collateralized by 1-4 family residential real estate generally are originated in 
amounts  of  no  more  than  80%  of  appraised  value.  Generally,  our  loans  conform  to  Fannie  Mae  and  Freddie  Mac 
underwriting guidelines and conform to internal policies for debt-to-income or free cash flow levels. We retain a valid lien 

8

1-4 Family Residential36.9%Consumer & Other1.1%Cash, Securities & Other5.6%C&I13.3%Owner Occupied CRE7.8%Non-owner Occupied CRE21.6%C&D13.7%on real estate, obtain a title insurance policy that insures that the property is free from encumbrances and require hazard 
insurance.

Our focus for mortgage lending is to originate high-quality loans to drive growth in our mortgage loan portfolio. 
Our mortgage strategy includes attracting new loan clients with our mortgage loan products and services, which we believe 
will provide an opportunity for our profit centers to bring in well-qualified prospects, and to cross-sell other products and 
services to clients. We believe that cross-selling enables us to generate additional revenues, increase client retention, and 
provide products that benefit our clients. We have developed a scalable platform, including loan processing, underwriting 
and closings, for both secondary sales and origination of 1-4 family residential mortgages maintained in our portfolio and 
believe we have significant opportunities to grow this business.

Cash,  Securities  and  Other.  Our  cash,  securities  and  other  loan  portfolio  consists  of  consumer  and  commercial 
purpose loans, which are primarily secured by securities managed and under custody with us, cash on deposit with us or 
life  insurance  policies.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  loans  secured  with  cash,  marketable  securities  and  other  were 
$139.9  million,  or  5.6%  of  our  total  loan  portfolio.  This  segment  of  our  portfolio  is  affected  by  a  variety  of  local  and 
national economic factors affecting borrowers’ employment prospects, income levels, and overall economic sentiment. PPP 
loans that are fully guaranteed by the SBA are classified within this line item.

Consumer and Other.  Our consumer and other loan portfolio consists of unsecured consumer loans. Loans held 
for investment accounted for under the fair value option are also classified within this line item and had an unpaid principal 
balance  of  $14.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2023.  Consumer  and  other  loans  were  $27.0  million,  or  1.1%  of  our  loan 
portfolio, excluding $13.7 million in consumer and other loans accounted for under the fair value option. This segment of 
our portfolio is affected by a variety of local and national economic factors affecting borrowers’ employment prospects, 
income levels, and overall economic sentiment.

Commercial  and  Industrial.  We  originate  commercial  and  industrial  loans,  including  working  capital  lines  of 
credit,  permanent  working  capital  term  loans,  business  asset  loans,  acquisition,  expansion  and  development  loans,  and 
other loan products, primarily in our target markets. These loans are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to 
service the debt from income, with maturities tied to the underlying life of the collateral. We generally take a lien on all 
business  assets,  including,  among  other  things,  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  equipment,  available  real  estate,  and 
generally  obtain  a  personal  guaranty  of  the  principal(s).  Our  commercial  and  industrial  loans  generally  have  variable 
interest rates and terms that typically range from one to five years. Fixed-rate commercial and industrial loan maturities are 
generally short-term, with three to five-year maturities, including periodic interest rate resets. As of December 31, 2023, 
commercial  and  industrial  loans  were  $337.2  million,  or  13.3%  of  our  total  loan  portfolio.  The  average  maturity  on  our 
commercial  and  industrial  portfolio  was  3.5  years  with  an  average  remaining  term  of  1.8  years.  This  portfolio  primarily 
consists  of  term  loans  and  lines  of  credit  which  are  mostly  dependent  on  the  strength  of  the  industries  of  the  related 
borrowers and the success of their businesses.

Commercial  Real  Estate,  Owner  Occupied  and  Non-Owner  Occupied.  We  originate  commercial  loans 
collateralized by real estate. These loans may be collateralized by owner occupied or non-owner occupied real estate, as 
well as multi-family residential real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts 
and  the  repayment  is  dependent,  in  large  part,  on  sufficient  income  from  the  properties  securing  the  loans  to  cover 
operating expenses and debt service. We require our commercial real estate loans to be secured by well-managed property 
with adequate margins and generally obtain a guaranty from responsible parties who have outside cash flows, experience 
and/or other assets. Our commercial real estate loans are generally secured by properties used for business purposes such as 
office  buildings,  industrial  facilities  and  retail  facilities.  Loan  amounts  generally  do  not  exceed  80%  or  75%  of  the 
property’s appraised value for owner occupied and non-owner occupied respectively. In addition, aggregate debt service 
ratios,  including  the  guarantor’s  cash  flow  and  the  borrower’s  other  projects,  are  required  by  policy  to  have  a  minimum 
annual cash flow to debt service ratio of 2.0x. We require independent appraisals or evaluations from a list of approved 
appraisers  on  all  loans  secured  by  commercial  real  estate.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  owner  occupied  commercial  real 
estate loans were $195.9 million, or 7.8% of our total loan portfolio, and non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans 
were  $543.7  million,  or  21.6%  of  our  total  loan  portfolio.  These  loans  are  primarily  dependent  on  the  strength  of  the 
industries of the related borrowers and the success of their businesses.

9

Construction and Development. We originate loans to finance the construction of residential and non-residential 
properties. Construction and development loans are generally collateralized by first liens on real estate as well as financial 
guarantees  from  the  borrower  and  usually  have  floating  interest  rates.  Our  construction  and  development  loans  typically 
have  maturities  of  up  to  two  years  depending  on  factors  such  as  the  type  and  size  of  the  development  and  the  financial 
strength of the borrower/guarantor, and are typically structured with an interest only construction period. These loans are 
underwritten  to  either  mature  at  the  completion  of  construction,  or  transition  to  a  traditional  amortizing  commercial  real 
estate facility with the terms and characteristics in line with other commercial real estate loans we hold in our portfolio. As 
of December 31, 2023, construction and development loans were $345.5 million, or 13.7% of our total loan portfolio.

Concentrations. Most of our lending activity and credit exposure, including real estate collateral for many of our 
loans, are concentrated in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming, Montana, and California, as approximately 83.2% of the loans in 
our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2023 were made to borrowers who live in or conduct business in those states. Our 
commercial real estate loans are generally secured by first liens on real property. The remaining commercial and industrial 
loans are typically secured by general business assets, accounts receivable, inventory and/or the corporate guaranty of the 
borrower and personal guaranty of its principals. The geographic concentration subjects the loan portfolio to the general 
economic  conditions  within  Colorado,  Arizona,  Wyoming,  Montana,  and  California.  The  risks  created  by  such 
concentrations  have  been  considered  by  management  in  the  determination  of  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  credit 
losses. As of December 31, 2023, management believes the allowance for credit losses is adequate to absorb losses in our 
loan portfolio.

Sound risk management practices and appropriate levels of capital are essential elements of the commercial real 
estate lending program. Concentrations of commercial real estate exposures add a dimension of risk that compounds the 
risk  inherent  in  individual  loans.  Interagency  guidance  on  commercial  real  estate  concentrations  describe  sound  risk 
management  practices  which  include  board  and  management  oversight,  portfolio  management,  management  information 
systems,  market  analysis,  portfolio  stress  testing  and  sensitivity  analysis,  credit  underwriting  standards,  and  credit  risk 
review  functions.  Management  believes  it  has  implemented  these  practices  in  order  to  monitor  concentrations  in 
commercial real estate in our loan portfolio.

Credit Policies and Procedures

General.  Asset  quality  and  robust  underwriting  are  integral  to  our  strategy  and  credit  culture.  We  place  a 
considerable emphasis on effective risk management and preserving sound credit underwriting standards as we grow our 
loan portfolio. Underwriting considerations include collateral, defined sources of repayment, strength of guarantor(s) and 
opportunities to broaden the relationship with the client. Our credit policy requires key risks be identified and measured, 
documented and mitigated, to the extent possible, to seek to ensure the soundness of our loan portfolio.

Loan  Underwriting  and  Approval.  Historically,  we  believe  we  have  made  sound,  high  quality  loans  while 
recognizing that lending money involves a degree of business risk. We have loan policies designed to assist us in managing 
this business risk. These policies provide a general framework for our loan origination, monitoring and funding activities, 
while  recognizing  that  not  all  risks  can  be  anticipated.  Our  board  of  directors  delegates  limited  lending  authority  to 
individuals  and  internal  loan  committees.  When  the  total  relationship  exceeds  an  individual’s  loan  authority,  a  higher 
authority  or  credit  committee  approval  is  required.  The  objective  of  our  approval  process  is  to  provide  a  disciplined, 
collaborative approach to larger credits while maintaining responsiveness to client needs. Loan decisions are documented 
as to the borrower’s business, purpose of the loan, evaluation of the repayment source and the associated risks, evaluation 
of collateral, covenants and monitoring requirements, and the risk rating rationale.

Managing credit risk is an enterprise-wide process. Our strategy for credit risk management includes well-defined 
central  credit  policies,  uniform  underwriting  criteria  and  ongoing  risk  monitoring  and  review  processes.  Our  processes 
emphasize early stage review of loans, regular credit evaluations and management reviews of loans, which supplement the 
ongoing and proactive credit monitoring and loan servicing provided by our bankers. Our Chief Credit Officer, together 
with our central underwriting, credit administration and loan operations teams, provides credit oversight. We periodically 
review all credit risk portfolios to ensure that the risk identification processes are functioning properly and that our credit 
standards are followed. In addition, a third-party loan review is performed to assist in the identification of problem assets 
and to confirm our internal risk rating of loans.

10

Our loan policies include other underwriting guidelines for loans collateralized by real estate. These underwriting 
standards are designed to determine the maximum loan amount that a borrower has the capacity to repay based upon the 
type  of  collateral  securing  the  loan  and  the  borrower’s  income.  Such  loan  policies  include  maximum  amortization 
schedules  and  loan  terms  for  each  category  of  loans  collateralized  by  liens  on  real  estate.  In  addition,  our  loan  policies 
provide guidelines for personal guarantees; an environmental review; loans to employees; executive officers and directors; 
problem loan identification; maintenance of an adequate allowance for credit losses; and other matters relating to lending 
practices.

We believe that an important part of our assessment of client risk is the ongoing completion of periodic risk rating 
reviews. As part of these reviews, we seek to review the risk rating of each facility within a client relationship and may 
recommend  an  upgrade  or  downgrade  to  the  risk  rating.  We  categorize  loans  into  risk  categories  based  on  relevant 
information  about  the  ability  of  the  borrowers  to  service  their  debt  such  as:  current  financial  information,  historical 
payment  experience,  credit  documentation,  public  information,  and  current  economic  trends,  among  other  factors.  We 
analyze loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk on a quarterly basis. We attempt to identify potential 
problem loans early in an effort to seek aggressive resolution of these situations before the loans become a loss, record any 
necessary charge-offs promptly and management believes the allowance for credit losses is adequate to absorb losses in our 
portfolio. 

Lending  Limits.  Our  lending  activities  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  lending  limits  imposed  by  state  and  federal 
regulation. The Bank is subject to a legal lending limit on loans to related borrowers based on the Bank’s capital level. The 
dollar amounts of the Bank’s lending limit increases or decreases as the Bank’s capital increases or decreases. The Bank is 
able to sell participations in its larger loans to other financial institutions, which allows it to manage the risk involved in 
these loans and to meet the lending needs of its clients requiring extensions of credit in excess of these limits.

Deposits

The strength of our deposit franchise is derived from the long-standing relationships we have with our clients and 
the  strong  ties  we  have  to  the  markets  we  serve.  Our  deposit  footprint  has  provided,  and  we  believe  will  continue  to 
provide, the primary support for our loan growth. A key part of our strategy is to continue to enhance our funding sources 
by continuing to build our private and commercial banking capabilities to keep building our base of attractively priced core 
deposits.

We provide demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, money market accounts, time and savings 

deposits, ICS®, certificates of deposit and CDARS® reciprocal products. We also offer a range of treasury management 
products including cash manager and commercial analysis accounts, electronic receivables management, remote deposit 
capture, cash vault services, merchant services and other cash management services. Deposit flows are significantly 
influenced by general and local economic conditions, changes in prevailing interest rates, internal pricing decisions and 
competition. Our deposits are primarily obtained from depositors located in our geographic footprint, and we believe that 
we have attractive opportunities to capture additional deposits in our markets. In order to attract and retain deposits, we rely 
on providing quality service, offering a suite of retail and commercial products and services and introducing new products 
and services that meet our clients’ needs as they evolve.

For liquidity purposes, the Bank occasionally uses brokered deposits. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, we had 

brokered deposits of $165.4 million and $115.3 million, respectively. 

We have experienced banking and business development teams who we believe provide superior client service, 
creative  cash  management  solutions  and  competitive  pricing  to  market  our  depository  products  and  services.  As  of 
December 31, 2023, total deposits were $2.53 billion, an increase of $123.8 million, or 5.1%, compared to $2.41 billion as 
of December 31, 2022.

11

As  of  December  31,  2023,  our  deposit  portfolio  contained  a  balanced  and  diverse  mix  of  deposits,  as  shown 

below:

Deposits

Trust and Investment Management, Advisory

We offer sophisticated wealth advisory and planning services including investment management, trusts and estate 
services, philanthropic services, insurance planning and retirement consulting. Our client relationships frequently include 
in-depth  financial  plans  which  are  based  on  our  proprietary  ConnectView®  approach,  and  sophisticated,  institutional 
quality  investment  management  that  is  driven  by  comprehensive  investment  policy  statements  and  access  to  industry-
leading  money  managers.  These  customized  documents—wealth  plans  and  investment  policy  statements—form  the 
roadmap for how we serve each client and monitor our progress in achieving their goals.

We have experienced trust officers in several profit centers, plus expert trust and estate attorneys on our central 
product group team, to provide fiduciary services through our profit centers. These include traditional fiduciary, directed 
trusts, special needs trusts, and custody services. Most of our investment management business is conducted through the 
trust department in agency accounts where we are not serving as trustee.

We also have experienced portfolio managers and business development teams in our profit centers who provide 
high-touch,  tailored  solutions  that  we  believe  further  exemplifies  our  superior  client  service.  These  local  teams  have 
personal and professional networks and relationships with centers of influence to market our wealth advisory products and 
services. As of December 31, 2023, total AUM was $6.75 billion, an increase of $646.0 million, or 10.6%, compared to 
$6.11 billion as of December 31, 2022. 

12

MMDA54.9%Time Deposits19.6%NOW5.8%Savings accounts0.6%Noninterest-bearing accounts19.1%As of December 31, 2023, we provided fiduciary and advisory services on $6.75 billion of trust and investment 

management assets, as shown below: 

Trust and Investment Management Assets

Our investment management platform combines a broad range of asset and sub asset classes meeting the needs of 
both taxable and tax-free private client accounts as well as trust investment services. We deliver most of our discretionary 
money management by allocating client portfolios across a centrally controlled platform of select third-party managers in 
each  asset  and  sub  asset  class,  including  separately  managed  and  comingled  options,  and  with  active  and  passive 
management  strategies.  We  also  have  a  limited  number  of  proprietary  products  that  we  believe  further  differentiates  us 
from many of our competitors.

We believe acting as an investment manager, and not just a manager of managers, has a number of critical benefits 
for our clients. These include the ability to have our money managers available to meet with clients and prospects, to tailor 
products  and  separately  managed  accounts  for  our  clients,  to  better  educate  and  inform  our  client-facing  portfolio 
managers, and to develop new solutions as market conditions and client needs change. By combining internal research and 
a dedicated team of accredited specialized advisors like Chartered Financial Analysts and Certified Financial Planners with 
our pairing of proprietary and third-party investment options, we create unique solutions tailored to the specific needs of 
each of our clients.

13

Investment Agency23.8%Managed Trust28.3%Custody8.1%Directed Trust24.0%401(k)/Retirement15.8%Other Products

In addition to the traditional loan, deposit and trust and investment management products and services, our profit 
centers are supported by a central team of specialized product experts in our "product groups," which include experienced 
professionals in commercial banking, investment management, wealth planning, risk management/insurance, personal trust, 
retirement planning and tax-advantaged products, and mortgage lending. We believe that the sophistication of our product 
groups rivals the offerings and expertise typically provided by larger financial institutions. Our product groups are led and 
staffed  with  highly  accredited  and  well  known  professionals,  each  with  significant  experience  in  their  fields.  Beyond 
traditional banking, trust and wealth management activities, at each profit center we provide other services including:

• Mortgage  Lending.  Although  our  primary  objective  is  to  originate  loans  for  our  own  portfolio,  we  also 
conduct  mortgage  banking  activities  in  which  we  originate  and  sell,  servicing-released,  whole  loans  in  the 
secondary market. Typically, loans with a fixed interest rate of greater than 10 years are available-for-sale and 
sold on the secondary market. Our mortgage banking loan sales activities are primarily directed at originating 
single family mortgages that are priced and underwritten to conform to previously agreed criteria before loan 
funding and are delivered to the investor shortly after funding. The level of future loan originations, loan sales 
and loan repayments depends on overall credit availability, the interest rate environment, the strength of the 
general economy, local real estate markets and the housing industry, and conditions in the secondary loan sale 
market. The amount of gain or loss on the sale of loans is primarily driven by market conditions and changes 
in interest rates, as well as our pricing and asset liability management strategies.

•

•

•

Treasury Management. We offer a broad range of customized treasury management products and services for 
commercial  accounts,  including  disbursement  and  payables  management,  liquidity  management  and  online 
business  banking  services.  Our  profit  center  sales  and  service  teams  are  supported  by  a  central  team  of 
treasury management specialists and deposit operations professionals. 

Risk Management/Insurance. Through the wealth planning process, our profit center teams are supported by a 
central  team  of  insurance  planning  experts,  specializing  in  risk  management  services,  estate  tax  law,  trusts 
and tax planning. We offer customized solutions in the form of, among others, charitable giving tax strategies, 
deferred-compensation  plans,  irrevocable  life  insurance  trusts,  long-term  care  insurance,  and  executive  key 
person insurance. 

Retirement Services, including 401(k) Plan Consulting. We have a team of retirement plan consultants who 
partner with businesses to sponsor retirement plans. We offer creative corporate retirement plan design and 
analysis solutions and fiduciary liability management, providing tools such as corporate retirement plans, and 
ERISA regulation compliance, education and expertise.

Our profit centers and product groups are also supported centrally by teams providing management services such 
as  operations,  risk  management,  credit  administration,  technology  support,  marketing,  human  capital  and  accounting/
finance services, which we refer to as "support centers." Our associates in our support centers have significant experience 
in wealth management, investment advisory, and commercial banking, including areas such as lending, underwriting, credit 
administration,  risk  management,  accounting/finance,  operations  and  information  technology.  We  have  structured  our 
teams,  services  and  product  offerings  to  use  technology  to  efficiently  provide  our  clients  with  a  high-touch,  solution-
oriented experience that we believe is scalable and provides operating leverage for future growth.

To  demonstrate  how  these  three  groups—profit  centers,  product  groups  and  support  centers—work  together  to 
deliver a highly competitive product offering through a team of local professionals, our investment management offering is 
an example:

•

In each profit center, there are one or more portfolio managers that work as part of that local team’s sales and 
service  delivery.  These  portfolio  managers  are  typically  Certified  Financial  Planners,  and  occasionally 
Chartered Financial Analysts, with experience in wealth planning and portfolio construction. They meet with 
clients  and  develop  an  overall  wealth  management  strategy,  specific  goals  and  objectives,  an  investment 
policy  statement,  and  an  implementation  plan.  They  use  our  guided  architecture,  a  diverse  array  of  select 
third-party  and  proprietary  investment  products  covering  a  broad  range  of  asset  classes  as  their  source  for 
portfolio  construction  options,  asset  allocation  and  products.  Sales  and  marketing  support  is  provided 
centrally but delivered locally.

14

•

•

Our investment platform is controlled by our central investment research group, which has a strong research 
focus and includes many associates who have Chartered Financial Analyst designations, with oversight by our 
Chief Investment Officer and our Investment Policy Committee. 

Operational  support  for  these  profit  center  and  product  group  teams  is  provided  by  our  central  trust  and 
investment management support center team.

Investment Activities

The primary objectives of our Bank portfolio investment policy are to provide a source of liquidity, to provide an 
appropriate  return  on  funds  invested,  to  manage  interest  rate  risk,  to  meet  pledging  requirements  and  to  meet  regulatory 
capital requirements. As of December 31, 2023, the carrying value of our investment portfolio totaled $74.1 million, with 
an average yield of 3.1%.

Our investment policy outlines investment type limitations, security mix parameters, authorization guidelines and 
risk  management  guidelines.  The  policy  authorizes  us  to  invest  in  a  variety  of  investment  securities,  subject  to  various 
limitations.  Our  current  investment  portfolio  consists  of  obligations  of  the  U.S.  Treasury  and  other  U.S.  government 
agencies,  corporate  or  sponsored  entities,  including  mortgage-backed  securities,  collateralized  mortgage  obligations, 
subordinated debt bonds, and mutual funds. We participate in the Mortgage Partnership Finance Program ("MPF") and are 
required to maintain an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka ("FHLB") stock, for which the investment is 
based on the level of our FHLB credit obligations. Our board of directors has the overall responsibility for the investment 
portfolio, including approval of our investment policy. Our Asset and Liability Committee ("ALCO") and management are 
responsible for implementation of the investment policy and monitoring of our investment performance. Our ALCO and 
management review the status of our investment portfolio at least ten times per year.

Our Markets

Our strategic market area is defined by metropolitan areas in the Western United States having strong long-term 
economic  growth  prospects,  a  significant  wealth  demographic  measured  by  growth  in  high  net  worth  households,  a 
dynamic commercial business landscape and the ability to sustain one or more of our profit centers. We target households 
with more than $1.0 million in liquid net worth and their related businesses and philanthropic interests. We believe that the 
complex and diverse financial needs of this market segment presents an opportunity to serve a broad array of client needs 
efficiently and cost effectively.

Our  current  operating  markets  have  a  high  concentration  of  our  targeted  client  segment  and  are  expected  to 
experience high growth, providing opportunity for continued future organic growth through demographic and market share 
growth.

We  seek  to  expand  our  presence  in  our  existing  markets  as  well  as  other  Western  markets  with  similar 
demographic  profiles.  With  improved  access  to  capital  as  a  result  of  our  initial  public  offering  in  2018,  we  expect  to 
proactively evaluate opportunities to accelerate our organic growth and acquire banks, investment management firms and 
related businesses, while also seeking to hire talented personnel. We believe consolidation in the financial services industry 
along with the industry’s movement towards automated and impersonal client service further presents the Company with a 
unique and significant opportunity. Our business model differentiates us from the industry, which we expect will enable us 
to  increase  our  market  share  in  existing  markets  and,  on  a  strategic  and  opportunistic  basis,  expand  our  geographic 
footprint into new markets in the Western United States that share similar characteristics to our current markets.

Enterprise Technology

We  continue  to  make  investments  in  our  information  technology  systems  as  we  adapt  to  the  changing  security, 
technology, online and mobile, and other platform delivery needs and wants of our clients. We believe that this investment 
is  essential  to  our  ability  to  offer  new  products  and  optimize  overall  client  experience,  provide  opportunities  for  future 
growth and acquisitions, and provide a secure infrastructure that supports our operations. We leverage the experience of a 
third-party managed service provider for information technology services, to augment security, and to deliver the technical 
expertise around network architecture required to operate securely with optimal efficiency. The majority of our systems are 
hosted  by  third-party  service  providers.  The  scalability  of  this  infrastructure  supports  our  growth  strategy.  In  addition, 
business resiliency testing and planning ensures the capability of critical vendors to fail over to fully-hot replicated systems 
that provide complete redundancy in the event of a disaster.

15

Enterprise Risk Management

We  place  significant  emphasis  on  our  holistic  approach  to  integrated  risk  management  that  provides  oversight, 
control, and discipline to support strategic initiative and business objectives and to promote a risk-aware culture. We utilize 
the COSO 2017 ERM Framework to govern the process of anticipating, identifying, assessing, managing, optimizing, and 
monitoring  risks  within  the  organization.  Our  Enterprise  Risk  Management  ("ERM")  Committee  oversees  our  ERM 
program.  This  group  contains  key  members  of  management  including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the  Chief  Operating 
Officer,  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer.  In  order  to  carry  out  the  ERM  program,  we  have  developed  the  following 
objectives to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Integrate ERM practices with our strategy setting process and performance management practices to realize 
benefits related to value;

Improve the Company’s ability to identify risks and establish appropriate responses to reduce costs and limit 
losses; 

Identify operational gaps to reduce performance variability; 

Include business resiliency in strategy setting;

Identify interrelated risks within First Western and establish an integrated response; and 

Assess  the  positive  and  negative  aspects  of  risk  to  address  challenges  and  opportunities  within  our  internal 
and external environment.

We  routinely  monitor  and  measure  risk  throughout  the  organization  to  optimize  the  allocation  of  resources, 

preserve capital, and to ensure the attainment and/or protection of strategic goals and business objectives.

Competition

The financial services industry is highly competitive and we compete in a number of areas, including commercial 
and consumer banking, residential mortgages, wealth advisory, investment management, trust, and insurance among others. 
We  compete  with  other  bank  and  nonbank  institutions  located  within  our  market  area,  along  with  competitors  situated 
regionally, nationally or with only an online presence. These include large banks and other financial intermediaries, such as 
consumer finance companies, brokerage firms, mortgage banking companies, business leasing and finance companies and 
insurance agencies, as well as major retailers, all actively engaged in providing various types of loans and other financial 
services.  We  also  face  growing  competition  from  online  businesses  with  few  or  no  physical  locations,  including  online 
banks, lenders and consumer and commercial lending platforms as well as automated retirement and investment services 
providers.  Competition  involves  efforts  to  retain  current  clients,  obtain  new  loan,  deposit  and  advisory  services  clients, 
increase the scope and type of services offered, and offer competitive interest rates paid on deposits, charged on loans, or 
charged  for  advisory  services.  We  believe  our  integrated  and  high-touch  service  offering,  along  with  our  sophisticated 
relationship-oriented approach sets us apart from our competitors.

Human Capital Overview

As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  had  310  associates.  We  strive  to  recruit  and  retain  team-oriented,  respectful, 
problem solvers. We serve our internal team with the same approach we serve our clients, with an adaptive, entrepreneurial 
spirit. We take advantage of new opportunities, and encourage our team to explore new processes, products, and services to 
improve  First  Western.  Associates  are  our  trusted  partners  both  within  their  teams  and  with  our  clients  as  we  build  a 
partnership for generations to come. 

16

We strive to be a high performing financial institution producing consistent, strong financial results, coming from 
a  well-executed  strategy.  It  is  our  belief  that  this  can  only  be  accomplished  by  a  well-run  organization  of  outstanding, 
motivated,  engaged  and  supported  associates.  Internally,  we  call  this  a  “People  First”  mind-set  and  over  the  last  several 
years  have  focused  on  building  upon  the  foundational  elements  of  this  strategy.  Those  elements  include  an  internally 
developed manager training program designed to train our managers to be great bosses in support of a culture of learning, 
collaboration,  growth  and  development.  We  provide  meaningful  work  for  our  associates  by  connecting  their  role  to  the 
Company’s mission and vision as well as simplifying and streamlining repetitive tasks to make work more interesting and 
value added. We are building career paths, development opportunities and accountabilities into each role so that throughout 
the associates lifecycle there is opportunity to master skills and pursue professional and personal growth.  People First is 
also about building connection and community with the Company. We believe the benefits of being part of our Company 
means you are appreciated and valued, you can build meaningful relationships, and have a sense of mutual accountability.

None of our associates are represented by any collective bargaining unit or are parties to a collective bargaining 
agreement. We believe that our strong relationships with our associates are central to establishing the corporate culture we 
need to serve our clients, shareholders, and our communities well.

We  are  committed  to  implementing  diverse,  equitable  and,  inclusive  ("DEI")  policies  and  practices  across  the 
Company. Our corporate values speak directly to the spirit of inclusion as well as the importance of embracing diversity 
and  equitable  practices.  We  believe  in  a  corporate  culture  where  all  people  are  empowered  to  reach  their  full  potential 
through autonomy, mastery, and purpose. The Company’s Board of Directors fosters this belief by ensuring that strategies 
are adopted that result in the Company understanding both associate performance and engagement at every level.

The Company has invested in developing the necessary formal infrastructure to ensure fair pay across job classes 
and  our  geographic  footprint.  It  has  also  adopted  and  enforces  codes  of  conduct  that  establish  principles  of  integrity, 
respect, and excellence at all levels of the Company.

Learning and Development

We provide extensive training to our associates in an effort to ensure that our clients receive superior service and 
that  our  risks  are  well  managed.  Learning  and  development  opportunities  consist  of  leadership  development  programs, 
communication  courses,  and  technical  development  training  (to  name  a  few)  as  part  of  our  goal  to  provide  associates 
meaningful  work  with  career  advancement  and  opportunity  for  growth  and  development.  Our  strategic  commitment  to 
learning and development ensures the Company’s leadership and management teams continue to grow at a pace consistent 
with our financial growth goals. 

Compensation and Benefits

We  offer  a  total  rewards  program  to  attract  and  retain  team-oriented,  respectful,  problem  solvers.  Our 
compensation program includes competitive salary/hourly pay and incentive pay in the form of an annual bonus and stock 
awards to officers and certain members of the management team. We have significant insider ownership, and, in 2021, the 
Board approved stock ownership guidelines applicable to our executive officers and other key position holders to further 
align  management  and  shareholder  interests.  In  addition,  the  Company  offers  a  401(k)  Plan  with  an  employer  matching 
contribution. Further, we offer a number of healthcare and insurance options, health savings accounts, paid time off, and 
paid family leave time for all associates.

Core Values and Culture

Developing  and  maintaining  a  strong,  healthy  culture  is  a  key  strategic  focus  as  we  continue  to  grow  both 

organically and through acquisition. Our core values reflect our continued focus to maintain a highly-engaged team.

Problem solver – Being a Problem solver at First Western means that when we see a problem, we see opportunity. 

We pick it up and we address it, and if appropriate, work to create or improve the “FW Way” for that type of issue.

Team oriented – Team oriented at First Western means using our teammates to deliver the best possible results for 
our stakeholders. Our structure, with local teams and central experts, is designed to serve clients that have assets, liabilities, 
families, businesses, and long term goals that each require different types of expertise.

17

Respectful  –  For  First  Westerners,  Respectful  means  valuing  the  unique  knowledge  and  experiences  each 
stakeholder brings to a discussion. We appreciate the different value that each of us brings to First Western and treasure 
that expertise.

Adaptive – First Westerners have an Adaptive, entrepreneurial spirit. When our world changes, we change to take 

advantage of new opportunities. We are always looking for ways to improve processes, products, and services.

Client focused – First Western’s highly ethical DNA guides us to act in the client’s interest while protecting the 

Bank. Our clients know that as their trusted partner, FW has the strength and sophistication to help them for generations.

Available Information

The Company files reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
("SEC")  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act").  Electronic  copies  of  our  SEC 
filings are available to the public at the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of our annual, 
quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and certain other information filed by the Company with the SEC, as well as 
amendments  thereto,  free  of  charge  from  the  Company’s  website,  https://myfw.gcs-web.com/investor-relations.  These 
documents  are  posted  to  our  website  after  we  have  filed  them  with  the  SEC.  Our  corporate  governance  guidelines, 
including our code of business conduct and ethics applicable to all of our associates, officers and directors, as well as the 
charters  of  our  audit  committee,  compensation  committee  and  corporate  governance  and  nominating  committee  are 
available  at  https://myfw.gcs-web.com/investor-relations.  The  foregoing  information  is  also  available  in  print  to  any 
shareholder who requests it from the Company. Except as explicitly provided, information furnished by the Company and 
information on, or accessible through, the SEC’s or the Company’s website is not incorporated into this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K or our other securities filings and is not a part of them. 

Supervision and Regulation

The U.S. banking industry is highly regulated under federal and state law. Banking laws, regulations, and policies 
affect  the  operations  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries.  Investors  should  understand  that  the  primary  objective  of  the 
U.S. bank regulatory regime is the protection of depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF"), and the banking system as 
a whole, not the protection of the Company’s shareholders.

As a bank holding company, we are subject to inspection, examination, supervision, and regulation by the Board 
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve"). The Bank, which is our subsidiary, is a Colorado-
chartered commercial bank and is not a member of the Federal Reserve System (a "state nonmember bank"). As such, the 
Bank is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by both the Colorado Division of Banking (the "CDB") and the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). In addition, we expect that any additional businesses that we may invest 
in or acquire will be regulated by various state and/or federal banking regulators.

Banking statutes and regulations are subject to continual review and revision by Congress, state legislatures and 
federal  and  state  regulatory  agencies.  A  change  in  such  statutes  or  regulations,  including  changes  in  how  they  are 
interpreted  or  implemented,  could  have  a  material  effect  on  our  business.  In  addition  to  laws  and  regulations,  state  and 
federal bank regulatory agencies may issue policy statements, interpretive letters and similar written guidance pursuant to 
such laws and regulations, which are binding on us and our subsidiaries.

Banking  statutes,  regulations  and  policies  could  restrict  our  ability  to  diversify  into  other  areas  of  financial 
services, acquire depository institutions, and make distributions or pay dividends on our equity securities. They may also 
require us to provide financial support to any bank that we control, maintain capital balances in excess of those desired by 
management, and pay higher deposit insurance premiums as a result of a general deterioration in the financial condition of 
the Bank or other depository institutions we control.

18

The description below summarizes certain elements of the applicable bank regulatory framework. This description 
is not intended to describe all laws and regulations applicable to us and our subsidiaries. The description is qualified in its 
entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations, policies, interpretive letters and other written guidance that 
are described.

Regulatory Capital

The Company and the Bank are each required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by 
the Federal Reserve and the FDIC. The current risk-based capital standards applicable to the Company and the Bank are 
based on the December 2010 final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards, known as Basel III, 
of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, or Basel Committee. The final rules implementing the Basel Committee 
on  Banking  Supervision’s  capital  guidelines  for  U.S.  banks  ("Basel  III  Rules")  have  been  fully  phased  in.  The  Basel  III 
Rules  require  banks  and  bank  holding  companies,  including  the  Company  and  the  Bank,  to  maintain  minimum  capital 
amounts and ratios. These ratios are common equity Tier 1 capital ("CET1"), Tier 1 capital and total capital (as defined in 
the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined in the regulations), and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to 
average assets (as defined in the regulations). 

The  final  rules  of  Basel  III  also  established  a  "capital  conservation  buffer"  of  2.5%  above  new  regulatory 
minimum capital ratios. The minimum capital ratios inclusive of the capital conservation buffer are as follows: (i) a CET1 
ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Banks are subject to limitations on 
paying  dividends,  engaging  in  share  repurchases,  and  paying  discretionary  bonuses  if  their  capital  level  falls  below  the 
buffer amount. These limitations establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such 
activities.

The  Basel  III  Capital  Rules  also  attempt  to  improve  the  quality  of  capital  by  implementing  changes  to  the 
definition  of  capital.  Among  the  most  important  changes  are  stricter  eligibility  criteria  for  regulatory  capital  instruments 
that disallow the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities (other than grandfathered trust preferred 
securities), in Tier 1 capital going forward and new constraints on the inclusion of minority interests, mortgage-servicing 
assets,  deferred  tax  assets  and  certain  investments  in  the  capital  of  unconsolidated  financial  institutions.  In  addition,  the 
Basel III Capital Rules require that most regulatory capital deductions be made from CET1 capital.

The  Federal  Reserve  and  the  FDIC  may  also  set  higher  capital  requirements  for  individual  institutions  whose 
circumstances  warrant  it.  For  example,  institutions  experiencing  internal  growth  or  making  acquisitions  are  expected  to 
maintain  strong  capital  positions  substantially  above  the  minimum  supervisory  levels,  without  significant  reliance  on 
intangible  assets.  At  this  time,  the  bank  regulatory  agencies  are  more  inclined  to  impose  higher  capital  requirements  to 
meet well capitalized standards and future regulatory change could impose higher capital standards as a routine matter. The 
Company’s  regulatory  capital  ratios  and  those  of  the  Bank  are  in  excess  of  the  levels  established  for  "well  capitalized" 
institutions under the rules.

The  Basel  III  Capital  Rules  also  set  forth  certain  changes  in  the  methods  of  calculating  certain  risk-weighted 
assets, which in turn affects the calculation of risk-based capital ratios. Under the Basel III Capital Rules, higher or more 
sensitive risk weights have been assigned to various categories of assets, including certain credit facilities that finance the 
acquisition,  development  or  construction  of  real  property,  certain  exposures  or  credits  that  are  90  days  past  due  or  on 
nonaccrual status, foreign exposures and certain corporate exposures. In addition, these rules include greater recognition of 
collateral and guarantees, and revised capital treatment for derivatives and repo-style transactions.

19

The  federal  bank  regulators  have  modified  certain  aspects  of  the  Basel  III  Capital  Rules  since  the  rules  were 
initially  published,  and  additional  modifications  may  be  made  in  the  future.  In  December  2017,  the  Basel  Committee 
published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (commonly referred 
to as Basel IV). Among other things, these standards revise the Basel Committee’s standardized approach for credit risk 
(including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new capital requirements for certain "unconditionally cancellable 
commitments," such as unused credit card lines of credit) and provides a new standardized approach for operational risk 
capital.  Under  the  Basel  framework,  these  standards  will  generally  be  effective  on  January  1,  2023,  with  an  aggregate 
output  floor  phasing  in  through  January  1,  2028.  On  September  9,  2022,  the  U.S.  federal  banking  regulators  announced 
their intent to revise regulatory capital requirements to align them with the regulatory capital standards that were finalized 
by the Basel Committee in December 2017, however a proposed rule has not yet been issued. In addition, the U.S. federal 
banking regulators stated that Community banking organizations would not be impacted by the proposal. Under the current 
U.S. capital rules, operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor apply only to advanced approaches institutions, 
and not to the Company or the Bank. The impact of Basel IV on us will depend on the manner in which it is implemented 
by the federal bank regulators.

In  accordance  with  the  Economic  Growth,  Regulatory  Relief,  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (the  "Regulatory 
Relief  Act"),  discussed  below,  the  federal  banking  agencies  published  final  rules  implementing  the  community  bank 
leverage ratio in November 2019. Under the final rules, which went into effect on January 1, 2020, depository institutions 
and  depository  institution  holding  companies  that  have  less  than  $10  billion  in  total  consolidated  assets  and  meet  other 
qualifying criteria, including a leverage capital ratio of greater than 9%, off-balance-sheet exposures of 25% or less of total 
consolidated  assets  and  trading  assets  plus  trading  liabilities  of  5%  or  less  of  total  consolidated  assets,  are  deemed 
"qualifying community banking organizations" and are eligible to opt into the community bank leverage ratio framework. 
A  qualifying  community  banking  organization  that  elects  to  use  the  community  bank  leverage  ratio  framework  and  that 
maintains a leverage capital ratio of greater than 9% is considered to have satisfied the generally applicable risk-based and 
leverage  capital  requirements  under  the  Basel  III  Capital  Rules  and,  if  applicable,  is  considered  to  have  met  the  “well 
capitalized”  ratio  requirements  for  purposes  of  its  primary  federal  regulators  prompt  corrective  action  rules,  discussed 
below. The Company and the Bank have not made an election to use the community bank leverage ratio framework but 
may make such an election in the future if determined to be possible and advantageous.

Regulation of the Company

The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended ("BHC Act"), and other federal laws subject bank holding 
companies  to  particular  restrictions  on  the  types  of  activities  in  which  they  may  engage,  and  to  a  range  of  supervisory 
requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations.

Permitted Activities. Generally, bank holding companies are prohibited under the BHC Act from engaging in, or 
acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in any activity other than 
(i) banking or managing or controlling banks or (ii) an activity that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closely related 
to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking. The Federal Reserve has the authority to require a bank 
holding company to terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest certain subsidiaries or affiliates when 
the  Federal  Reserve  believes  the  activity  or  the  control  of  the  subsidiary  or  affiliate  constitutes  a  significant  risk  to  the 
financial safety, soundness or stability of any of its banking subsidiaries.

Status as a Financial Holding Company. Under the BHC Act, a bank holding company may file an election with 
the Federal Reserve to be treated as a financial holding company and engage in an expanded list of financial activities. The 
election  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certification  that  all  of  the  company’s  insured  depository  institution  subsidiaries  are 
"well capitalized" and "well managed." Additionally, the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 ("CRA") rating of each 
subsidiary bank must be satisfactory or better. If, after becoming a financial holding company and undertaking activities 
not permissible for a bank holding company, the company fails to continue to meet any of the prerequisites for financial 
holding company status, the company must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve to comply with all applicable 
capital and management requirements. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve 
may order the company to divest its subsidiary banks or the company may discontinue or divest investments in companies 
engaged  in  activities  permissible  only  for  a  bank  holding  company  that  has  elected  to  be  treated  as  a  financial  holding 
company. The Company filed an election and became a financial holding company in 2006.

20

Sound  Banking  Practices.  Bank  holding  companies  and  their  non-banking  subsidiaries  are  prohibited  from 
engaging  in  activities  that  represent  unsafe  or  unsound  banking  practices.  For  example,  under  certain  circumstances  the 
Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve prior notice of any redemption or 
repurchase  of  its  own  equity  securities  if  the  consideration  to  be  paid,  together  with  the  consideration  paid  for  any 
repurchases in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve 
may  oppose  the  transaction  if  it  believes  that  the  transaction  would  constitute  an  unsafe  or  unsound  practice  or  would 
violate a regulation. As another example, a holding company is prohibited from impairing its subsidiary bank’s soundness 
by causing the bank to make funds available to non-banking subsidiaries or their clients if the Federal Reserve believes it 
not prudent to do so. The Federal Reserve has the power to assess civil money penalties for knowing or reckless violations 
if the activities leading to a violation caused a substantial loss to a depository institution. Potential penalties are as high as 
$1.0 million for each day the activity continues.

Source  of  Strength.  In  accordance  with  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  and  long-standing  Federal  Reserve  policy,  the 
Company  must  act  as  a  source  of  financial  and  managerial  strength  to  the  Bank.  Under  this  policy,  the  Company  must 
commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide 
it.  As  discussed  below,  the  Company  could  be  required  to  guarantee  the  capital  plan  of  the  Bank  if  it  becomes 
undercapitalized for purposes of banking regulations. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to its subsidiary bank 
are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. The BHC Act 
provides that, in the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a 
federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a bank subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and 
entitled to priority of payment.

Regulatory  agencies  have  promulgated  regulations  to  increase  the  capital  requirements  for  bank  holding 

companies to a level that matches those of banking institutions.

Anti-Tying Restrictions. Bank holding companies and affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of services, 

such as extensions of credit, to other services offered by a holding company or its affiliates.

Acquisitions.  The  BHC  Act,  Section  18(c)  of  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act,  as  amended  ("FDIA"),  the 
Colorado Banking Code and other federal and state statutes regulate acquisitions of commercial banks and their holding 
companies.  The  BHC  Act  generally  limits  acquisitions  by  bank  holding  companies  to  commercial  banks  and  companies 
engaged in activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident 
thereto. The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before: (i) 
acquiring more than 5% of the voting stock of any bank or other bank holding company; (ii) acquiring all or substantially 
all  of  the  assets  of  any  bank  or  bank  holding  company;  or  (iii)  merging  or  consolidating  with  any  other  bank  holding 
company.

In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and acquisition transactions, the bank regulatory authorities 
generally  consider,  among  other  things,  the  competitive  effect  and  public  benefits  of  the  transactions,  the  financial  and 
managerial  resources  and  future  prospects  of  the  combined  organization  (including  the  capital  position  of  the  combined 
organization),  the  applicant’s  performance  record  under  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act,  (see  the  section  captioned 
"Community  Reinvestment  Act"  included  below  in  this  item),  fair  housing  laws  and  the  effectiveness  of  the  subject 
organizations in combating money laundering activities.

21

The  Company  is  also  subject  to  the  Change  in  Bank  Control  Act  of  1978  ("Control  Act")  and  related  Federal 
Reserve regulations, which provide that any person who proposes to acquire at least 10% (but less than 25%) of any class 
of a bank holding company’s voting securities is presumed to control the company (unless the company is not publicly held 
or  some  other  shareholder  owns  a  greater  percentage  of  voting  stock).  Any  person  who  would  be  presumed  to  acquire 
control or who proposes to acquire control of 25% or more of any class of a bank holding company’s voting securities, or 
who proposes to acquire actual control, must provide the Federal Reserve with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of the 
acquisition.  The  Federal  Reserve  may  disapprove  a  proposed  acquisition  if:  (i)  it  would  result  in  adverse  competitive 
effects;  (ii)  the  financial  condition  of  the  acquiring  person  might  jeopardize  the  target  institution’s  financial  stability  or 
prejudice the interests of depositors; (iii) the competence, experience or integrity of any acquiring person indicates that the 
proposed acquisition would not be in the best interests of the depositors or the public; or (iv) the acquiring person fails to 
provide all of the information required by the Federal Reserve. Any proposed acquisition of the voting securities of a bank 
holding company that is subject to approval under the BHC Act is not subject to the Control Act notice requirements. Any 
company that proposes to acquire "control," as those terms are defined in the BHC Act and Federal Reserve regulations, of 
a bank holding company or to acquire 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank holding company would be 
required to seek the Federal Reserve’s prior approval under the BHC Act to become a bank holding company.

Dividends.  The  Company’s  earnings  and  activities  are  affected  by  legislation,  by  regulations  and  by  local 
legislative  and  administrative  bodies  and  decisions  of  courts  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we  conduct  business.  These 
include limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company and the Company’s ability to pay dividends 
to  its  shareholders.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  Federal  Reserve  that  bank  holding  companies  should  pay  cash  dividends  on 
common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with 
the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should 
not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength 
to  its  banking  subsidiary.  Consistent  with  such  policy,  a  banking  organization  should  have  comprehensive  policies  on 
dividend  payments  that  clearly  articulate  the  organization’s  objectives  and  approaches  for  maintaining  a  strong  capital 
position and achieving the objectives of the policy statement.

As  a  Colorado  state-chartered  bank,  the  Bank  is  subject  to  limitations  under  Colorado  law  on  the  payment  of 
dividends.  The  Colorado  Banking  Code  provides  that  a  bank  may  declare  dividends  from  retained  earnings  and  other 
components  of  capital  specifically  approved  by  the  Colorado  State  Banking  Board  so  long  as  the  declaration  is  made  in 
compliance with rules established by the Colorado State Banking Board.

In addition, a state nonmember bank may not declare a dividend if paying the dividend would result in the bank 
being  undercapitalized  under  FDIA,  discussed  above,  and  must  comply  with  any  discretionary  distribution  restrictions 
imposed  on  it  under  the  federal  banking  agencies’  capital  buffer  rules.  The  FDIC  has  stated  that,  in  general,  state 
nonmember banks can pay dividends in reasonable amounts only after the bank’s earnings have first been applied to the 
elimination of losses and the establishment of necessary reserves and prudent capital levels. The FDIC may also direct state 
nonmember banks that are poorly rated or subject to written supervisory actions not to pay dividends in order to ensure 
adequate capital exists to support their risk profile.

22

In  2009,  the  Federal  Reserve  issued  a  supervisory  letter  providing  greater  clarity  to  its  policy  statement  on  the 
payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In this letter, the Federal Reserve stated that when a holding company’s 
board of directors is deciding on the level of dividends to declare, it should consider, among other factors: (i) overall asset 
quality,  potential  need  to  increase  reserves  and  write  down  assets,  and  concentrations  of  credit;  (ii)  potential  for 
unanticipated losses and declines in asset values; (iii) implicit and explicit liquidity and credit commitments, including off-
balance  sheet  and  contingent  liabilities;  (iv)  quality  and  level  of  current  and  prospective  earnings,  including  earnings 
capacity under a number of plausible economic scenarios; (v) current and prospective cash flow and liquidity; (vi) ability to 
serve as an ongoing source of financial and managerial strength to depository institution subsidiaries insured by the FDIC, 
including the extent of double leverage and the condition of subsidiary depository institutions; (vii) other risks that affect 
the  holding  company’s  financial  condition  and  are  not  fully  captured  in  regulatory  capital  calculations;  (viii)  level, 
composition,  and  quality  of  capital;  and  (ix)  ability  to  raise  additional  equity  capital  in  prevailing  market  and  economic 
conditions (the "Dividend Factors"). It is particularly important for a bank holding company’s board of directors to ensure 
that  the  dividend  level  is  prudent  relative  to  the  organization’s  financial  position  and  is  not  based  on  overly  optimistic 
earnings  scenarios.  In  addition,  a  bank  holding  company’s  board  of  directors  should  strongly  consider,  after  careful 
analysis of the Dividend Factors, reducing, deferring or eliminating dividends when the quantity and quality of the holding 
company’s  earnings  have  declined  or  the  holding  company  is  experiencing  other  financial  problems,  or  when  the 
macroeconomic  outlook  for  the  holding  company’s  primary  profit  centers  has  deteriorated.  The  Federal  Reserve  further 
stated that, as a general matter, a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce its distributions if: 
(i) its net income is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (ii) its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent 
with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (iii) it will not meet, or is in danger of not 
meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Failure to do so could result in a supervisory finding that the bank 
holding company is operating in an unsafe and unsound manner.

Additionally, the Federal Reserve possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank 
subsidiaries  with  which  it  can  prevent  or  remedy  actions  that  represent  unsafe  or  unsound  practices,  or  violations  of 
applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and 
bank holding companies.

Stock  Redemptions  and  Repurchases.  It  is  an  essential  principle  of  safety  and  soundness  that  a  banking 
organization’s redemption and repurchases of regulatory capital instruments, including common stock, from investors be 
consistent with the organization’s current and prospective capital needs. In assessing such needs, the board of directors and 
management  of  a  bank  holding  company  should  consider  the  Dividend  Factors  discussed  above  under  "Dividends."  The 
risk-based capital rule directs bank holding companies to consult with the Federal Reserve before redeeming any equity or 
other  capital  instrument  included  in  Tier  1  or  Tier  2  capital  prior  to  stated  maturity,  if  such  redemption  could  have  a 
material effect on the level or composition of the organization’s capital base. Bank holding companies that are experiencing 
financial weaknesses, or that are at significant risk of developing financial weaknesses, must consult with the appropriate 
Federal Reserve supervisory staff before redeeming or repurchasing common stock or other regulatory capital instruments 
for  cash  or  other  valuable  consideration.  Similarly,  any  bank  holding  company  considering  expansion,  whether  through 
acquisitions or through organic growth and new activities, generally also must consult with the appropriate Federal Reserve 
supervisory staff before redeeming or repurchasing common stock or other regulatory capital instruments for cash or other 
valuable consideration. In evaluating the appropriateness of a bank holding company’s proposed redemption or repurchase 
of capital instruments, the Federal Reserve will consider the potential losses that the holding company may suffer from the 
prospective need to increase reserves and write down assets from continued asset deterioration and the holding company’s 
ability  to  raise  additional  common  stock  and  other  Tier  1  capital  to  replace  capital  instruments  that  are  redeemed  or 
repurchased. A bank holding company must inform the Federal Reserve of a redemption or repurchase of common stock or 
perpetual preferred stock for cash or other value resulting in a net reduction of the bank holding company’s outstanding 
amount  of  common  stock  or  perpetual  preferred  stock  below  the  amount  of  such  capital  instrument  outstanding  at  the 
beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurs. In addition, a bank holding company must advise 
the  Federal  Reserve  sufficiently  in  advance  of  such  redemptions  and  repurchases  to  provide  reasonable  opportunity  for 
supervisory review and possible objection should the Federal Reserve determine a transaction raises safety and soundness 
concerns.

Regulation Y requires that a bank holding company that is not well capitalized or well managed, or that is subject 
to any unresolved supervisory issues, provide prior notice to the Federal Reserve for any repurchase or redemption of its 
equity securities for cash or other value that would reduce by 10% or more the holding company’s consolidated net worth 
aggregated over the preceding 12-month period.

23

Annual Reporting; Examinations. The Company is required to file an annual report with the Federal Reserve and 
to  provide  such  additional  information  as  the  Federal  Reserve  may  require.  The  Federal  Reserve  may  examine  a  bank 
holding company and any of its subsidiaries, and charge the company for the cost of such an examination.

The Bank is examined from time to time by its primary federal banking regulator, the FDIC, and the CDB and is 
charged for the cost of such an examination. Depending on the results of a given examination, the FDIC and the CDB may 
revalue the Bank’s assets and require that the Bank establish specific reserves to compensate for the difference between the 
value  determined  by  the  regulator  and  the  book  value  of  the  assets.  The  Company  is  required  to  provide  annual  audited 
financial statements and other information to the FDIC as required under Part 363 of FDIC rules and regulations.

In  July  2023,  the  federal  banking  regulators  proposed  revisions  to  the  Basel  III  Capital  Rules  to  implement  the 
Basel IV standards and make other changes to the Basel III Capital Rules. The proposal introduces revised credit, equity, 
and  operational  risks,  as  well  as  credit  valuation  adjustment  risk  and  market  risk  requirements,  among  other  changes. 
However, the revised capital requirements of the proposed rule would not apply to the Company or the Bank because they 
have less than $100 billion in total consolidated assets and trading assets and liabilities below the threshold for market risk 
requirements.

In  August  2022,  the  Inflation  Reduction  Act  of  2022  (the  “IRA”)  was  enacted.  Among  other  things,  the  IRA 
imposes a new 1% excise tax on the fair market value of stock repurchased after December 31, 2022 by publicly traded 
U.S. corporations. With certain exceptions, the value of stock repurchased is determined net of stock issued in the year, 
including shares issued pursuant to compensatory arrangements.

Imposition  of  Liability  for  Undercapitalized  Subsidiaries.  The  FDIA  requires  bank  regulators  to  take  "prompt 
corrective action" to resolve problems associated with insured depository institutions. In the event an institution becomes 
"undercapitalized,"  it  must  submit  a  capital  restoration  plan.  The  capital  restoration  plan  will  not  be  accepted  by  the 
regulators  unless  each  company  "having  control  of"  the  undercapitalized  institution  "guarantees"  the  subsidiary’s 
compliance  with  the  capital  restoration  plan  until  it  becomes  "adequately  capitalized."  For  purposes  of  this  statute,  the 
Company  has  control  of  the  Bank.  Under  the  FDIA,  the  aggregate  liability  of  all  companies  controlling  a  particular 
institution  is  limited  to  the  lesser  of  five  percent  of  the  depository  institution’s  total  assets  at  the  time  it  became 
undercapitalized  or  the  amount  necessary  to  bring  the  institution  into  compliance  with  applicable  capital  standards.  The 
FDIA  grants  greater  powers  to  bank  regulators  in  situations  where  an  institution  becomes  "significantly"  or  "critically" 
undercapitalized  or  fails  to  submit  a  capital  restoration  plan.  For  example,  a  bank  holding  company  controlling  such  an 
institution  can  be  required  to  obtain  prior  Federal  Reserve  approval  of  proposed  distributions,  or  might  be  required  to 
consent to a merger or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates.

State Law Restrictions. As a Colorado corporation, the Company is subject to certain limitations and restrictions 
under  applicable  Colorado  corporate  law.  For  example,  state  law  restrictions  in  Colorado  include  limitations  and 
restrictions  relating  to  indemnification  of  directors;  distributions  and  dividends  to  shareholders;  transactions  involving 
directors,  officers  or  interested  shareholders;  maintenance  of  books,  records,  and  minutes;  and  observance  of  certain 
corporate formalities.

Regulation of the Bank

Capital Adequacy. Under the Basel III Capital Rules, discussed above, the FDIC monitors the capital adequacy of 
the Bank by using a combination of risk-based guidelines and leverage ratios. The FDIC considers the Bank’s capital levels 
when  acting  on  various  types  of  applications  and  when  conducting  supervisory  activities  related  to  the  safety  and 
soundness of the Bank and the banking system. Higher capital levels may be required if warranted by the circumstances or 
risk profiles of individual institutions, or if required by the banking regulators due to the economic conditions impacting 
our  markets.  For  example,  FDIC  regulations  provide  that  higher  capital  may  be  required  to  take  adequate  account  of, 
among other things, interest rate risk and the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities 
trading activities.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Bank exceeded all regulatory minimum capital requirements.

24

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Under applicable federal statutes, the federal bank regulatory agencies are 
required  to  take  "prompt  corrective  action"  with  respect  to  institutions  that  do  not  meet  specified  minimum  capital 
requirements.  For  these  purposes,  the  law  establishes  five  capital  categories:  well  capitalized,  adequately  capitalized, 
undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Under the FDIC’s prompt corrective action 
regulations, an institution is deemed to be "well capitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a CET1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% or greater and a leverage capital 
ratio of 5.0% or greater. An institution is "adequately capitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, 
a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, a CET1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5% or greater and a leverage capital 
ratio of 4.0% or greater. An institution is "undercapitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 
1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a CET1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.5% or a leverage capital ratio of 
less than 4.0%. An institution is deemed to be "significantly undercapitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less 
than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, a CET1 capital ratio of less than 3.0% or a leverage capital 
ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be "critically undercapitalized" if it has a ratio of tangible equity to 
total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

Undercapitalized institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan 
to the FDIC. The federal bank regulatory agencies may not accept such a plan without determining, among other things, 
that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In 
addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee 
that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable 
plan, it is treated as if it is "significantly undercapitalized." "Significantly undercapitalized" depository institutions may be 
subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become "adequately 
capitalized," requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. "Critically 
undercapitalized" institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Bank qualified as "well capitalized" under the prompt corrective action 

rules.

Deposit Insurance Assessments. All of a depositor’s accounts at an insured bank, including all noninterest-bearing 
transaction accounts, are insured by the FDIC up to $250,000. FDIC-insured banks are required to pay deposit insurance 
premiums  to  the  FDIC.  The  FDIC  has  adopted  a  risk-based  assessment  system  whereby  FDIC-insured  depository 
institutions pay insurance premiums at rates based on their risk classification. An institution’s risk classification is assigned 
based on current financial ratios and supervisory ratings of the institution’s financial condition and operations. Assessments 
are  based  on  an  institution’s  average  consolidated  total  assets  less  average  tangible  equity,  subject  to  adjustments  for 
certain types of institutions, including custodial banks.

The FDIC may terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution’s financial 
condition  is  unsafe  or  unsound  or  that  the  institution  has  engaged  in  unsafe  or  unsound  practices  or  has  violated  any 
applicable  rule,  regulation,  order,  or  condition  enacted  or  imposed  by  the  institution’s  regulatory  agency.  If  deposit 
insurance  for  a  banking  business  that  we  invest  in  or  acquire  were  to  be  terminated,  that  would  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on that banking business and potentially on the Company as a whole.

Depositor  Preference.  FDIA  provides  that,  in  the  event  of  the  "liquidation  or  other  resolution"  of  an  insured 
depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured 
depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general 
unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along 
with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding 
company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

In November 2023, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement a special assessment to recover losses to the DIF 
incurred as a result of recent bank failures and the FDIC's use of the systemic risk exception to cover certain deposits that 
were  otherwise  uninsured.  The  special  assessment  was  based  on  estimated  uninsured  deposits  as  of  December  31,  2022 
(excluding the first $5.0 billion) and will be assessed at a quarterly rate of 3.36 basis points, over eight quarterly assessment 
periods, beginning in the first quarter of 2024. As a result of the exclusion for the first $5.0 billion in the final rule, we are 
not required to pay an assessment. Under the final rule, the estimated loss pursuant to the systemic risk determination will 
be  periodically  adjusted,  and  the  FDIC  has  retained  the  ability  to  cease  collection  early,  extend  the  special  assessment 
collection  period  and  impose  a  final  shortfall  special  assessment  on  a  one-time  basis.  The  extent  to  which  any  such 
additional future assessments will impact our future deposit insurance expense is currently uncertain.

25

Consumer Financial Protection. The Bank is subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws 
that  extensively  govern  its  relationship  with  its  clients.  These  laws  include  the  Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the  Fair 
Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited 
Funds Availability Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures 
Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Right to Financial Privacy Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act and 
these laws’ respective state law counterparts, as well as state usury laws and laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and 
practices. These and other federal laws, among other things, require disclosures of the cost of credit and terms of deposit 
accounts,  provide  substantive  consumer  rights,  prohibit  discrimination  in  credit  transactions,  regulate  the  use  of  credit 
report  information,  provide  financial  privacy  protections,  prohibit  unfair,  deceptive,  and  abusive  practices,  restrict  the 
Bank’s ability to raise interest rates and subject the Company and the Bank to substantial regulatory oversight. Violations 
of  applicable  consumer  protection  laws  can  result  in  significant  potential  liability  from  litigation  brought  by  clients, 
including  actual  damages,  restitution,  and  attorneys’  fees.  Federal  bank  regulators,  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice,  state 
attorneys  general  and  state  and  local  consumer  protection  agencies  may  also  seek  to  enforce  consumer  protection 
requirements and obtain these and other remedies, including regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by the 
U.S. Department of Justice, the state and local attorneys general in each jurisdiction in which we operate and civil money 
penalties. Failure to comply with consumer protection requirements may also result in our failure to obtain any required 
bank regulatory approval for merger or acquisition transactions the Company may want to pursue or our prohibition from 
engaging in such transactions even if approval is not required.

The  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  ("CFPB")  has  broad  rulemaking  authority  for  a  wide  range  of 
consumer  financial  laws  that  apply  to  all  banks.  The  CFPB  is  authorized  to  issue  rules  for  both  bank  and  non-bank 
companies  that  offer  consumer  financial  products  and  services,  subject  to  consultation  with  the  prudential  banking 
regulators. In general, however, banks with assets of $10 billion or less, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for 
consumer compliance by their primary federal bank regulator.

Much  of  the  CFPB’s  rulemaking  has  focused  on  mortgage  lending  and  servicing,  including  an  important  rule 
requiring lenders to ensure that prospective buyers have the ability to repay their mortgages. Other areas of current CFPB 
focus  include  consumer  protections  for  prepaid  cards,  payday  lending,  debt  collection,  overdraft  services  and  privacy 
notices. The CFPB has been particularly active in issuing rules and guidelines concerning residential mortgage lending and 
servicing,  issuing  numerous  rules  and  guidance  related  to  residential  mortgages.  Perhaps  the  most  significant  of  these 
guidelines  is  the  "Ability-to-Repay  and  Qualified  Mortgage  Standards  under  the  Truth  in  Lending  Act"  portions  of 
Regulation  Z.  Under  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  creditors  must  make  a  reasonable  and  good  faith  determination,  based  on 
verified  and  documented  information,  that  the  consumer  has  a  reasonable  "ability  to  repay"  a  residential  mortgage 
according to its terms. There is a statutory presumption of compliance with this requirement for mortgages that meet the 
requirements to be deemed "qualified mortgages." The CFPB rule defines the key threshold terms "ability to repay" and 
"qualified mortgage."

The CFPB has actively issued enforcement actions against both large and small entities and to entities across the 
entire financial service industry. The CFPB has relied upon "unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts" prohibitions as its primary 
enforcement tool. However, the CFPB and Department of Justice ("DOJ") continue to be focused on fair lending in taking 
enforcement actions against banks with renewed emphasis on alleged "redlining" practices. Failure to comply with these 
laws  and  regulations  could  give  rise  to  regulatory  sanctions,  client  rescission  rights,  actions  by  state  and  local  attorneys 
general and civil or criminal liability.

Brokered  Deposit  Restrictions.  Well  capitalized  institutions  are  not  subject  to  limitations  on  brokered  deposits, 
while an adequately capitalized institution is able to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits only with a waiver from 
the FDIC and is subject to certain restrictions on the yield paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are generally 
not permitted to accept, renew, or roll over brokered deposits.

26

Community  Reinvestment  Act.  The  CRA  is  intended  to  encourage  banks  to  help  meet  the  credit  needs  of  their 
entire communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operations. The 
regulators examine banks and assign each bank a public CRA rating. The CRA then requires bank regulators to consider 
the  bank's  record  in  meeting  the  needs  of  its  community  when  considering  certain  applications  by  a  bank,  including 
applications to establish a banking center or to conduct certain mergers or acquisitions. The Federal Reserve is required to 
consider  the  CRA  records  of  a  bank  holding  company’s  controlled  banks  when  considering  an  application  by  the  bank 
holding company to acquire a bank or to merge with another bank holding company.

When we apply for regulatory approval to make certain investments, the regulators will consider the CRA record 
of the target institution and our depository institution subsidiary. An unsatisfactory CRA record could substantially delay 
approval or result in denial of an application.

Insider  Credit  Transactions.  Banks  are  subject  to  certain  restrictions  imposed  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Act  on 
extensions of credit to certain executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and any related interests of such persons 
(Regulation O). Extensions of credit to such persons must (a) be made on substantially the same terms, including interest 
rates and collateral, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than those prevailing at the time 
for comparable transactions with persons not covered by such restrictions, and (b) not involve more than the normal risk of 
repayment  or  present  other  unfavorable  features.  Banks  are  also  subject  to  certain  lending  limits  and  restrictions  on 
overdrafts  to  such  persons.  A  violation  of  these  restrictions  may  result  in  the  assessment  of  substantial  civil  monetary 
penalties on the affected bank or any officer, director, employee, agent, or other person participating in the conduct of the 
affairs of that bank, the imposition of a cease and desist order, and other regulatory sanctions.

In  October  2023,  the  Federal  Reserve,  the  FDIC  and  the  Office  of  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency  (“OCC”), 
issued  a  joint  final  rule  to  modernize  the  CRA  regulatory  framework.  The  final  rule  is  intended,  among  other  things  to 
adapt to changes in the banking industry, including internet and the expanded role of mobile and online banking, and to 
tailor performance standards to account for differences in bank size, and business models. The final rule introduces new 
tests under which the performance of banks with over $2 billion in assets will be assessed. The new rule also includes data 
collection  and  reporting  requirements,  some  of  which  are  applicable  only  to  banks  with  over  $10  billion  in  assets.  Most 
provisions  of  the  final  rule  will  become  effective  on  January  1,  2026,  and  the  data  reporting  requirements  will  become 
effective on January 1, 2027.

Safety and Soundness Standards. Under the FDIC Improvement Act ("FDICIA"), each federal banking agency has 
prescribed, by regulation, non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority. These standards 
cover  internal  controls,  information  and  internal  audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate 
exposure,  asset  growth,  compensation,  fees  and  benefits,  such  other  operational  and  managerial  standards  as  the  agency 
determines to be appropriate, and standards for asset quality, earnings, and stock valuation. An institution which fails to 
meet these standards must develop a plan acceptable to the agency, specifying the steps that the institution will take to meet 
the standards. Failure to submit or implement such a plan may subject the institution to regulatory sanctions.

Financial  Privacy.  In  accordance  with  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  of  1999  (the  "GLB  Act"),  federal  banking 
regulators  adopted  rules  that  limit  the  ability  of  banks  and  other  financial  institutions  to  disclose  nonpublic  information 
about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These rules require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some 
circumstances,  allow  consumers  to  prevent  disclosure  of  certain  personal  information  to  a  nonaffiliated  third  party.  The 
privacy provisions of the GLB Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies 
and conveyed to outside vendors.

27

Anti-Money  Laundering.  Under  federal  law,  including  the  Bank  Secrecy  Act  and  Title  III  of  the  Uniting  and 
Strengthening  America  by  Providing  Appropriate  Tools  Required  to  Intercept  and  Obstruct  Terrorism  Act  of  2001  (the 
"USA PATRIOT Act"), certain types of financial institutions, including insured depository institutions, must maintain anti-
money  laundering  programs  that  include  established  internal  policies,  procedures  and  controls;  a  designated  compliance 
officer; an ongoing training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Financial institutions 
are  restricted  from  entering  into  specified  financial  transactions  and  account  relationships  and  must  meet  enhanced 
standards  for  due  diligence,  client  identification  and  recordkeeping,  including  in  their  dealings  with  non-U.S.  financial 
institutions and non-U.S. clients. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account 
relationships  to  guard  against  money  laundering  and  to  report  any  suspicious  information  maintained  by  financial 
institutions. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an 
institution’s anti-money laundering compliance when considering regulatory applications filed by the institution, including 
applications for banking mergers and acquisitions. The regulatory authorities have imposed "cease and desist" orders and 
civil money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be violating these obligations.

Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Control  Regulation.  The  United  States  has  imposed  economic  sanctions  that  affect 
transactions  with  designated  foreign  countries,  foreign  nationals,  and  others.  These  are  typically  known  as  the  "OFAC" 
rules based on their administration by the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC"). 
The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or 
more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions 
against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on "U.S. persons" engaging in 
financial  transactions  relating  to  making  investments  in,  or  providing  investment-related  advice  or  assistance  to,  a 
sanctioned  country;  and  (ii)  a  blocking  of  assets  in  which  the  government  or  specially  designated  nationals  of  the 
sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in 
the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, 
set  off  or  transferred  in  any  manner  without  a  license  from  OFAC.  The  Bank  is  responsible  for,  among  other  things, 
blocking  accounts  of,  and  transactions  with,  such  targets  and  countries,  prohibiting  unlicensed  trade  and  financial 
transactions  with  them  and  reporting  blocked  transactions  after  their  occurrence.  Failure  to  comply  with  these  sanctions 
could have serious legal and reputational consequences

Transactions with Affiliates

Transactions between depository institutions and their affiliates, including transactions between the Bank and the 
Company,  are  governed  by  Sections  23A  and  23B  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Act  and  the  Federal  Reserve’s  Regulation  W 
promulgated thereunder. Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which a depository institution and its subsidiaries may 
engage in "covered transactions" with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the depository institution’s capital 
stock and surplus and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates of an amount equal to 20% of 
the depository institution’s capital stock and surplus. Section 23A also establishes specific collateral requirements for loans 
or  extensions  of  credit  to,  or  guarantees,  acceptances  or  letters  of  credit  issued  on  behalf  of,  an  affiliate.  Section  23B 
requires that covered transactions and a broad list of other specified transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at 
least as favorable to the depository institution and its subsidiaries, as those for similar transactions with non-affiliates.

The Volcker Rule

Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly known as the "Volcker Rule," generally prohibits certain banking 
entities from engaging in short-term proprietary trading of financial instruments and from owning, sponsoring or having 
certain relationships with hedge funds or private equity funds (collectively, "covered funds"). The Regulatory Relief Act, 
discussed  below,  includes  a  provision  exempting  banking  organizations  with  $10  billion  or  less  in  total  consolidation 
assets, and total trading assets and trading liabilities that are 5% or less of total consolidated assets, from the Volcker Rule. 
Thus, the Company and the Bank are not currently subject to the Volcker Rule.

Concentration in Commercial Real Estate Lending ("CRE")

As a part of their regulatory oversight, the federal regulators have issued guidelines on sound risk management 
practices with respect to a financial institution’s CRE lending activities. The guidelines identify certain concentration levels 
that,  if  exceeded,  will  expose  the  institution  to  additional  supervisory  analysis  surrounding  the  institution’s  CRE 
concentration  risk.  The  guidelines  are  designed  to  promote  appropriate  levels  of  capital  and  sound  loan  and  risk 
management  practices  for  institutions  with  a  concentration  of  CRE  loans.  The  Company’s  CRE  concentrations  are 
discussed in the "Risk Factors" section below.

28

Interstate Banking and Branching

Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1999 (the "Riegle-Neal Act"), a bank 
holding company may acquire banks in states other than its home state, subject to any state requirement that the bank has 
been organized and operating for a minimum period of time, not to exceed five years, and to certain deposit market-share 
limitations.  Bank  holding  companies  must  be  well  capitalized  and  well  managed,  not  merely  adequately  capitalized  and 
adequately  managed,  in  order  to  acquire  a  bank  located  outside  of  the  bank  holding  company’s  home  state.  The  Riegle-
Neal Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate branches.

Colorado state law provides that a Colorado-chartered bank can establish a branch anywhere in Colorado provided 
that the branch is approved in advance by the CDB. The branch must also be approved by the FDIC. The approval process 
considers a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, 
needs of the community and consistency with corporate powers. The Dodd-Frank Act permits a national or state bank, with 
the approval of its regulator, to open a de novo branch in any state if the law of the state in which the branch is proposed 
would permit the establishment of the branch if the bank was charted in such state.

The  Federal  Reserve,  the  OCC  and  FDIC  jointly  issued  a  final  rule  in  1997  that  adopted  uniform  regulations 
implementing Section 109 of the Riegle-Neal Act. Section 109 which prohibits any bank from establishing or acquiring a 
branch or branches outside of its home state primarily for the purpose of deposit production. Congress enacted Section 109 
to ensure that interstate branches would not take deposits from a community without the bank reasonably helping to meet 
the credit needs of that community.

Limitations on Incentive Compensation

In June 2016, several federal financial agencies (including the Federal Reserve and FDIC) re-proposed restrictions 
on incentive-based compensation pursuant to Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act for financial institutions with $1 billion or 
more  in  total  consolidated  assets.  For  institutions  with  at  least  $1  billion  but  less  than  $50  billion  in  total  consolidated 
assets,  the  proposal  would  impose  principles-based  restrictions  that  are  broadly  consistent  with  existing  interagency 
guidance  on  incentive-based  compensation.  Such  institutions  would  be  prohibited  from  entering  into  incentive 
compensation  arrangements  that  encourage  inappropriate  risks  by  the  institution  (i)  by  providing  an  executive  officer, 
employee,  director,  principal  shareholder,  or  individuals  who  are  "significant  risk  takers"  with  excessive  compensation, 
fees, or benefits, or (ii) that could lead to material financial loss to the institution. The comment period for these proposed 
regulations has closed, but a final rule has not been published. Depending upon the outcome of the rule making process, the 
application  of  this  rule  to  us  could  require  us  to  revise  our  compensation  strategy,  increase  our  administrative  costs  and 
adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain qualified associates.

Cybersecurity

The  Federal  Financial  Institutions  Examination  Council  ("FFIEC")  requires  financial  institutions  to  design 
multiple  layers  of  security  controls  to  establish  lines  of  defense  and  to  ensure  that  their  risk  management  processes  also 
address  the  risk  posed  by  compromised  customer  credentials,  including  security  measures  to  reliably  authenticate 
customers  accessing  internet-based  services  of  the  financial  institution.  Further,  a  financial  institution’s  management  is 
expected  to  maintain  sufficient  business  continuity  management  planning  processes  to  ensure  the  rapid  recovery, 
resumption, and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack involving destructive malware. A financial 
institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations and address 
rebuilding network capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of 
cyber-attack. If we fail to observe the regulatory guidance, we could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including 
financial penalties.

Additionally,  the  FDIC's  Information  Technology  Risk  Examination  (InTREx)  Program,  based  on  the  Uniform 
Rating  System  for  Information  Technology  (URSIT),  includes  core  modules  for  Audit,  Management,  Development  and 
Acquisition, and Support and Delivery component ratings. If we fail to remain compliant with changing components of this 
regulation, we could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties.

29

The  FFIEC's  examination  procedures  regarding  overall  business  continuity  management  ("BCM")  focus  on 
enterprise-wide approaches that address technology, business operations, testing, and communication strategies critical to 
the  continuity  of  the  business.  The  BCM  procedures  describe  principles  and  practices  for  information  technology  ("IT") 
and operations designed to achieve safety and soundness, consumer financial protection, and compliance with applicable 
laws,  regulations,  and  rules.  Continued  testing,  training,  and  program  updates  ensure  appropriate  response  to  cyber  and 
non-cyber, human and non-human disaster events. While we are compliant with BCM measures, the scope and severity of 
cyber and non-cyber, human, and non-human disaster events is unpredictable.

The  Federal  Trade  Commission's  (FTC)  Safeguard's  Rule  was  updated  effective  January  2022.  The  safeguard 
provision  of  the  FTC's  Gramm-Leach  Bliley  Act  (GLBA)  requires  the  Bank  to  take  steps  to  protect  their  clients' 
information. The law requires the Bank to create a written information security plan that outlines its strategy for protecting 
customer/client information. The Bank must have reasonable administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect 
the security, confidentiality, and integrity of client information. The security measures must be commensurate with its size, 
scope of activities, sensitivity of the information in question, and the risk of data loss. While we are compliant with the 
FTC  Safeguard's  Rule,  unforeseen  risks  and  threats  could  challenge  the  strategy  for  protecting  such  information  and  the 
controls in place. 

Cloud Adoption

The U.S. Treasury Department Office of Cybersecurity and Critical Infrastructure Protection (OCCIP) released a 
report on the current landscape of cloud adoption in December 2022. The report noted that financial institutions of all sizes 
are increasingly viewing cloud services as an important component of their technology program. The COVID-19 pandemic 
accelerated consumer demand for innovative offerings via digital channels, financial institution demand to accommodate 
remote work, and vendors favoring cloud-based offerings are all driving the trend in cloud adoption. Many larger financial 
institutions plan to adopt a hybrid model which includes both public and private cloud services and to have their own data 
centers. 

Significant  benefits  such  as  redundancy,  scalability,  and  security  are  supporting  cloud  adoption.  Six  main 
challenges were noted by the OCCIP, for greater adoption of cloud by financial institutions: i. Transparency in conducting 
due diligence on Cloud Service Providers (CSPs); ii. Gaps in expertise and tools as the growth of cloud service utilization 
outpaces  the  talent  pool  of  technologists  as  well  as  the  capability  of  financial  institutions  to  validate  rapid  technological 
updates; iii. Exposure to potential operational incidents originating from CSPs; iv. Potential impact of market concentration 
in  cloud  service  offerings  on  the  financial  services  sector’s  ability  to  be  resilient  against  a  large  system  failure  or  data 
breach which could impact multiple financial institutions and their customers; v. The dynamics of smaller institutions being 
at  a  disadvantage  in  securing  preferred  contract  terms  given  the  current  market  concentration;  and  vi.  The  increasingly 
complex and diverse global landscape for cloud services providers and users to be compliant and to also be able to weather 
operational challenges with inconsistent regulatory frameworks. 

In 2023, the Treasury Department conveyed its commitment to work with financial regulators, industry, and cloud 
service providers to drive increased collaboration and transparency by building trust and cooperation to promote safe and 
effective migration for financial institutions choosing to adopt cloud services.  Despite the challenges noted by the Treasury 
Department, it intends to be guided by its Strategic Vision for Supporting the Resilience of the Financial Sector’s Use of 
Cloud  Services  and  will  address  issues  that  could  impact  operational  resilience  of  the  financial  institution  sector.  The 
Company is in the process of adoption of a Zero Trust Network Architecture and related cloud security infrastructure to 
support  its  migration  to  the  cloud.  Despite  extensive  due  diligence  with  our  technology  and  security  advisors  and  the 
known  benefits  of  cloud  adoption,  unforeseen  risks  and  threats  in  cyberspace  continue  to  evolve  to  challenge  our 
cybersecurity controls.

In  2023,  the  SEC  issued  a  final  rule  that  requires  disclosure  of  material  cybersecurity  incidents,  as  well  as 
cybersecurity risk management, strategy and governance. Under this rule, banking organizations that are SEC registrants 
must generally disclose information about a material cybersecurity incident within four business days of determining it is 
material with periodic updates as to the status of the incident in subsequent filings as necessary.

30

Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020

On  January  1,  2021,  Congress  enacted  the  National  Defense  Authorization  Act  (NDAA),  which  included 
significant  reforms  to  the  U.S.  anti-money  laundering  (AML)  regime.  The  NDAA  includes  the  Anti-Money  Laundering 
Act  of  2020  (AML  Act)  and,  within  the  AML  Act,  the  Corporate  Transparency  Act  (CTA).  The  AML  Act  seeks  to 
strengthen, modernize, and streamline the existing AML regime by promoting innovation, regulatory reform, and industry 
engagement through forums, such as the Bank Secrecy Act Advisory Group (BSAAG) and FinCEN Exchange. The Act 
also calls for FinCEN to work closely with regulatory, national security, and law enforcement partners to identify risks and 
priorities  and  provide  valuable  feedback  to  the  financial  industry.  The  CTA  establishes  uniform  beneficial  ownership 
reporting requirements for corporations, limited liability companies, and other similar entities formed or registered to do 
business in the United States. Many provisions of the AML Act and the CTA require rulemaking or periodic reporting to 
Congress  on  implementation  efforts,  assessments,  and  findings.  Some  of  the  key  requirements  of  the  AML  Act  requires 
FinCEN to: (1) establish standards for the reporting of information on beneficial ownership, build an IT system to collect 
and secure the data, and create access protocols; (2) establish national anti-money laundering and countering the financing 
of  terrorism  priorities;  (3)  Enhancement  of  whistleblower  provisions  to  provide  for  a  robust  whistleblower  program  and 
new anti-retaliation protections; (4) Review, and revise as appropriate, Currency Transaction Report (CTR) and Suspicious 
Activity Report (SAR) reporting requirements, and other existing Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) regulations and guidance; and 
(6) require law enforcement reporting to FinCEN on the use of BSA data, and establish procedures for additional feedback 
between  FinCEN  and  financial  institutions  on  the  usefulness  of  SARs,  and  semi-annual  publication  of  review  of  SAR 
activity and other BSA reports, including threat patterns, trends, and typologies. 

Banks  are  not  required  to  incorporate  the  AML/CFT  Priorities  into  their  risk  based  BSA  compliance  programs 
until the effective date of the final revised regulations. Nevertheless, in preparation for any new requirements when those 
final rules are published, the Bank is considering how it will incorporate the AML/CFT Priorities into its risk based BSA 
compliance  program,  by  assessing  the  potential  related  risks  associated  with  the  products  and  services  it  offers  the 
customers it serves, and the geographic areas in which it operates.

Changing Regulatory Structure and Future Legislation and Regulation

Congress  may  enact  further  legislation  that  affects  the  regulation  of  the  financial  services  industry,  and  state 
legislatures may enact further legislation affecting the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in these 
states. Federal and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the 
manner  in  which  existing  regulations  are  applied.  We  cannot  predict  the  substance  or  impact  of  pending  or  future 
legislation  or  regulations,  or  the  application  thereof,  although  enactment  of  the  proposed  legislation  could  impact  the 
regulatory  structure  under  which  the  Company  operates  and  may  significantly  increase  costs,  impede  the  efficiency  of 
internal  business  processes,  require  an  increase  in  regulatory  capital,  require  modifications  to  the  Company’s  business 
strategy,  and  limit  the  Company’s  ability  to  pursue  business  opportunities  in  an  efficient  manner.  A  change  in  statutes, 
regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on our 
business.

Monetary Policy and Economic Environment

The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve, can have a significant 
effect on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal 
Reserve  to  affect  the  money  supply  are  open  market  operations  in  United  States  government  securities,  changes  in  the 
discount  rate  on  member  bank  borrowings,  and  changes  in  reserve  requirements  against  member  bank  deposits.  These 
means  are  used  in  varying  combinations  to  influence  overall  financial  stability  of  the  economy  which  in  turn  stimulates 
need for growth and distribution of bank loans, investments, and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on 
loans or paid on deposits as well as overall risk for banks and in turn, bank holding companies.

The Federal Reserve’s monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the 
past  and  are  expected  to  continue  to  do  so  in  the  future.  The  nature  of  future  monetary  policies  and  the  effects  of  these 
policies on the Bank’s business and earnings cannot be predicted.

31

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

Our business and results of operations are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond 
our  control.  The  material  risks  and  uncertainties  that  management  believes  affect  the  Company  are  described  below. 
Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of, or that management currently deems immaterial, may 
also impair the Company’s business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. If any of the 
following  risks  actually  occur,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  and 
adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of our securities could decline significantly, and you could lose all or 
part of your investment. Some statements in the following risk factors constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer 
to "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Summary of Risk Factors

The following is a summary of the principal risks that we believe could adversely affect our business, financial 

condition or results of operations:

Risks Related to Our Business

– Geographic concentration in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming, Montana, and California.

–

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us. 

– Negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of collateral 

securing our real estate loans and result in loan and other losses.

– Changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest margins and net interest income.

–

If we are unable to continue to originate residential real estate loans and sell them into the secondary market 
for a profit, our earnings could decrease.

– Our commercial loan portfolio involves risks specific to commercial borrowers. 

– We may be subject to claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibilities.

– We may be adversely affected by the soundness of certain securities brokerage firms.

–

The  investment  management  contracts  we  have  with  our  clients  are  terminable  without  cause  and  on 
relatively short notice by our clients.

– Changes to the level or type of investment activity by our clients may reduce our fee revenue. 

–

The trust wealth management fees we receive may decrease as a result of poor investment performance, in 
either relative or absolute terms, which could decrease our revenues and net earnings.

– Our allowance for credit losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.

–

Increased  credit  risk,  including  as  a  result  of  deterioration  in  economic  conditions,  could  require  us  to 
increase our allowance for credit losses and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations 
and financial condition.

– Our business and operations may be adversely affected in numerous and complex ways by external business 

disruptors in the financial services industry

–

Liquidity risk could adversely affect our ability to fund operations and hurt our financial condition.

– We may not be able to maintain a strong core deposit base or other low-cost funding sources.

– We receive substantial deposits and assets under management as a result of referrals by professionals, such as 
attorneys, accountants, and doctors, and such referrals are dependent upon the continued positive interaction 
with and financial health of those referral sources.

– Our largest trust client accounts for 37.0% of our total assets under management.

–

The  success  of  our  business  depends  on  achieving  our  strategic  objectives,  including  through  acquisitions 
which may not increase our profitability and may adversely affect our future operating results.

– We  face  intense  competition  from  other  banks  and  financial  institutions  and  other  wealth  and  investment 

management firms that could hurt our business.

– We  may  not  be  successful  in  implementing  our  internal  growth  strategy  or  be  able  to  manage  the  risks 
associated with our anticipated growth through opening new boutique private trust bank offices, which could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

– Our goodwill or other intangible assets may become impaired.

– We are required to make significant estimates and assumptions in the preparation of our financial statements 

and our estimates and assumptions may not be accurate.

32

–

Fraud, breaches of our information security, and cybersecurity attacks could adversely affect us.

– We  rely  on  communications,  information,  operating  and  financial  control  systems  technology  and  related 

services from third-party service providers and we may suffer an interruption in those systems.

– Our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  clients  and  key  associates  could  be  adversely  affected  if  our  reputation  is 

harmed.

– We may incur significant losses due to ineffective risk management processes and strategies.

– New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.

– We  rely  on  customer  and  counterparty  information,  which  subjects  us  to  risks  if  that  information  is  not 

accurate or is incomplete.

– A future pandemic, epidemic, or highly contagious disease could adversely impact our business and financial 

results.

–

Economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries and regimes could adversely affect us.

Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment

–

–

The  financial  services  industry  is  highly  regulated  and  our  failure  to  comply  with  any  current  or  future 
regulation may adversely affect us.

Federal and state banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance 
with  laws  and  regulations,  and  our  failure  to  comply  with  any  supervisory  actions  which  we  are,  or  may 
become, subject to as a result of such examinations may adversely affect us.

– We are subject to stringent capital requirements.
–
– We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act 

The level of our commercial real estate loan portfolio may subject us to heightened regulatory scrutiny.

and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.

– We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money 

laundering statutes and regulations.

– Regulations  relating  to  privacy,  information  security  and  data  protection  could  increase  our  costs,  affect  or 

limit how we collect and use personal information and adversely affect our business opportunities.

– We can be subject to legal and regulatory proceedings, investigations and inquiries related to conduct risk.

Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock

–

–

–

–

The trading volume in our common stock is less than other larger financial institutions.

The  obligations  associated  with  being  a  public  company  require  significant  resources  and  management 
attention, which will increase our costs of operations and may divert focus from our business operations.
If  we  fail  to  maintain  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  we  may  not  be  able  to  report  our 
financial results accurately and timely.
Securities analysts may not initiate or continue coverage on us.

– Our management and board of directors have significant control over our business.

– We may issue new debt securities, which would be senior to our common stock and may cause the market 

price of our common stock to decline.

– Our common stock is subordinate to our existing and future indebtedness, and is effectively subordinated to 

all the indebtedness and other non-common equity claims against our subsidiaries.

– We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to 
acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of 
our common stock.

– We are dependent upon the Bank for cash flow, and the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions is restricted.

– Our  corporate  organizational  documents  and  provisions  of  federal  and  state  law  to  which  we  are  subject 
contain  certain  provisions  that  could  have  an  anti-takeover  effect  and  may  delay,  make  more  difficult  or 
prevent an attempted acquisition that you may favor or an attempted replacement of our board of directors or 
management.

– An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is subject to risk of loss.
–

The market price of our common stock may be subject to substantial fluctuations and significant declines.

The  foregoing  factors  should  not  be  construed  as  exhaustive.  This  summary  of  risk  factors  should  be  read  in 

conjunction with the more detailed risk factors below.

33

Risks Related to Our Business

Our  banking,  trust  and  wealth  advisory  operations  are  geographically  concentrated  in  Colorado,  Arizona,  Wyoming 
Montana, and California, leading to significant exposure to those markets.

Our business activities and credit exposure, including real estate collateral for many of our loans, are concentrated 
in  Colorado,  Arizona,  Wyoming,  Montana,  and  California.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  83.2%  of  the  loans  in  our  loan 
portfolio were made to borrowers who live in or conduct business in those states. This geographic concentration imposes 
risks from lack of geographic diversification. Difficult economic conditions, including state and local government deficits, 
in  Colorado,  Arizona,  Wyoming,  Montana,  California  may  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations 
and  future  prospects,  where  adverse  economic  developments,  among  other  things,  could  affect  the  volume  of  loan 
originations,  increase  the  level  of  nonperforming  assets,  increase  the  rate  of  foreclosure  losses  on  loans  and  reduce  the 
value of our loans and loan servicing portfolio. Any regional or local economic downturn that affects Colorado, Arizona, 
Wyoming, Montana, and California or existing or prospective borrowers or property values in such areas may affect us and 
our  profitability  more  significantly  and  more  adversely  than  our  competitors  whose  operations  are  less  geographically 
concentrated. This includes a sustained downturn in the oil and gas market, which is important for the general economic 
health of Colorado in particular. A prolonged period of low oil prices could have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations and financial condition.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

The lack of soundness of other financial institutions or financial market utilities may adversely affect the 
Company. The Company’s ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the 
actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial institutions are interdependent because of 
trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. Defaults by, or rumors or questions about, one or more financial 
institutions or financial market utilities, or the financial services industry generally, may lead to market-wide liquidity 
problems and losses of client, creditor and counterparty confidence and could lead to losses or defaults by other financial 
institutions, or the Company.

Recent events relating to the failures of certain banking entities in March and April of 2023 have caused general 

uncertainty regarding the adequacy of liquidity of banks, in particular regional banks which in turn has generated 
significant market volatility among publicly traded bank holding companies. Although we are not directly impacted by 
these recent bank failures, the resulting speed and with which news, including social media outlets, led depositors to 
withdraw or attempt to withdraw funds from these and other financial institutions, as well as the volatile impact to stock 
prices, could have a material effect on the Company’s operations.

Because a significant portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of real estate loans, negative changes in the economy 
affecting real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of collateral securing our real estate loans and result in 
loan and other losses.

As of December 31, 2023, approximately $1.92 billion, or 76.1%, of our total loans were loans with real estate as 
a  primary  or  secondary  component  of  collateral.  The  repayment  of  such  loans  is  highly  dependent  on  the  ability  of  the 
borrowers to meet their loan repayment obligations to us, which can be adversely affected by economic downturns that can 
lead to (i) declines in the rents and, therefore, in the cash flows generated by those real properties on which the borrowers 
depend to fund their loan payments to us, (ii) decreases in the values of those real properties, which make it more difficult 
for  the  borrowers  to  sell  those  real  properties  for  amounts  sufficient  to  repay  their  loans  in  full,  and  (iii)  job  losses  of 
residential home buyers, which makes it more difficult for these borrowers to fund their loan payments. As a result, our 
operating results are more vulnerable to adverse changes in the real estate market than other financial institutions with more 
diversified  loan  portfolios,  and  we  could  incur  losses  in  the  event  of  changes  in  economic  conditions  that 
disproportionately affect the real estate markets.

34

Real  estate  values  in  many  of  our  markets  have  generally  experienced  periods  of  fluctuation  over  the  last  five 
years.  The  market  value  of  real  estate  can  fluctuate  significantly  in  a  short  period  of  time.  As  a  result,  adverse 
developments affecting real estate values and the liquidity of real estate in our primary markets could increase the credit 
risk associated with our loan portfolio, and could result in losses that adversely affect credit quality, financial condition and 
results of operations. Negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity in our market areas could 
significantly  impair  the  value  of  property  pledged  as  collateral  on  loans  and  affect  our  ability  to  sell  the  collateral  upon 
foreclosure without a loss or additional losses or our ability to sell these loans on the secondary securitization market. Such 
declines and losses would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If 
real estate values decline, it is also more likely that we would be required to increase our allowance for credit losses, which 
would  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  adverse  weather  events, 
including wildfires, flooding, and mudslides, can cause damages to the property pledged as collateral on loans, which could 
result in additional losses upon a foreclosure.

Changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest margins and net interest income.

Interest rates are key drivers of our net interest margin and subject to many factors beyond our control. Income 
and cash flows from our banking operations depend to a great extent on the difference or "spread" between the interest we 
earn on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the rates at which we pay interest on interest-
bearing  liabilities,  such  as  deposits  and  borrowings.  As  interest  rates  change,  net  interest  income  is  affected.  Rapidly 
increasing  interest  rates  in  the  future  could  result  in  interest  expense  increasing  faster  than  interest  income  because  of  a 
divergence in financial instrument maturities or competitive pressures. Further, substantially higher interest rates generally 
reduce loan demand and may result in slower loan growth. Decreases or increases in interest rates could have a negative 
effect on the spreads between the interest rates earned on assets and the rates of interest paid on liabilities, and therefore 
decrease net interest income. Also, changes in interest rates might also impact the values of equity and debt securities under 
management and administration, which may have a negative impact on fee income.

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including (among others) general 
and regional and local economic conditions, the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve, bank regulatory requirements, 
competition  from  other  banks  and  financial  institutions  and  a  change  over  time  in  the  mix  of  our  loans  and  investment 
securities, on the one hand, and on our deposits and other liabilities, on the other hand. Changes in monetary policy will, in 
particular, influence the origination and market value of and the yields we can realize on loans and investment securities, 
and the interest we pay on deposits. Additionally, sustained low or high levels of market interest rates could continue to 
impact our net interest margins and, therefore, our earnings.

Our net interest margins and earnings also could be adversely affected if we are unable to adjust our interest rates 
on loans and deposits on a timely basis in response to changes in economic conditions or monetary policies. For example, 
if the rates of interest we pay on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities increase faster than we are able 
to increase the rates of interest we charge on loans or the yields we realize on investments and other interest-earning assets, 
our net interest income and, therefore, our earnings will decrease. In particular, the rates of interest we charge on loans may 
be subject to longer fixed interest periods compared to the interest we must pay on deposits. On the other hand, increasing 
interest rates generally lead to increases in net interest income; however, such increases also may result in a reduction in 
loan originations, declines in loan prepayment rates and reductions in the ability of borrowers to repay their current loan 
obligations, which could result in increased loan defaults and charge-offs and could require increases to our allowance for 
credit losses, thereby offsetting either partially or totally the increases in net interest income resulting from the increase in 
interest rates. Additionally, we could be prevented from increasing the interest rates we charge on loans or from reducing 
the interest rates we offer on deposits due to "price" competition from other banks and financial institutions with which we 
compete. Conversely, in a declining interest rate environment, our earnings could be adversely affected if the interest rates 
we are able to charge on loans or other investments decline more quickly than those we pay on deposits and borrowings.

35

If  we  are  unable  to  continue  to  originate  residential  real  estate  loans  and  sell  them  into  the  secondary  market  for  a 
profit, our earnings could decrease.

We  derive  a  portion  of  our  non-interest  income  from  the  origination  of  residential  real  estate  loans  and  the 
subsequent sale of such loans into the secondary market. If we are unable to continue to originate and sell residential real 
estate loans at historical or greater levels, our residential real estate loan volume would decrease, which could decrease our 
earnings.  A  rising  interest  rate  environment,  general  economic  conditions,  market  volatility,  or  other  factors  beyond  our 
control  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  originate  residential  real  estate  loans.  The  financial  services  industry  is 
experiencing  an  increase  in  regulations  and  compliance  requirements  related  to  mortgage  loan  originations  necessitating 
technology  upgrades  and  other  changes.  If  new  regulations  continue  to  increase  and  we  are  unable  to  make  technology 
upgrades, our ability to originate mortgage loans will be reduced or eliminated. Additionally, we sell a large portion of our 
residential real estate loans to third-party investors, and rising interest rates could negatively affect our ability to generate 
suitable profits on the sale of such loans. If interest rates increase after we originate the loans, our ability to market those 
loans is impaired as the profitability on the loans decreases. These fluctuations can have an adverse effect on the revenue 
we generate from residential real estate loans and in certain instances, could result in a loss on the sale of the loans.

Further,  for  the  mortgage  loans  we  sell  in  the  secondary  market,  the  mortgage  loan  sales  contracts  contain 
indemnification clauses should the loans default, generally within the first 90 – 120 days, or if documentation is determined 
not to be in compliance with regulations. While the Company has had no historic losses as a result of these indemnities, we 
could  be  required  to  repurchase  the  mortgage  loans  or  reimburse  the  purchaser  of  our  loans  for  losses  incurred.  Both  of 
these situations could have an adverse effect on the profitability of our mortgage lending activities and negatively impact 
our net income.

Our  loan  portfolio  includes  a  significant  number  of  commercial  loans,  which  involve  risks  specific  to  commercial 
borrowers.

Our loan portfolio includes a significant amount of commercial real estate loans and commercial lines of credit. 
Our typical commercial borrower is a small or medium-sized privately owned Colorado business entity. Our commercial 
loans typically have greater credit risks than standard residential mortgage or consumer loans because commercial loans 
often have larger balances, and repayment usually depends on the borrowers’ successful business operations. Commercial 
loans  also  involve  some  additional  risk  because  they  generally  are  not  fully  repaid  over  the  loan  period  and  thus  may 
require  refinancing  or  a  large  payoff  at  maturity.  If  the  general  economy  turns  substantially  downward,  commercial 
borrowers may not be able to repay their loans, and the value of their assets, which are usually pledged as collateral, may 
decrease rapidly and significantly. Also, when credit markets tighten due to adverse developments in specific markets or 
the general economy, opportunities for refinancing may become more expensive or unavailable, resulting in loan defaults.  
In some cases, collateral consists of personal guarantees.  We could see increased losses as a result of insolvency of the 
guarantor  particularly  if  the  guarantor's  financial  condition  is  closely  related  to  the  general  economic  conditions  of  the 
industry  of  the  guaranteed  loan.    If  our  primary  market  areas  experience  an  economic  slowdown,  these  loans  represent 
higher risk and could result in material increase in our provision for loans charged off and could require us to significantly 
increase our allowance for credit losses, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, 
results of operations, and cash flows.

We may be subject to claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibilities.

Some  of  the  services  we  provide,  such  as  trust  and  investment  services,  require  us  to  act  as  fiduciaries  for  our 
clients  and  others.  From  time  to  time,  third  parties  make  claims  and  take  legal  action  against  us  pertaining  to  the 
performance of our fiduciary responsibilities. If these claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, 
we  may  be  exposed  to  significant  financial  liability  or  our  reputation  could  be  damaged.  Either  of  these  results  may 
adversely  impact  demand  for  our  products  and  services  or  otherwise  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition or results of operations.

36

We may be adversely affected by the soundness of certain securities brokerage firms.

We  do  not  provide  custodial  services  for  our  clients.  Instead,  client  investment  accounts  are  maintained  under 
custodial  arrangements  with  large,  well  established  securities  brokerage  firms  or  bank  institutions  that  provide  custodial 
services (collectively, "brokerage firms"), either directly or through arrangements made by us with those firms. As a result, 
the performance of, or even rumors or questions about the integrity or performance of, any of those brokerage firms could 
adversely affect the confidence of our clients in the services provided by those firms or otherwise adversely impact their 
custodial holdings. Such an occurrence could negatively impact our ability to retain existing or attract new clients and, as a 
result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The  investment  management  contracts  we  have  with  our  clients  are  terminable  without  cause  and  on  relatively  short 
notice by our clients, which makes us vulnerable to short-term declines in the performance of the securities under our 
management.

Like  most  investment  advisory  and  wealth  management  businesses,  the  investment  advisory  contracts  we  have 
with our clients are typically terminable by the client without cause upon less than 30 days’ notice. As a result, even short-
term declines in the performance of the securities we manage, which can result from factors outside our control, such as 
adverse  changes  in  market  or  economic  condition  or  the  poor  performance  of  some  of  the  investments  we  have 
recommended to our clients, could lead some of our clients to move assets under our management to other asset classes 
such  as  broad  index  funds  or  treasury  securities,  or  to  investment  advisors  which  have  investment  product  offerings  or 
investment  strategies  different  than  ours.  Therefore,  our  operating  results  are  heavily  dependent  on  the  financial 
performance of our investment portfolios and the investment strategies we employ in our investment advisory businesses 
and  even  short-term  declines  in  the  performance  of  the  investment  portfolios  we  manage  for  our  clients,  whatever  the 
cause, could result in a decline in assets under management and a corresponding decline in investment management fees, 
which would adversely affect our results of operations.

Fee revenue represents a significant portion of our consolidated revenue and is subject to decline, among other things, 
in the event of a reduction in, or changes to, the level or type of investment activity by our clients.

A significant portion of our revenue results from fee-based services related to wealth advisory, private banking, 
personal trust, investment management, mortgage lending and institutional asset management services to derive revenue. 
This contrasts with many commercial banks that may rely more heavily on interest-based sources of revenue, such as loans. 
For the year ended December 31, 2023, non-interest income represented approximately 26.5% of our total income before 
non-interest expense. The level of these fees is influenced by several factors, including the mix and volume of our assets 
under custody and administration and our assets under management, the value and type of securities positions held (with 
respect to assets under custody) and the volume of portfolio transactions, and the types of products and services used by 
our clients.

In  addition,  our  clients  include  institutional  investors,  such  as  mutual  funds,  collective  investment  funds,  hedge 
funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations, endowments 
and  investment  managers.  Economic,  market  or  other  factors  that  reduce  the  level  or  rates  of  savings  in  or  with  those 
institutions,  either  through  reductions  in  financial  asset  valuations  or  through  changes  in  investor  preferences,  could 
materially reduce our fee revenue or have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations. These clients 
also,  by  their  nature,  are  often  able  to  exert  considerable  market  influence,  and  this,  combined  with  strong  competitive 
forces in the markets for our services, has resulted in, and may continue to result in, significant pressure to reduce the fees 
we charge for our services in both our asset servicing and asset management business lines.

37

The  trust  wealth  management  fees  we  receive  may  decrease  as  a  result  of  poor  investment  performance,  in  either 
relative or absolute terms, which could decrease our revenues and net earnings.

We derive a significant amount of our revenues primarily from investment management fees based on assets under 
management.  Our  ability  to  maintain  or  increase  assets  under  management  is  subject  to  a  number  of  factors,  including 
investors’  perception  of  our  past  performance,  in  either  relative  or  absolute  terms,  market  and  economic  conditions, 
including changes in oil and gas prices, and competition from investment management companies. Financial markets are 
affected by many factors, all of which are beyond our control, including general economic conditions, including changes in 
oil  and  gas  prices;  securities  market  conditions;  the  level  and  volatility  of  interest  rates  and  equity  prices;  competitive 
conditions;  liquidity  of  global  markets;  international  and  regional  political  conditions;  regulatory  and  legislative 
developments; monetary and fiscal policy; investor sentiment; availability and cost of capital; technological changes and 
events; outcome of legal proceedings; changes in currency values; inflation; credit ratings; and the size, volume and timing 
of  transactions.  A  decline  in  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  under  management  caused  by  a  decline  in  general  economic 
conditions would decrease our wealth management fee income.

Investment performance is one of the most important factors in retaining existing clients and competing for new 
wealth  management  clients.  Poor  investment  performance  could  reduce  our  revenues  and  impair  our  growth  in  the 
following ways:

•

•

•

•

Existing  clients  may  withdraw  funds  from  our  wealth  management  business  in  favor  of  better  performing 
products; 

Asset-based management fees could decline from a decrease in assets under management; 

Our ability to attract funds from existing and new clients might diminish; and 

Our portfolio managers may depart to join a competitor or otherwise.

Even when market conditions are generally favorable, our investment performance may be adversely affected by 
the  investment  style  of  our  asset  managers  and  the  particular  investments  that  they  make.  To  the  extent  our  future 
investment performance is perceived to be poor in either relative or absolute terms, the revenues and profitability of our 
wealth management business will likely be reduced and our ability to attract new clients will likely be impaired. As such, 
fluctuations in the equity and debt markets can have a direct impact upon our net earnings.

Our allowance for credit losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.

In accordance with regulatory requirements and GAAP, we maintain an allowance for credit losses to provide for 
incurred loan and lease losses and a reserve for unfunded loan commitments. Our allowance for credit losses may not be 
adequate  to  absorb  actual  credit  losses,  and  future  provisions  for  credit  losses  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
operating results. Our allowance for credit losses is based on prior experience and an evaluation of the risks inherent in our 
then-current portfolio. The amount of future losses may also vary depending on changes in economic, operating and other 
conditions,  including  changes  in  interest  rates  that  may  be  beyond  our  control,  and  these  losses  may  exceed  current 
estimates.  Federal  and  state  regulators,  as  an  integral  part  of  their  examination  process,  review  our  loans  and  leases  and 
allowance for credit losses. While we believe our allowance for credit losses is appropriate for the risk identified in our 
loan and lease portfolio, we may need to increase the allowance for credit losses, such increases may not be sufficient to 
address losses, and regulators may require us to increase this allowance even further. Any of these occurrences could have 
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

38

Increased  credit  risk,  including  as  a  result  of  deterioration  in  economic  conditions,  could  require  us  to  increase  our 
allowance for credit losses and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

The  credit  performance  of  our  loan  portfolios  significantly  affects  our  financial  results  and  condition.  If  the 
current economic environment were to deteriorate, more of our customers may have difficulty in repaying their loans or 
other obligations which could result in a higher level of credit losses and provision for credit losses. We reserve for credit 
losses by establishing an allowance through a charge to earnings. The amount of this allowance is based on our assessment 
of lifetime expected credit losses inherent in our various loan and other portfolios carried at amortized cost as well as off-
balance  sheet  credit  exposures  such  as  undrawn  commitments  to  lend.  The  process  for  determining  the  amount  of  the 
allowance is critical to our financial results and condition. It requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments about the 
future, including forecasts of economic or market conditions that might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their 
loans.  We  might  increase  the  allowance  because  of  changing  economic  conditions,  including  falling  home  prices  and 
higher unemployment, lower U.S. Gross Domestic Product ("GDP") estimates, or other factors. For example, changes in 
borrower behavior or the regulatory environment also could influence recognition of credit losses in the portfolio and our 
allowance for credit losses. While we believe that our allowance for credit losses was appropriate at December 31, 2023, 
there  is  no  assurance  that  it  will  be  sufficient  to  cover  future  credit  losses.  In  the  event  of  a  deterioration  in  economic 
conditions, we may be required to increase our allowance in future periods, which would reduce our earnings.

Our business and operations may be adversely affected in numerous and complex ways by external business disruptors 
in the financial services industry.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid change, as technology enables non-traditional new entrants to 
compete  in  certain  segments  of  the  banking  market,  in  some  cases  with  reduced  regulation.  New  entrants  may  use  new 
technologies,  advanced  data  and  analytic  tools,  lower  cost  to  serve,  reduced  regulatory  burden  or  faster  processes  to 
challenge  traditional  banks.  We  may  experience  operational  challenges  in  connection  with  the  adoption  of  or  failure  to 
adopt,  new  technology,  such  as  artificial  intelligence,  which  could  result  in  unintended  consequences  or  expenses  as  a 
result  of  the  technology's  limitations,  our  failure  to  use  new  technology  effectively  or  at  all,  not  fully  realizing  the 
anticipated  benefits  from  such  new  technology,  or  the  cost  to  implement  or  remedy  any  challenges  associated  with  the 
adoption of new technology in a timely manner.

Liquidity risk could adversely affect our ability to fund operations and hurt our financial condition.

Liquidity is essential to our banking business, as we use cash to make loans and purchase investment securities 
and  other  interest-earning  assets  and  to  fund  deposit  withdrawals  that  occur  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business.  Our 
principal  sources  of  liquidity  include  earnings,  deposits,  repayment  by  clients  of  loans  we  have  made  to  them,  and  the 
proceeds from sales by us of our equity securities or from borrowings that we may obtain. Potential alternative sources of 
liquidity  include  the  sale  of  loans,  the  acquisition  of  national  market  non-core  deposits,  the  issuance  of  additional 
collateralized  borrowings  such  as  FHLB  advances,  access  to  the  Federal  Reserve  discount  window  and  the  issuance  of 
additional equity securities. If our ability to obtain funds from these sources becomes limited or the costs of those funds 
increase, whether due to factors that affect us specifically, including our financial performance, or due to factors that affect 
the  financial  services  industry  in  general,  including  weakening  economic  conditions  or  negative  views  and  expectations 
about the prospects, safety, soundness or security of the financial services industry as a whole, then our ability to fund our 
operations, maintain our financial condition and grow our banking and investment advisory and trust businesses would be 
harmed,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and 
prospects.

39

We may not be able to maintain a strong core deposit base or other low-cost funding sources.

We depend on checking and savings deposit account balances and other forms of client deposits as our primary 
source  of  funding  for  our  lending  activities.  Our  business  depends  on  our  ability  to  maintain  and  grow  a  strong  deposit 
base, including our ability to retain our largest trust clients, many of whom are also depositors, which we may not be able 
to  do.  A  deterioration  in  economic  conditions  or  the  loss  of  confidence  in  financial  institutions  may  result  in  deposit 
outflows, increase our cost of funding and limit our access to some of our customary sources of liquidity, including, but not 
limited to, inter-bank borrowings and borrowings from the Federal Reserve and FHLB. In addition, account and deposit 
balances may decrease when clients perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market or real estate, as providing a 
better risk/return tradeoff. Furthermore, the portion of our deposit portfolio that is comprised of large uninsured deposits 
may be more likely to be withdrawn rapidly under adverse economic conditions. If our clients, including our trust clients, 
move money out of bank deposits, into investments or to other financial institutions, we could lose a relatively low cost 
source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income. We also have increased 
risks  from  losses  of  bank  deposit  clients  due  to  the  large  deposits  we  hold  from  certain  clients.  For  example,  as  of 
December 31, 2023, 23.9% of our total deposits consisted of our 10 largest depositors. Loss of any one of these deposit 
clients  would  have  an  outsized  impact  on  our  results  of  operations.  Additionally,  any  such  loss  of  funds  could  result  in 
lower loan originations, which could materially negatively impact our growth strategy.

We  receive  substantial  deposits  and  assets  under  management  as  a  result  of  referrals  by  professionals,  such  as 
attorneys, accountants, and doctors, and such referrals are dependent upon the continued positive interaction with and 
financial health of those referral sources.

Many of our deposit clients and clients of our private trust bank offices are individuals involved in professional 
vocations, such as lawyers, accountants, and doctors. These clients are a significant source of referrals for new clients in 
both the deposit and wealth management areas. If we fail to adequately serve these professional clients with our deposit 
services,  lending,  and  wealth  management  products,  this  source  of  referrals  may  diminish,  which  could  have  a  negative 
impact on our results. Further, if the economy in the geographic areas that we serve is negatively impacted, the amount of 
deposits and services that these professional individuals will utilize and the amount of referrals that they will make may 
decrease, which may have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our largest trust client accounts for 37.0% of our total assets under management.

As of December 31, 2023, our largest trust client accounted for, in the aggregate, 37.0% of our total assets under 
management and 3.4% of our non-interest income. As a result, a material decrease in the volume of those trust assets by 
that  client  could  materially  reduce  our  assets  under  management,  which  would  adversely  affect  our  non-interest  income 
and, therefore, our results of operations.

The success of our business depends on achieving our strategic objectives, including through acquisitions which may 
not increase our profitability and may adversely affect our future operating results.

Since we commenced our banking business in 2004, we have grown our banking franchise and now have eighteen 
locations in Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming, Montana, and California including a centralized operations center in downtown 
Denver. We plan to continue to grow our banking business both organically and through acquisitions of other banks and 
financial  service  providers,  which  may  include  entry  into  new  markets.  However,  the  implementation  of  our  growth 
strategy poses a number of risks for us, including that:

•

•

•

Any newly established offices may not generate revenues in amounts sufficient to cover the start-up costs of 
those offices, which would reduce our earnings; 

Acquisitions we might consummate in the future may prove not to be accretive to or may reduce our earnings 
if  we  do  not  realize  anticipated  cost  savings,  or  if  we  incur  unanticipated  costs  in  integrating  the  acquired 
businesses into our operations or if a substantial number of the clients of any of the acquired businesses move 
their business to our competitors; 

Such expansion efforts will divert management time and effort from our existing banking operations, which 
could adversely affect our future financial performance; and 

40

•

Additional capital which we may need to support our growth or the issuance of shares in any acquisitions will 
be dilutive of the investments that our existing shareholders have in the shares of our common stock that they 
own and in their respective percentage ownership interests they have in the Company.

We face intense competition from other banks and financial institutions and other wealth and investment management 
firms that could hurt our business.

We conduct our business operations in markets where the banking business is highly competitive and is dominated 
by large multi-state and in-state banks with operations and offices covering wide geographic areas. We also compete with 
other financial service businesses, including investment advisory and wealth management firms, mutual fund companies, 
financial technology companies, and securities brokerage and investment banking firms that offer competitive banking and 
financial products and services as well as products and services that we do not offer. Larger banks and many of those other 
financial  service  organizations  have  greater  financial  and  marketing  resources  than  we  do  that  enable  them  to  conduct 
extensive advertising campaigns and to shift resources to regions or activities of greater potential profitability. They also 
have substantially more capital and higher lending limits than we do, which enable them to attract larger clients and offer 
financial products and services that we are unable to offer, putting us at a disadvantage in competing with them for loans 
and  deposits  and  investment  management  clients.  If  we  are  unable  to  compete  effectively  with  those  banking  or  other 
financial services businesses, we could find it more difficult to attract new and retain existing clients and our net interest 
margins, net interest income and investment management fees could decline, which would materially adversely affect our 
business, results of operations and prospects, and could cause us to incur losses in the future.

In  addition,  our  ability  to  successfully  attract  and  retain  investment  advisory  and  wealth  management  clients  is 
dependent  on  our  ability  to  compete  with  competitors’  investment  products,  level  of  investment  performance,  client 
services  and  marketing  and  distribution  capabilities.  If  we  are  not  successful  in  retaining  existing  and  attracting  new 
investment  management  clients,  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  prospects  may  be  materially 
and adversely affected.

We may not be successful in implementing our internal growth strategy or be able to manage the risks associated with 
our anticipated growth through opening new boutique private trust bank offices, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business strategy includes pursuing organic and internal growth and evaluating strategic opportunities to grow 
through opening new boutique private trust bank offices. We believe that banking location expansion has been meaningful 
to our growth since inception. We intend to pursue an organic growth strategy in addition to our acquisition strategy, the 
success of which is dependent on our ability to generate an increasing level of loans, deposits and assets under management 
at  acceptable  risk  levels  without  incurring  corresponding  increases  in  non-interest  expense.  Opening  new  offices  carries 
with it certain potential risks, including significant startup costs and anticipated initial operating losses; an inability to gain 
regulatory  approval;  an  inability  to  secure  the  services  of  qualified  senior  management  to  operate  the  new  offices  and 
successfully integrate and promote our corporate culture; poor market reception for our new offices established in markets 
where we do not have a preexisting reputation; challenges posed by local economic conditions; challenges associated with 
securing attractive locations at a reasonable cost; and the additional strain on management resources and internal systems 
and  controls.  Further,  we  may  not  be  successful  in  our  organic  growth  strategies  generally  due  to,  among  other  factors, 
delays  in  introducing  and  implementing  new  products  and  services  and  other  impediments  resulting  from  regulatory 
oversight,  lack  of  qualified  personnel  at  existing  locations.  In  addition,  the  success  of  our  internal  growth  strategy  will 
depend  on  maintaining  sufficient  regulatory  capital  levels  and  on  favorable  economic  conditions  in  our  primary  market 
areas.  Failure  to  adequately  manage  the  risks  associated  with  our  anticipated  growth,  including  growth  through  creating 
new boutique private trust bank offices, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

41

We  may  be  required  to  recognize  a  significant  charge  to  earnings  if  our  goodwill  or  other  intangible  assets  become 
impaired, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are reviewed for impairment 
annually and more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not 
be  recoverable.  Our  annual  goodwill  impairment  assessment  date  for  the  Company’s  reporting  units  is  October  31. 
Goodwill impairment testing includes an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether certain circumstances or 
events  exist  that  lead  to  a  determination  that  the  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  less  than  the  carrying  value.  This  qualitative 
assessment  includes  various  factors  that  could  affect  the  reporting  unit’s  fair  value  as  well  as  mitigating  events  or 
conditions.  One  such  factor  that  could  impact  the  assessment  are  the  conditions  within  the  markets  that  trade  the 
Company’s stock. The assessment of each reporting unit compares the aggregate fair value to its carrying value, along with 
several valuation assumptions and methods in order to determine if any impairment was triggered as of the measurement 
date.  If  the  qualitative  assessment  indicates  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  our  goodwill  is  impaired,  the  Company 
performs  a  quantitative  assessment  to  determine  whether  and  what  amount  of  goodwill  is  impaired.    The  quantitative 
assessment requires comparison of the fair value of the individual reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill.  
If the fair value of the reporting unit is in excess of the carrying value, the related goodwill is considered not impaired and 
no further analysis is necessary.  If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, an impairment loss is 
recognized  in  an  amount  equal  to  that  excess,  limited  to  the  total  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  that  reporting  unit.  
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  results  of  impairment  testing  on  our  intangible  assets  will  have  no  impact  on  our 
tangible book value or regulatory capital levels. There is no guarantee that we may not be forced to recognize impairment 
charges in the future as operating and economic conditions change or as part of strategic divestitures. The recognition of a 
significant charge to earnings in our consolidated financial statements resulting from any impairment of our goodwill or 
other intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are required to make significant estimates and assumptions in the preparation of our financial statements and our 
estimates and assumptions may not be accurate.

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to 
make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosures  of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of income and 
expense during the reporting periods. Critical estimates are made by management in determining, among other things, the 
allowance for credit losses, amounts of impairment of assets, fair values, intangibles, and valuation of income taxes. If our 
underlying  estimates  and  assumptions  prove  to  be  incorrect,  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  may  be 
materially adversely affected. Additionally, the adoption of CECL methodology for determining our allowance for credit 
losses  in  2023  has  increased  the  complexity,  and  associated  risk,  of  the  analysis  and  processes  relying  on  management 
judgment.

The occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches of our information security, and cybersecurity attacks could adversely 
affect  our  ability  to  conduct  our  business,  manage  our  exposure  to  risk  or  expand  our  businesses,  result  in  the 
disclosure  or  misuse  of  confidential  or  proprietary  information,  increase  our  costs  to  maintain  and  update  our 
operational  and  security  systems  and  infrastructure,  and  adversely  impact  our  results  of  operations,  liquidity  and 
financial condition, as well as cause legal or reputational harm.

As  a  financial  institution,  we  are  susceptible  to  fraudulent  activity,  information  security  breaches  and 
cybersecurity-related incidents that may be committed against us, our clients, or third parties with whom we interact and 
that may result in financial losses or increased costs to us or our clients, disclosure or misuse of confidential information 
belonging to us or personal or confidential information belonging to our clients, misappropriation of assets, litigation, or 
damage  to  our  reputation.  Our  industry  has  seen  increases  in  electronic  fraudulent  activity,  hacking,  security  breaches, 
sophisticated  social  engineering  and  cyber-attacks  within  the  financial  services  industry,  including  in  the  commercial 
banking sector, as cyber-criminals have been targeting commercial bank and brokerage accounts on an increasing basis.

42

Our  business  is  highly  dependent  on  the  security  and  efficacy  of  our  infrastructure,  computer  and  data 
management systems, as well as those of third parties with whom we interact or on whom we rely. Our business relies on 
the secure processing, transmission, storage and retrieval of confidential, proprietary and other information in our computer 
and  data  management  systems  and  networks,  and  in  the  computer  and  data  management  systems  and  networks  of  third 
parties.  In  addition,  to  access  our  network,  products  and  services,  our  clients  and  other  third  parties  may  use  personal 
mobile  devices  or  computing  devices  that  are  outside  of  our  network  environment  and  are  subject  to  their  own 
cybersecurity risks. All of these factors increase our risks related to cyber-threats and electronic disruptions.

In addition to well-known risks related to fraudulent activity, which take many forms, such as check "kiting" or 
fraud, wire fraud, and other dishonest acts, cybersecurity and privacy considerations could impact the Company's business. 
In the current environment, there are numerous and evolving risks to cybersecurity and privacy, including criminal hackers, 
hacktivists,  state-sponsored  intrusions,  industrial  espionage,  employee  malfeasance,  and  human  or  technological  error. 
Computer  hackers  and  others  routinely  attempt  to  breach  the  security  of  technology  products,  services  and  systems  to 
fraudulently  induce  associates,  clients,  and  other  third  parties  to  disclose  information  or  unwittingly  provide  access  to 
systems  or  data.  The  risk  of  such  attacks  to  the  Company  includes  attempted  breaches  not  only  of  our  own  products, 
services, and systems, but also those of clients, contractors, business partners, vendors, and other third parties. 

The Company's products, services, and systems may be used in critical Company, client, or third-party operations, 
or  involve  the  storage,  processing,  and  transmission  of  sensitive  data,  including  valuable  intellectual  property,  other 
proprietary  or  confidential  data,  regulated  data,  and  personal  information  of  associates,  clients,  and  others.  Successful 
breaches,  associate  malfeasance,  or  human  or  technological  error  could  result  in,  for  example,  unauthorized  access  to, 
disclosure,  modification,  misuse,  loss,  or  destruction  of  Company,  client,  or  other  third  party  data  or  systems;  theft  of 
sensitive,  regulated,  or  confidential  data  including  personal  information  and  intellectual  property;  the  loss  of  access  to 
critical  data  or  systems  through  ransomware,  destructive  attacks,  or  other  means;  and  business  delays,  service  or  system 
disruptions, or denials of service. In the event of such actions, the Company, its clients, and other third parties could be 
exposed  to  potential  liability,  litigation,  and  regulatory  or  other  government  action,  as  well  as  the  loss  of  existing  or 
potential  customers,  damage  to  brand  and  reputation,  and  other  financial  loss.  In  addition,  the  cost  and  operational 
consequences of responding to breaches and implementing remediation measures could be significant. The Company also 
experiences and responds to cybersecurity threats. 

Although we have not experienced a material cybersecurity event to date, there is no assurance that there will not 
be a cybersecurity attack resulting in material adverse effect in the future. As the Company's business and the cybersecurity 
landscape  evolve,  the  Company  may  also  find  it  necessary  to  make  significant  further  investments  to  protect  data  and 
infrastructure, such as cloud technology, which may have further risks. In addition, the fast-paced, evolving, pervasive, and 
sophisticated  nature  of  certain  cyber  threats  and  vulnerabilities,  as  well  as  the  scale  and  complexity  of  the  business  and 
infrastructure, make it possible that certain threats or vulnerabilities will be undetected or unmitigated in time to prevent an 
attack on the Company and its clients. Cybersecurity risk to the Company and its clients will also depend on factors such as 
actions, practices, and investments of clients, contractors, business partners, vendors, and other third parties. Cyber-attacks 
or  other  catastrophic  events  resulting  in  disruptions  to  or  failures  in  power,  information  technology,  communication 
systems,  or  other  critical  infrastructure  could  result  in  interruptions  or  delays  to  Company,  client,  or  other  third  party 
operations or services, financial loss, injury to persons or property, potential liability, and damage to brand and reputation. 
Although the Company takes significant steps to mitigate cybersecurity risk across a range of functions, such measures can 
never eliminate the risk entirely or provide absolute security.

We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology and related services from 
third-party service providers and we may suffer an interruption in those systems.

We also face indirect technology, cybersecurity and operational risks relating to the third parties with whom we do 
business or upon whom we rely to facilitate or enable our business activities. In addition to clients, the third parties with 
whom  we  interact  and  upon  whom  we  rely  include  financial  counterparties;  financial  intermediaries  such  as  clearing 
agents, exchanges and clearing houses; vendors; regulators; providers of critical infrastructure such as internet access and 
electrical power; and other parties for whom we process transactions. Each of these third parties faces the risk of cyber-
attack, information breach or loss, or technology failure. Any such cyber-attack, information breach or loss, or technology 
failure  of  a  third  party  could,  among  other  things,  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  effect  transactions,  service  our  clients, 
manage our exposure to risk or expand our businesses. Additionally, interruptions in service and security breaches could 
damage our reputation, lead existing clients to terminate their business relationships with us, make it more difficult for us 
to attract new clients and subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possibly financial liability, any of which could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

43

Our ability to attract and retain clients and key associates could be adversely affected if our reputation is harmed.

Our ability to attract and retain clients and key associates could be adversely affected if our reputation is harmed. 
Any actual or perceived failure to address various issues could cause reputational harm, including a failure to address any 
of the following types of issues: legal and regulatory requirements; the proper maintenance or protection of the privacy of 
client and employee financial or other personal information; record keeping deficiencies or errors; money-laundering; and 
potential conflicts of interest or ethical issues. Moreover, any failure to appropriately address any issues of this nature could 
give  rise  to  additional  regulatory  restrictions,  and  legal  risks  which  could  lead  to  costly  litigation  or  subject  us  to 
enforcement  actions,  fines,  or  penalties  and  cause  us  to  incur  related  costs  and  expenses.  In  addition,  our  banking, 
investment advisory and wealth management businesses are dependent on the integrity of our banking personnel and our 
investment advisory and wealth managers. Lapses in integrity could cause reputational harm to our businesses that could 
lead  to  the  loss  of  existing  clients  and  make  it  more  difficult  for  us  to  attract  new  clients  and,  therefore,  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may incur significant losses due to ineffective risk management processes and strategies.

We  seek  to  monitor  and  control  our  risk  exposures  through  a  comprehensive  risk  and  control  framework 
encompassing  a  variety  of  separate  but  complementary  financial,  credit,  transactional,  operational,  cyber,  and  regulatory 
systems, and internal control and management testing and review processes. However, those systems and review processes 
and  the  judgments  that  accompany  their  application  may  not  be  effective  and,  as  a  result,  we  may  not  anticipate  every 
economic and financial outcome in all market environments or the specifics and timing of such outcomes, particularly in 
the  event  of  the  kinds  of  dislocations  in  market  conditions  experienced  in  recent  years,  which  highlight  the  limitations 
inherent in using historical data to manage risk. If those systems and review processes prove to be ineffective in identifying 
and  managing  risks,  or  testing  scenarios  reveal  real-life  failures  of  technology,  we  could  be  subjected  to  increased 
regulatory scrutiny and regulatory restrictions could be imposed on our business, including on our potential future business 
lines, as a result of which our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.

From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing 
lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts. We may invest significant time 
and resources in developing and marketing new lines of business or new products and services. Initial timetables for the 
introduction  and  development  of  new  lines  of  business  or  new  products  or  services  may  not  be  achieved  and  price  and 
profitability targets may not prove feasible or may be dependent on identifying and hiring a qualified person to lead the 
division.  In  addition,  existing  management  personnel  may  not  have  the  experience  or  capacity  to  provide  effective 
oversight of new lines of business or new products and services.

External  factors,  such  as  compliance  with  regulations,  competitive  alternatives,  cybersecurity  and  cyber  trends, 
and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product 
or  service  and  result  in  consumer  harm.  Furthermore,  any  new  line  of  business  or  new  product  or  service  could  have  a 
significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the 
development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We rely on customer and counterparty information, which subjects us to risks if that information is not accurate or is 
incomplete.

When deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients or counterparties, we may 
rely on information provided by or on behalf of those clients and counterparties, including audited financial statements and 
other financial information. We may also rely on representations made by clients and counterparties that the information 
they  provide  is  accurate  and  complete.  We  conduct  appropriate  due  diligence  on  such  customer  information  and,  where 
practical  and  economical,  we  engage  valuation  and  other  experts  or  sources  of  information  to  assist  with  assessing 
collateral and other customer risks. Our financial results could be adversely affected if the financial statements, collateral 
value or other financial information provided by clients or counterparties are incorrect.

44

The risk of another pandemic could adversely impact our business and financial results.

•

•

•

Credit Risk. Our risks of timely loan repayment and the value of collateral supporting the loans are affected 
by the strength of our borrower’s financial condition and business. The effects of a pandemic on economic 
activity could negatively affect the collateral values associated with our existing loans, the ability to liquidate 
the real estate collateral securing our residential and commercial real estate loans, our ability to maintain loan 
origination volume and to obtain additional financing, the future demand for or profitability of our lending, 
trust, wealth management and depository services, and the financial condition and credit risk of our clients. 
Further,  in  the  event  of  delinquencies,  regulatory  changes  and  policies  designed  to  protect  borrowers  may 
slow or prevent us from or, in some cases, our business decisions may result in, a delay in our taking certain 
remediation  actions,  such  as  foreclosure.  In  addition,  we  have  unfunded  commitments  to  extend  credit  to 
clients, which are generally not drawn upon. During a challenging economic environment, such as an ongoing 
pandemic, our clients are more dependent on our credit commitments and increased borrowings under these 
commitments could adversely impact our liquidity.

Strategic  Risk.  Our  success  may  be  affected  by  a  variety  of  external  factors  that  may  affect  the  price  or 
marketability  of  our  products  and  services,  including  disruptions  in  the  capital  markets,  changes  in  interest 
rates  that  may  increase  our  funding  costs,  reduced  demand  for  our  financial  products  due  to  economic 
conditions and the various response of governmental and nongovernmental authorities. The future effects of a 
pandemic on economic activity could negatively affect the future banking products we provide including the 
ability to sell mortgage loan that we originate with the intent to sell.

Operational Risk. Current and future restrictions on our workforce’s access to our facilities could limit our 
ability to meet customer servicing expectations and have a material adverse effect on our operations. We rely 
on  business  processes  and  profit  center  activity  that  largely  depend  on  people,  technology,  and  the  use  of 
complex  systems  and  models  to  manage  our  business,  including  access  to  information  technology  systems 
and  models  as  well  as  information,  applications,  payment  systems  and  other  services  provided  by  third 
parties.  In  response  to  a  pandemic,  we  may  modify  our  business  practices  and,  from  time  to  time,  our 
employees may work remotely from their homes to have our operations uninterrupted as much as possible. 
Further, technology in employees’ homes may not be as robust as in our offices and could cause the networks, 
information systems, applications, and other tools available to employees to be more limited or less reliable 
than  in  our  offices,  the  continuation  of  these  work-from-home  measures  introduces  additional  operational 
risk, especially including increased cybersecurity risk. These cyber risks include greater phishing, malware, 
and other cybersecurity attacks, vulnerability to disruptions of our information technology infrastructure and 
telecommunications  systems  for  remote  operations,  increased  risk  of  unauthorized  dissemination  of 
confidential information, limited ability to restore the systems in the event of a systems failure or interruption, 
great  risk  of  a  security  breach  resulting  in  destruction  or  misuse  of  valuable  information,  and  potential 
impairment of our ability to perform critical functions, including wiring funds, all of which could expose us to 
risks  of  data  or  financial  loss,  litigation  and  liability  and  could  seriously  disrupt  our  operations  and  the 
operations of any impacted clients.

Moreover,  we  rely  on  many  third  parties  in  our  business  operations,  including  appraisers  of  real  property 
collateral,  vendors  that  supply  essential  services  such  as  loan  servicers,  providers  of  financial  information, 
systems  and  analytical  tools  and  providers  of  electronic  payment  and  settlement  systems,  and  local  and 
federal government agencies, offices, and courthouses. In light of the changing measures responding to the 
pandemic, many of these entities have limited the availability and access of their services. For example, loan 
origination  could  be  delayed  due  to  the  limited  availability  of  real  estate  appraisers  for  the  collateral.  Loan 
closings  could  be  delayed  related  to  reductions  in  available  staff  in  recording  offices  or  the  closing  of 
courthouses in certain counties, which slows the process for title work, mortgage and UCC filings in those 
counties. If the third party service providers continue to have limited capacities for a prolonged period or if 
additional  limitations  or  potential  disruptions  in  these  services  materialize,  it  may  negatively  affect  our 
operations.

45

•

•

Interest  Rate  Risk.  Our  net  interest  income,  lending  activities,  deposits,  hedging  activities,  and  profitability 
could be negatively affected by volatility in interest rates caused by inflation, recession and other economic 
impacts stemming from a pandemic. Throughout 2023, the Federal Reserve increased the federal funds rate 
four times by a total of 100 basis points from the beginning of the year rate of 4.50% to the ending rate of 
5.50%  at  December  31,  2023.  The  large  and  frequent  rate  increases  have  increased  our  funding  costs  and 
negatively affected market risk mitigation strategies. Higher income volatility from changes in interest rates 
and spreads to benchmark indices could cause a loss of future net interest income and a decrease in current 
fair  market  values  of  our  assets.  Fluctuations  in  interest  rates  will  impact  both  the  level  of  income  and 
expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities and the market value of all interest-earning assets and 
interest-bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short-term to maturity, which in turn could have a 
material adverse effect on our net income, operating results, or financial condition.

Trust  and  Investment  Management  Risk.  Recent  market  volatility  has  adversely  impacted  the  value  of  our 
assets  under  management.  We  derive  a  significant  amount  of  our  revenues  primarily  from  investment 
management fees based on assets under management. As such, fluctuations in the equity and debt markets can 
have a direct impact upon our net earnings. A sustained decline in the value of the assets that we manage or 
otherwise administer or service for others, could have an adverse effect on related fee income and demand for 
our services.

Economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries and regimes could adversely affect us.

The  U.S.  Treasury  Department’s  Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Control  administers  economic  and  trade  sanctions 
against targeted foreign countries and regimes. These sanctions take many different forms and, based on their severity, can 
impact the global economy and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment

The financial services industry is highly regulated, and legislative or regulatory actions taken now or in the future may 
have a significant adverse effect on our operations.

The  financial  services  industry  is  extensively  regulated  and  supervised  under  both  federal  and  state  laws  and 
regulations  that  are  intended  primarily  to  protect  clients,  depositors,  the  FDIC  deposit  insurance  fund,  and  the  banking 
system as a whole, but is not designed to protect our shareholders. We are subject to the regulation and supervision of the 
Federal  Reserve,  the  FDIC  and  the  CDB.  The  banking  laws,  regulations  and  policies  applicable  to  us  govern  matters 
ranging  from  the  maintenance  of  adequate  capital,  safety  and  soundness,  mergers  and  changes  in  control  to  the  general 
business operations conducted by us, including permissible types, amounts and terms of loans and investments, the amount 
of reserves held against deposits, restrictions on dividends, imposition of specific accounting requirements, establishment 
of new offices and the maximum interest rate that may be charged on loans.

We  are  subject  to  changes  in  federal  and  state  banking  statutes,  regulations  and  governmental  policies,  or  the 
interpretation or implementation of them, and are subject to changes and increased complexity in regulatory requirements 
as governments and regulators continue reforms intended to strengthen the stability of the financial system and protect key 
markets and participants. Any changes in any federal or state banking statute, regulation or governmental policy, including 
changes which occurred in 2023 and may occur in 2024 and beyond during the current and future administration, could 
affect  us  in  substantial  and  unpredictable  ways,  including  ways  that  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of 
operations, financial condition or prospects. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes 
to  laws  and  regulations  often  impose  additional  compliance  costs.  In  addition,  federal  and  state  banking  regulators  have 
broad authority to supervise our banking business and that of our subsidiaries, including the authority to prohibit activities 
that  represent  unsafe  or  unsound  banking  practices  or  constitute  violations  of  statute,  rule,  regulation,  or  administrative 
order.  Failure  to  comply  with  any  such  laws,  regulations  or  regulatory  policies  could  result  in  sanctions  by  regulatory 
agencies,  restrictions  on  our  business  activities,  civil  money  penalties  or  damage  to  our  reputation,  all  of  which  could 
adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.

46

Federal and state banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws 
and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions which we are, or may become, subject to as a 
result of such examinations may adversely affect us.

The  Federal  Reserve,  the  FDIC,  SEC,  and  the  CDB  may  conduct  examinations  of  our  business,  including  for 
compliance with applicable laws and regulations. As a result of an examination, regulatory agencies may determine that the 
financial  condition,  capital  resources,  asset  quality,  asset  concentrations,  earnings  prospects,  management,  liquidity, 
sensitivity to market risk, or other aspects of any of our operations are unsatisfactory, or that we or our management are in 
violation  of  any  law,  regulation  or  guideline  in  effect  from  time  to  time.  Regulatory  agencies  may  take  a  number  of 
different  remedial  actions,  including  the  power  to  enjoin  "unsafe  or  unsound"  practices,  to  require  affirmative  actions  to 
correct  any  conditions  resulting  from  any  violation  or  practice,  to  issue  an  administrative  order  that  can  be  judicially 
enforced,  to  direct  an  increase  in  our  capital,  to  restrict  our  growth,  to  change  the  composition  of  our  concentrations  in 
portfolio  or  balance  sheet  assets,  to  assess  civil  monetary  penalties  against  officers  or  directors,  to  remove  officers  and 
directors  and,  if  such  conditions  cannot  be  corrected  or  there  is  an  imminent  risk  of  loss  to  depositors,  the  FDIC  may 
terminate our deposit insurance. A regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, results 
of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We are subject to stringent capital requirements.

Banking institutions are required to hold more capital as a percentage of assets than most industries. Holding high 
amounts of capital compresses our earnings and constrains growth. In addition, the failure to meet applicable  regulatory 
capital  requirements  could  result  in  one  or  more  of  our  regulators  placing  limitations  or  conditions  on  our  activities, 
including  our  growth  initiatives,  or  restricting  the  commencement  of  new  activities,  and  could  affect  client  and  investor 
confidence,  our  costs  of  funds  and  FDIC  insurance  costs  and  our  ability  to  make  acquisitions  and  result  in  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

The level of our commercial real estate loan portfolio may subject us to heightened regulatory scrutiny.

The  FDIC  and  the  Federal  Reserve  have  promulgated  joint  guidance  on  sound  risk  management  practices  for 
financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. Under the guidance, a financial institution that 
is actively involved in commercial real estate lending should perform a risk assessment to identify potential concentrations 
in commercial real estate lending. A financial institution may have such a concentration if, among other factors: (i) total 
outstanding  loans  for  construction,  land  development,  and  other  land  represent  100%  or  more  of  total  risk-based  capital 
("CRE  1  Concentration");  or  (ii)  total  outstanding  loans  for  construction,  land  development  and  other  land  and  loans 
secured by multifamily and non-owner occupied non-farm, non-residential properties (excluding loans secured by owner-
occupied  properties)  represent  300%  or  more  of  total  risk-based  capital  ("CRE  2  Concentration")  and  the  institution’s 
commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36-month period. In such an instance, 
management  should  employ  heightened  risk  management  practices,  including  board  and  management  oversight  and 
strategic  planning,  development  of  underwriting  standards,  risk  assessment  and  monitoring  through  market  analysis  and 
stress testing. As of December 31, 2023, our CRE 1 Concentration level was 127.5% and our CRE 2 Concentration level 
was 206.1% We may, at some point, be considered to have a concentration in the future, or our risk management practices 
may  be  found  to  be  deficient,  which  could  result  in  increased  reserves  and  capital  costs  as  well  as  potential  regulatory 
enforcement action.

We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair 
lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.

The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending 
laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice, 
the  CFPB  and  other  federal  agencies  are  responsible  for  enforcing  these  laws  and  regulations.  A  successful  regulatory 
challenge  to  an  institution’s  performance  under  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  or  fair  lending  laws  and  regulations 
could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on 
mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties 
may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. 
Any  such  actions  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and 
prospects.

47

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering 
statutes and regulations.

The  federal  Bank  Secrecy  Act,  Title  III  of  the  USA  PATRIOT  Act  and  other  laws  and  regulations  require 
financial  institutions,  among  other  duties,  to  institute  and  maintain  effective  anti-money  laundering  programs  and  file 
suspicious  activity  and  currency  transaction  reports  as  appropriate.  The  federal  Financial  Crimes  Enforcement  Network, 
established by the Treasury to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties 
for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal 
banking  regulators,  as  well  as  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice,  Drug  Enforcement  Administration  and  Internal  Revenue 
Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the sanctions rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets 
Control.  If  our  policies,  procedures  and  systems  are  deemed  deficient  or  the  policies,  procedures  and  systems  of  any 
financial  institutions  that  we  may  acquire  in  the  future  are  deemed  deficient,  we  would  be  subject  to  liability,  including 
fines  and  regulatory  actions  such  as  restrictions  on  our  ability  to  pay  dividends  and  the  necessity  to  obtain  regulatory 
approvals  to  proceed  with  certain  aspects  of  our  business  plan,  which  would  negatively  impact  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and 
terrorist  financing  could  also  have  serious  reputational  consequences  for  us.  Any  of  these  results  could  materially  and 
adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Regulations relating to privacy, information security and data protection could increase our costs, affect or limit how we 
collect and use personal information and adversely affect our business opportunities.

We  are  subject  to  various  privacy,  information  security  and  data  protection  laws,  including  requirements 
concerning security breach notification, and we could be negatively impacted by these laws. For example, our business is 
subject  to  the  GLB  Act  which,  among  other  things:  (i)  imposes  certain  limitations  on  our  ability  to  share  non-public 
personal information about our clients with non-affiliated third parties; (ii) requires that we provide certain disclosures to 
clients  about  our  information  collection,  sharing  and  security  practices  and  afford  clients  the  right  to  "opt  out"  of  any 
information  sharing  by  us  with  non-affiliated  third  parties  (with  certain  exceptions);  and  (iii)  requires  we  develop, 
implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing safeguards appropriate based on 
our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities, and the sensitivity of client information we process, as well 
as  plans  for  responding  to  data  security  breaches.  Various  state  and  federal  banking  regulators  and  states  and  foreign 
countries  have  also  enacted  data  security  breach  notification  requirements  with  varying  levels  of  individual,  consumer, 
regulatory or law enforcement notification in certain circumstances in the event of a security breach. Moreover, legislators 
and regulators in the United States and other countries are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security 
and data protection laws that potentially could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy, data protection 
and  information  security-related  practices,  our  collection,  use,  sharing,  retention  and  safeguarding  of  consumer  or 
employee  information,  and  some  of  our  current  or  planned  business  activities.  This  could  also  increase  our  costs  of 
compliance  and  business  operations  and  could  reduce  income  from  certain  business  initiatives.  This  includes  increased 
privacy-related  enforcement  activity  at  the  federal  level,  by  the  Federal  Trade  Commission,  as  well  as  at  the  state  level, 
such as with regard to mobile applications.

Compliance  with  current  or  future  privacy,  data  protection  and  information  security  laws  (including  those 
regarding  security  breach  notification)  affecting  client  or  employee  data  to  which  we  are  subject  could  result  in  higher 
compliance and technology costs and could restrict our ability to provide certain products and services, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions or results of operations. Our failure to comply with privacy, 
data  protection  and  information  security  laws  could  result  in  potentially  significant  regulatory  or  governmental 
investigations  or  actions,  litigation,  fines,  sanctions  and  damage  to  our  reputation,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

48

We can be subject to legal and regulatory proceedings, investigations and inquiries related to conduct risk.

Such  legal  and  regulatory  activities  could  result  in  significant  penalties  and  other  negative  impacts  on  our 
businesses and results of operations. At any given time, we can be involved in defending legal and regulatory proceedings 
and are subject to numerous governmental and regulatory examinations, investigations and other inquiries. The frequency 
with  which  such  proceedings,  investigations  and  inquiries  are  initiated  have  increased  over  the  last  few  years,  and  the 
global  judicial,  regulatory  and  political  environment  generally  remains  hostile  to  financial  institutions.  For  example,  the 
U.S.  Department  of  Justice  ("DOJ"),  conditions  the  granting  of  cooperation  credit  in  civil  and  criminal  investigations  of 
corporate  wrongdoing  on  the  company  involved  having  provided  to  investigators  all  relevant  facts  relating  to  the 
individuals  responsible  for  the  alleged  misconduct.  The  complexity  of  the  federal  and  state  regulatory  and  enforcement 
regimes in the U.S., means that a single event or issue may give rise to a large number of overlapping investigations and 
regulatory  proceedings,  either  by  multiple  federal  and  state  agencies  in  the  U.S.  or  by  multiple  regulators  and  other 
governmental  entities  in  different  jurisdictions.  Moreover,  U.S.  authorities  have  been  increasingly  focused  on  "conduct 
risk,"  a  term  that  is  used  to  describe  the  risks  associated  with  behavior  by  employees  and  agents,  including  third-party 
vendors,  that  could  harm  clients,  consumers,  investors  or  the  markets,  such  as  failures  to  safeguard  consumers’  and 
investors’ personal information, failures to identify and manage conflicts of interest and improperly creating, selling and 
marketing products and services. In addition to increasing compliance risks, this focus on conduct risk could lead to more 
regulatory or other enforcement proceedings and litigation, including for practices which historically were acceptable but 
are now receiving greater scrutiny. Further, while we take numerous steps to prevent and detect conduct by employees and 
agents that could potentially harm clients, investors or the markets, such behavior may not always be deterred or prevented. 
Banking regulators have also focused on the overall culture of financial services firms. In addition to regulatory restrictions 
or structural changes that could result from perceived deficiencies in our culture, such focus could also lead to additional 
regulatory proceedings.

Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock

The trading volume in our common stock is less than other larger financial institutions.

Although our common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the trading volume in our 
common stock is less than that of other, larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired 
characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers 
of  our  common  stock  at  any  given  time.  This  presence  depends  on  the  individual  decisions  of  investors  and  general 
economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the lower trading volume of our common stock, 
significant  sales  of  our  common  stock,  or  the  expectation  of  these  sales,  could  cause  the  price  of  our  common  stock  to 
decline.

The obligations associated with being a public company require significant resources and management attention, which 
increases our costs of operations and may divert focus from our business operations.

As a public company, we face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we did 

not incur as a private company, particularly after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. 

We expect to incur substantial costs related to operating as a public company, and these costs may be higher now 
that we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports 
with  respect  to  our  business  and  financial  condition  and  proxy  and  other  information  statements,  and  the  rules  and 
regulations implemented by the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the 
PCAOB and the Nasdaq Global Select Market, each of which imposes additional reporting and other obligations on public 
companies.  As  a  public  company,  compliance  with  these  reporting  requirements  and  other  SEC  and  the  Nasdaq  Global 
Select  Market  rules  makes  certain  operating  activities  more  time-consuming,  and  has  caused  us  to  incur  significant  new 
legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded 
of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our operating strategy, which could prevent us 
from successfully implementing our strategic initiatives and improving our results of operations. We have made, and will 
continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet 
our reporting obligations as a public company. However, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we 
may incur in order to comply with these requirements. We anticipate that these costs will materially increase our general 
and administrative expenses and such increases will reduce our profitability.

49

If  we  fail  to  maintain  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  we  may  not  be  able  to  report  our  financial 
results accurately and timely.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting 
and for evaluating and reporting on that system of internal control. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process 
designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. As a public company, we are 
required to make annual assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we 
ceased to be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act in 2023. Beginning in 2023, our independent registered 
public accounting firm was required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

A significant deficiency is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control that is less severe than 
a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of the Company’s financial 
reporting. We have implemented measures designed to address historical internal control significant deficiencies and will 
continue to implement measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls 
and procedures.

We will continue to periodically test and update, as necessary, our internal control systems, including our financial 
reporting controls. In addition, we hired additional accounting personnel as part of our transition from a private company to 
a public company. Our actions, however, may not be sufficient to result in an effective internal control environment and 
any future failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could impair the reliability of our financial 
statements,  which  in  turn  could  harm  our  business,  impair  investor  confidence  in  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  our 
financial reports, impair our access to the capital markets, cause the price of our common stock to decline and subject us to 
increased regulatory scrutiny and/or penalties, and higher risk of shareholder litigation.

Securities analysts may not initiate or continue coverage on us.

The  trading  market  for  our  common  stock  depends,  in  part,  on  the  research  and  reports  that  securities  analysts 
publish about us and our business. We do not have any control over these securities analysts, and they may not cover us. If 
one  or  more  of  these  analysts  cease  to  cover  us  or  fail  to  publish  regular  reports  on  us,  we  could  lose  visibility  in  the 
financial markets, which could cause the price or trading volume of our common stock to decline. If we are covered by 
securities analysts and are the subject of an unfavorable report, the price of our common stock may decline.

Our management and board of directors have significant control over our business.

As  of  December  31,  2023,  our  directors  and  executive  officers  beneficially  owned  an  aggregate  of  1,713,839 
shares, or approximately 17.8% of our shares of common stock. Consequently, our management and board of directors may 
be able to significantly affect our affairs and policies, including the outcome of the election of directors and the potential 
outcome of other matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, such as mergers, the sale of substantially all of our assets 
and  other  extraordinary  corporate  matters.  This  influence  may  also  have  the  effect  of  delaying  or  preventing  changes  of 
control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other shareholders to approve transactions that they may 
deem to be in the best interests of our Company. The interests of these insiders could conflict with the interests of our other 
shareholders, including you.

We may issue new debt securities, which would be senior to our common stock and may cause the market price of our 
common stock to decline.

We have issued $18.0 million aggregate principal amount of subordinated notes due 2030, $15.0 million due 2031 
and  $20.0  million  due  2032.  In  the  future,  we  may  increase  our  capital  resources  by  making  offerings  of  debt  or  equity 
securities, which may include senior or additional subordinated notes, series of preferred shares or common shares. Holders 
of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution. Preferred shares and debt, if 
issued, have a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend or interest payments that could limit our 
ability to make a distribution to the holders of our common stock. Future issuances and sales of parity preferred stock, or 
the perception that such issuances and sales could occur, may also cause prevailing market prices for the series of preferred 
stock  and  our  common  stock  to  decline  and  may  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  raise  additional  capital  in  the  financial 
markets  at  times  and  prices  favorable  to  us.  Further  issuances  of  our  common  stock  could  be  dilutive  to  holders  of  our 
common stock.

50

Our  common  stock  is  subordinate  to  our  existing  and  future  indebtedness,  and  is  effectively  subordinated  to  all  the 
indebtedness and other non-common equity claims against our subsidiaries.

Shares  of  our  common  stock  represent  equity  interests  in  the  Company  and  do  not  constitute  indebtedness. 
Accordingly, the shares of our common stock rank junior to all of our indebtedness and to other non-equity claims on the 
Company  with  respect  to  assets  available  to  satisfy  such  claims.  Additionally,  dividends  to  holders  of  the  Company’s 
common stock are subject to the prior dividend and liquidation rights of any preferred stock we may issue.

The  Company’s  right  to  participate  in  any  distribution  of  assets  of  any  of  its  subsidiaries  upon  the  subsidiary’s 
liquidation  or  otherwise,  and  thus  the  ability  of  the  Company’s  common  shareholders  to  benefit  indirectly  from  such 
distribution,  will  be  subject  to  the  prior  claims  of  creditors  of  that  subsidiary.  As  a  result,  holders  of  the  Company’s 
common  stock  will  be  effectively  subordinated  to  all  existing  and  future  liabilities  and  obligations  of  its  subsidiaries, 
including claims of depositors.

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or 
could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

Our articles of incorporation authorize us to issue up to 10 million shares of one or more series of preferred stock. 
Our board of directors has the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of shares of preferred 
stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or 
action by our shareholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior 
to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, 
discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price and materially adversely affect the market price 
and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

We are dependent upon the Bank for cash flow, and the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions is restricted.

Our  primary  tangible  asset  is  the  stock  of  the  Bank.  As  such,  we  depend  upon  the  Bank  for  cash  distributions 
(through  dividends  on  the  Bank’s  common  stock)  that  we  use  to  pay  our  operating  expenses,  satisfy  our  obligations 
(including our preferred dividends, subordinated debentures, notes, and our other debt obligations) and to pay dividends on 
our  common  stock.  Federal  statutes,  regulations  and  policies  restrict  the  Bank’s  ability  to  make  cash  distributions  to  us. 
These statutes and regulations require, among other things, that the Bank maintain certain levels of capital in order to pay a 
dividend.  In  addition,  there  are  certain  restrictions  imposed  by  federal  banking  laws,  regulations  and  authorities  on  the 
payment of dividends by us and by the Bank. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we will not be able to satisfy our 
obligations or pay dividends on our common stock. Our dividend policy may change without notice, and our future ability 
to pay dividends is subject to restrictions.

We  are  a  separate  and  distinct  legal  entity  from  the  Bank.  We  receive  substantially  all  of  our  revenue  from 
dividends paid to us by the Bank, which we use as the principal source of funds to pay our expenses and to pay dividends 
to our shareholders, if any. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may 
pay us. If the Bank does not receive regulatory approval or does not maintain a level of capital sufficient to permit it to 
make dividend payments to us while maintaining adequate capital levels, our ability to pay our expenses and our business, 
financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted.

As  a  bank  holding  company,  we  are  subject  to  regulation  by  the  Federal  Reserve.  The  Federal  Reserve  has 
indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy in relation to the organization’s overall 
asset quality, current and prospective earnings and level, composition and quality of capital. The guidance provides that we 
inform and consult with the Federal Reserve prior to declaring and paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period 
for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in an adverse change to our capital structure, including interest on 
the  subordinated  debentures.  If  required  payments  on  our  subordinated  debentures  are  not  made  or  are  deferred,  or 
dividends on any preferred stock we may issue are not paid, we will be prohibited from paying dividends on our common 
stock.

51

Our corporate organizational documents and provisions of federal and state law to which we are subject contain certain 
provisions  that  could  have  an  anti-takeover  effect  and  may  delay,  make  more  difficult  or  prevent  an  attempted 
acquisition that you may favor or an attempted replacement of our board of directors or management.

Our  articles  of  incorporation  and  our  bylaws  may  have  an  anti-takeover  effect  and  may  delay,  discourage  or 
prevent an attempted acquisition or change of control or a replacement of our incumbent board of directors or management. 
Our governing documents include provisions that:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Empower  our  board  of  directors,  without  shareholder  approval,  to  issue  our  preferred  stock,  the  terms  of 
which, including voting power, are to be set by our board of directors; 

Provide that directors may only be removed from office for cause; 

Eliminate cumulative voting in elections of directors; 

Permit  our  board  of  directors  to  alter,  amend  or  repeal  our  amended  and  restated  bylaws  or  to  adopt  new 
bylaws; 

Prohibit shareholder action by less than unanimous written consent, thereby requiring virtually all actions to 
be taken at a meeting of the shareholders; 

Require  shareholders  that  wish  to  bring  business  before  annual  or  special  meetings  of  shareholders,  or  to 
nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of shareholders, to provide timely notice 
of their intent in writing; and 

Enable  our  board  of  directors  to  increase,  between  annual  meetings,  the  number  of  persons  serving  as 
directors and to fill the vacancies created as a result of the increase by a majority vote of the directors present 
at a meeting of directors.

Banking  laws  also  impose  notice,  approval,  and  ongoing  regulatory  requirements  on  any  shareholder  or  other 
party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect "control" of an FDIC-insured depository institution or its holding company. 
These laws include the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, or the CBCA. These laws could delay or prevent an 
acquisition.

Furthermore, our bylaws provide that the state or federal courts located in Denver County, Colorado, the county in 
which  the  city  of  Denver  is  located,  will  be  the  exclusive  forum  for:  (i)  any  actual  or  purported  derivative  action  or 
proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty by any of our directors or 
officers; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or our directors or officers arising pursuant to the Colorado Business 
Corporations Act, our articles of incorporation, or our bylaws; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or our officers 
or  directors  that  is  governed  by  the  internal  affairs  doctrine.  By  becoming  a  shareholder  of  our  Company,  you  will  be 
deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our bylaws related to choice of forum. The choice of 
forum provision in our bylaws may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. 
Alternatively,  if  a  court  were  to  find  the  choice  of  forum  provision  contained  in  our  bylaws  to  be  inapplicable  or 
unenforceable  in  an  action,  we  may  incur  additional  costs  associated  with  resolving  such  action  in  other  jurisdictions, 
which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is subject to risk of loss.

Our  common  stock  is  not  a  savings  accounts,  deposits  or  other  obligations  of  any  of  our  bank  or  nonbank 
subsidiaries and will not be insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Your investment in our 
common stock is subject to investment risk, and you must be capable of affording the loss of your entire investment.

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  may  be  subject  to  substantial  fluctuations  and  significant  declines, 

which may make it difficult for you to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired.

Actual or anticipated issuances or sales of substantial amounts of our common stock could cause the market price 
of our common stock to decline significantly and make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in 
the future at a time and on terms that we deem appropriate. The issuance of any shares of our common stock in the future 

52

also would, and equity-related securities could, dilute the percentage ownership interest held by shareholders prior to such 
issuance. 

In addition, we may issue shares of our common stock or other securities from time to time as consideration for 
future  acquisitions  and  investments  and  pursuant  to  compensation  and  incentive  plans.  If  any  such  acquisition  or 
investment is significant, the number of shares of our common stock, or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the 
case  may  be,  of  other  securities  that  we  may  issue  may  in  turn  be  substantial.  We  may  also  grant  registration  rights 
covering those shares of our common stock or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and 
sales  of  our  common  stock  will  have  on  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock.  Sales  of  substantial  amounts  of  our 
common stock (including shares of our common stock issued in connection with an acquisition or under a compensation or 
incentive  plan),  or  the  perception  that  such  sales  could  occur,  may  adversely  affect  prevailing  market  prices  for  our 
common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of our securities.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, which may make it difficult for you to resell your 
shares at the volume, prices and times desired. There are many factors that may affect the market price and trading volume 
of our common stock, including, without limitation:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, financial condition or asset quality; 

Changes in economic or business conditions; 

The effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including the interest rate policies of the 
Federal Reserve;

Publication  of  research  reports  about  us,  our  competitors,  or  the  financial  services  industry  generally,  or 
changes  in,  or  failure  to  meet,  securities  analysts’  estimates  of  our  financial  and  operating  performance,  or 
lack of research reports by industry analysts or ceasing of coverage; 

Operating and stock price performance of companies that investors deemed comparable to us; 

Additional or anticipated sales of our common stock or other securities by us or our existing shareholders; 

Additions or departures of key personnel; 

Prevailing  market  conditions,  including  increased  general  market  volatility  associated  with  recent  fears  of 
pandemics;

Perceptions in the marketplace regarding our competitors or us; 

Significant  acquisitions  or  business  combinations,  strategic  partnerships,  joint  ventures  or  capital 
commitments by or involving our competitors or us; 

Other  economic,  competitive,  governmental,  regulatory  and  technological  factors  affecting  our  operations, 
pricing, products and services; and 

Other  news,  announcements  or  disclosures  (whether  by  us  or  others)  related  to  us,  our  competitors,  our 
primary  markets  or  the  financial  services  industry.  The  stock  market  and,  in  particular,  the  market  for 
financial  institution  stocks  have  experienced  substantial  fluctuations  in  recent  years,  which  in  many  cases 
have  been  unrelated  to  the  operating  performance  and  prospects  of  particular  companies.  In  addition, 
significant fluctuations in the trading volume in our common stock may cause significant price variations to 
occur. Increased market volatility may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock, 
which could make it difficult to sell your shares at the volume, prices and times desired.

ITEM 1B: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

53

ITEM 1C: CYBERSECURITY

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

The Company maintains an information security program (the “Program”) to identify, assess, and manage material 
risks  to  its  business,  operations,  and  assets  related  to  cybersecurity  threats.  The  Company  leverages  recognized  security 
frameworks  and  guidelines,  such  as  the  National  Institute  of  Standards  and  Technology  Framework  Cybersecurity 
Framework and Federal Financial Institution Examination Counsel ("FFIEC") guidelines, to organize, assess, and improve 
our Program. Key components of the Program include, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

Risk-based  cybersecurity  controls:  As  part  of  the  Program,  the  Company  maintains  numerous  administrative, 
technical,  and  physical  controls  that  are  calibrated  based  on  risk  and  designed  to  protect  the  confidentiality, 
integrity, and availability of our information systems and data stored thereon.

Cybersecurity  incident  response  plan  and  testing:  The  Company  has  incident  response  plans  that  establish  a 
structured  approach  for  the  Company’s  response  to  cybersecurity  incidents.  To  improve  preparedness  for  a 
cybersecurity incident, we conduct tabletop exercises at least annually. These exercises are conducted by internal 
team members and in some instances with assistance from third-party experts.

Training  and  education:  We  include  cybersecurity  training  as  part  of  our  annual  employee  training  program. 
Additional  cybersecurity  and  privacy  education  and  awareness  are  periodically  provided  to  employees  utilizing 
various delivery methods such as phishing campaigns, training sessions, and informational articles.

Third-party  service  provider  risk  management:  The  Company’s  third-party  risk  management  program  applies  a 
risk-based  approach  to  the  assessment,  onboarding,  and  ongoing  due  diligence  of  key  third-party  service 
providers, including the assessment and mitigation of cybersecurity-related risks.

Engagement of third-party assessors and consultants: We periodically engage third-party experts and consultants 
to  conduct  assessments  and  tests  of  our  security  controls,  such  as  penetration  tests  and  framework  assessments. 
The Company also engages a third-party managed detection and response service provider to monitor Company 
systems for cybersecurity threats.

We also consider cybersecurity-related risks, along with other top risks for the Company, as part of our overall 
enterprise risk management (“ERM”) process. Cybersecurity risks are included in the risk universe that the ERM function 
evaluates, with input from information security subject matter experts at the Company, to assess top risks to the enterprise. 
The ERM process provides input into our strategic planning process, such as development of action plans to address and 
mitigate identified risks.  In the last fiscal year, we have not identified risks from known cybersecurity threats, including as 
a  result  of  previously  identified  cybersecurity  incidents,  that  have  materially  affected  the  Company,  including  our 
operations, or financial condition, but we cannot provide assurance that they will not be materially affected in the future by 
such risks or any future material cybersecurity incidents. For more information on our cybersecurity related risks, see Item 
1A Risk Factors.

Governance

The  Company’s  information  security  officer  ("ISO")  leads  the  Company’s  overall  cybersecurity  function  and 
currently  reports  to  our  Chief  Operations  Officer.    The  Company's  current  ISO  has  formal  education  in  information 
technology  and  extensive  work  experience  gained  from  over  10+  years  in  various  technology  leadership  roles.  Our 
executive leadership team is actively engaged in the oversight and strategic direction of our Program and meets with the 
ISO to review and discuss the Company’s Program, including emerging cybersecurity risks, threats, and industry trends.  

Our  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”)  considers  cybersecurity  risk  as  part  of  its  risk  management  oversight 
function  and  has  delegated  to  the  Audit  Committee  oversight  of  cybersecurity  risks.    The  Audit  Committee  receives 
updates from the ISO and other Company management on cybersecurity matters at least annually.  The Audit Committee 
reports  findings  and  recommendations,  as  appropriate,  to  the  full  Board  of  Directors  for  consideration.  The  Audit 
Committee also receives information about cybersecurity risks as part of the Company’s ERM program and reporting.  In 
addition, any cybersecurity incident assessed as being, or potentially becoming, material is escalated for further assessment 
and then reported to designated members of our senior management and, if necessary, the Audit Committee.  

54

ITEM 2: PROPERTIES

Our  corporate  headquarters  is  located  at  1900  16th  Street,  Suite  1200,  Denver,  Colorado  80202.  Including  our 
corporate  headquarters,  the  Bank  operates  eighteen  profit  centers,  which  consists  of  fourteen  boutique  private  trust  bank 
offices  with  two  locations  in  Arizona,  eight  locations  in  Colorado,  three  locations  in  Wyoming  and  one  location  in 
Bozeman, Montana; three loan production offices with one location in Ft. Collins, Colorado, one location in Greenwood 
Village, Colorado and one location in Phoenix, Arizona; and one trust office with one location in Century City, California. 
We own our locations in Jackson Hole, Pinedale, and Rock Springs, while all remaining locations are leased. We believe 
that our facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our present needs. The chart below describes our locations, which we 
believe are strategically located in affluent and high-growth markets in eighteen locations (listed below) across Colorado, 
Arizona, Wyoming, Montana, and California:

Arizona

Phoenix

Phoenix(2)

Scottsdale

Wyoming

Jackson Hole

Pinedale

Rock Springs

Montana

Bozeman

California

Century City(3)

Colorado

Downtown Denver(1)

Aspen

Boulder

Cherry Creek

Denver Tech Center / Cherry Hills

Ft. Collins(2)

Greenwood Village(2)

Northern Colorado

Vail Valley

Broomfield

_____________________________
(1)

(2)

(3)

Headquarters and co-location of profit center, product groups and support centers
Loan production office
Trust office

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we are subject to claims and 
litigation  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  These  claims  and  litigation  may  include,  among  other  things, 
allegations of violation of banking and other applicable regulations, competition law, labor laws and consumer protection 
laws, as well as claims or litigation relating to intellectual property, securities, breach of contract, and tort. We intend to 
defend ourselves vigorously against any pending or future claims and litigation.

At this time, in the opinion of management, the likelihood is remote that the impact of such proceedings, either 
individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial 
condition, or cash flows. However, one or more unfavorable outcomes in any claim or litigation against us could have a 
material  adverse  effect  for  the  period  in  which  they  are  resolved.  In  addition,  regardless  of  their  merits  or  their  ultimate 
outcomes, such matters are costly, divert management’s attention, and may materially and adversely affect our reputation, 
even if resolved in our favor.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

55

PART II

ITEM 5: MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information for Common Stock

Shares of our common stock, no par value, are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol 

"MYFW". 

Holders of Record

As of March 12, 2024, there were approximately 126 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock and we do not currently anticipate paying any 
cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock  in  the  foreseeable  future.  Instead,  we  anticipate  that  all  of  our  earnings  in  the 
foreseeable future will be retained to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business or be 
used for stock buybacks. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of 
directors  and  will  depend  upon  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  capital  requirements,  general  economic 
conditions,  regulatory  and  contractual  restrictions,  our  business  strategy,  our  ability  to  service  any  equity  or  debt 
obligations senior to our common stock and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. We are not obligated 
to pay dividends on our common stock and are subject to restrictions on paying dividends on our common stock.

As a bank holding company, our ability to pay dividends is affected by the policies and enforcement powers of the 
Federal Reserve. See "Supervision and Regulation—Regulation of the Company—Dividends." In addition, because we are 
a holding company, we are dependent upon the payment of dividends by the Bank to us as our principal source of funds to 
pay dividends in the future, if any, and to make other payments. The Bank is also subject to various legal, regulatory and 
other  restrictions  on  its  ability  to  pay  dividends  and  make  other  distributions  and  payments  to  us.  See  "Supervision  and 
Regulation—Regulation  of  the  Bank—Dividends."  The  present  and  future  dividend  policy  of  the  Bank  is  subject  to  the 
discretion of the board of directors. The Bank is not obligated to pay us dividends.

As  a  Colorado  corporation,  we  are  subject  to  certain  restrictions  on  distributions  under  the  Colorado  Business 
Corporation  Act.  Generally,  a  Colorado  corporation  may  not  make  a  distribution  to  its  shareholders  if,  after  giving  the 
distribution effect: (i) the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business, 
or (ii) the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed, 
if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of 
shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The  information  concerning  the  ownership  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  by  certain  beneficial  owners  and 
management  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  our  definitive  proxy  statement  for  our  2023 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders, a copy of which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of our 
fiscal year.

56

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2023, regarding our equity compensation plans that 
provide for the award of equity securities or the grant of options to purchase equity securities of the Company to employees 
and directors of First Western and its subsidiaries:

(A)

(B)

(C)

Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options or
vesting of outstanding
restricted stock grants

Weighted average 
exercise
price of 
outstanding 
options

Number of securities
remaining available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans (excluding
securities reflected in column (A)

664,876 $ 

23.79 

—  

664,876  

— 

350,145

—

350,145

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by 
shareholders

Equity compensation plans not approved by 
shareholders

Total

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

October 1, 2023 through October 31, 2023

November 1, 2023 through November 30, 2023

December 1, 2023 through December 31, 2023

Total number 
of shares 
purchased (1)

Average
price paid
per share

— $ 

4,747  

—  

— 

16.40 

— 

Total number of
shares purchased
as part of publically
announced plans
or programs

Maximum number (or
approximate dollar
value) of shares
that may yet be
purchased under the
plans or programs

—

—

—

—

—

—

_____________________________
(1)

These  shares  relate  to  the  net  settlement  by  employees  related  to  vested,  restricted  stock  awards  and  do  not  impact  the  shares  available  for 
repurchase. Net settlements represent instances where employees elect to satisfy their income tax liability related to the vesting of restricted stock 
through the surrender of a proportionate number of the vested shares to the Company.

ITEM 6: [Reserved]

57

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  should  be  read  in 
conjunction  with  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  accompanying  notes  included  elsewhere  in  this 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  The  following  discussion  contains  "forward-looking  statements"  that  reflect  our  future 
plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. We caution that assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions or 
beliefs about future events may, and often do, vary from actual results and the differences can be material. See "Cautionary 
Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements." Also, see the risk factors and other cautionary statements described 
under the heading "Item 1A – Risk Factors" included in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We do not undertake 
any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Company Overview

We are a financial holding company founded in 2002 and headquartered in Denver, Colorado. We provide a fully 
integrated  suite  of  wealth  management  services  to  our  clients  including  banking,  trust,  and  investment  management 
products  and  services.  Our  mission  is  to  be  the  best  private  bank  for  the  Western  wealth  management  client.  We  target 
entrepreneurs, professionals, and high-net worth individuals, typically with $1.0 million-plus in liquid net worth, and their 
related philanthropic and business organizations, which we refer to as the "Western wealth management client." We believe 
that the Western wealth management client shares our entrepreneurial spirit and values our sophisticated, high-touch wealth 
management  services  that  are  tailored  to  meet  their  specific  needs.  We  partner  with  our  clients  to  solve  their  unique 
financial needs through our expert integrated services provided in a team approach. 

We  offer  our  services  through  a  branded  network  of  boutique  private  trust  bank  offices,  which  we  believe  are 
strategically located in affluent and high-growth markets in locations across Colorado, Arizona, Wyoming, Montana, and 
California.  Our  profit  centers,  which  are  comprised  of  private  bankers,  lenders,  wealth  planners  and  portfolio  managers, 
under  the  leadership  of  and/or  president,  are  also  supported  centrally  by  teams  providing  management  services  such  as 
operations, risk management, credit administration, marketing, technology support, human capital, and accounting/finance 
services, which we refer to as support centers. 

From 2004, when we opened our first profit center, until December 31, 2023, we have expanded our footprint into 
fourteen full service profit centers, three loan production offices, and one trust office located across five states. As of and 
for the year ended December 31, 2023, we had $2.98 billion in total assets, $82.7 million in total revenues and provided 
fiduciary and advisory services on $6.75 billion of assets under management ("AUM"). 

Recent Industry Developments

During March and April of 2023, the banking industry experienced significant disruption and volatility with the 
failure of multiple banks creating industry wide concerns related to liquidity, deposit outflows, unrealized securities losses, 
and eroding consumer confidence in the banking industry. Despite the market wide impact to bank stock prices, we believe 
the  Bank  remains  stable  with  strong  fundamentals  including  uninsured  deposits  lower  than  our  peer  average,  at 
$852.8 million, or 33.7% of total deposits as of December 31, 2023. The Company has a low amount of held-to-maturity 
securities, which represent 2.5% of Total assets, and carries unrecognized losses amounting to 3.1% of Total shareholders’ 
equity as of December 31, 2023. We have limited exposure to commercial real estate (“CRE”) non-owner occupied office 
space which has been impacted by the shift to hybrid work environments. Our client base is well diversified with no single 
industry concentration.  

Primary Factors Used to Evaluate the Results of Operations

As  a  financial  institution,  we  manage  and  evaluate  various  aspects  of  both  our  results  of  operations  and  our 
financial condition. We evaluate the comparative levels and trends of the line items in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and 
Statements of Income as well as various financial ratios that are commonly used in our industry. The primary factors we 
use to evaluate our results of operations include net interest income, non-interest income and non-interest expense. 

58

Net Interest Income

Net  interest  income  represents  interest  income  less  interest  expense.  We  generate  interest  income  on  interest-
earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities. We incur interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, primarily 
interest-bearing  deposits  and  borrowings.  To  evaluate  net  interest  income,  we  measure  and  monitor:  (i)  yields  on  loans, 
investment securities, and other interest-earning assets; (ii) the costs of deposits and other funding sources; (iii) the rates 
incurred  on  borrowings  and  other  interest-bearing  liabilities;  and  (iv)  the  regulatory  risk  weighting  associated  with  the 
assets. Interest income is primarily impacted by loan growth and loan repayments, along with changes in interest rates on 
the loans. Interest expense is primarily impacted by changes in deposit balances, changes in interest rates on deposits, along 
with  the  volume  and  type  of  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Net  interest  income  is  primarily  impacted  by  changes  in  market 
interest  rates,  the  slope  of  the  yield  curve,  and  interest  we  earn  on  interest-earning  assets  or  pay  on  interest-bearing 
liabilities.

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest income primarily consists of the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Trust  and  investment  management  fees—fees  and  other  sources  of  income  charged  to  clients  for  managing 
their  trust  and  investment  assets,  providing  financial  planning  consulting  services,  401(k)  and  retirement 
advisory consulting services, and other wealth management services. Trust and investment management fees 
are primarily impacted by rates charged and increases and decreases in AUM. AUM is primarily impacted by 
opening and closing of client advisory and trust accounts, contributions and withdrawals, and the fluctuation 
in market values.

Net  gain  on  mortgage  loans—gain  on  originating  and  selling  mortgages  and  origination  fees,  less 
commissions to loan originators, document review, and other costs specific to originating and selling the loan. 
The  market  adjustments  for  interest  rate  lock  commitments  ("IRLC"),  mortgage  derivatives,  and  gains  and 
losses incurred on the mandatory trading of loans are also included in this line item. Net gain on mortgage 
loans is primarily impacted by the amount of loans sold, the type of loans sold, and market conditions.

Net  gain  on  loans  accounted  for  under  the  fair  value  option—unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  the  fair  value 
adjustments to held for investment loans on which the Bank has elected the fair value option of accounting. 
This also includes realized gains or losses on charge-offs and recoveries.

Bank fees—income generated through bank-related service charges such as: electronic transfer fees, treasury 
management fees, bill pay fees, servicing fees for Main Street Lending Program (“MSLP”), loan prepayment 
penalty fees, loan interest rate swap fees, and other banking fees. Banking fees are primarily impacted by the 
level of business activities and cash movement activities of our clients.

Risk management and insurance fees—commissions earned on insurance policies we have placed for clients 
through  our  client  risk  management  team  who  incorporate  insurance  services,  primarily  life  insurance,  to 
support our clients’ wealth planning needs. Our insurance revenues are primarily impacted by the type and 
volume of policies placed for our clients.

Income on company-owned life insurance—income earned on the growth of the cash surrender value of life 
insurance policies we hold on certain key associates. The income on the increase in the cash surrender value 
is non-taxable income.

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense is comprised primarily of the following:

•

Salaries  and  employee  benefits—all  forms  of  compensation-related  expenses  including  salary,  incentive 
compensation,  payroll-related  taxes,  stock-based  compensation,  benefit  plans,  health  insurance,  401(k)  plan 
match costs, and other benefit-related expenses. Salaries and employee benefit costs are primarily impacted 
by changes in headcount and fluctuations in benefits costs.

59

•

•

•

•

Occupancy  and  equipment—costs  related  to  building  and  land  maintenance,  leasing  our  office  space, 
depreciation  charges  for  the  buildings,  building  improvements,  furniture,  fixtures  and  equipment, 
amortization  of  leasehold  improvements,  utilities,  and  other  occupancy-related  expenses.  Occupancy  and 
equipment costs are primarily impacted by the number of locations we occupy.

Professional services—costs related to legal, accounting, tax, consulting, personnel recruiting, insurance and 
other  outsourcing  arrangements.  Professional  services  costs  are  primarily  impacted  by  corporate  activities 
requiring  specialized  services.  FDIC  insurance  expense  is  also  included  in  this  line  and  represents  the 
assessments that we pay to the FDIC for deposit insurance. 

Technology  and  information  systems—costs  related  to  software  and  information  technology  services  to 
support  office  activities  and  internal  networks.  Technology  and  information  system  costs  are  primarily 
impacted by the number of locations we occupy, the number of associates we have, and the level of service 
we require from our third-party technology vendors.

Data  processing—costs  related  to  processing  fees  paid  to  our  third-party  data  processing  system  providers 
relating  to  our  core  private  trust  banking  platform.  Data  processing  costs  are  primarily  impacted  by  the 
number of loan, deposit and trust accounts we have and the level of transactions processed for our clients.

• Marketing—costs  related  to  promoting  our  business  through  advertising,  promotions,  charitable  events, 
sponsorships, donations, and other marketing-related expenses. Marketing costs are primarily impacted by the 
levels of advertising programs and other marketing activities and events held throughout the year.

•

•

Amortization of other intangible assets—primarily represents the amortization of intangible assets including 
client lists, core deposit intangibles, and other similar items recognized in connection with acquisitions.

Other—includes  costs  related  to  operational  expenses  associated  with  office  supplies,  postage,  travel 
expenses,  meals  and  entertainment,  dues  and  memberships,  costs  to  maintain  or  prepare  other  real  estate 
owned ("OREO") for sale, director compensation and travel, and other general corporate expenses that do not 
fit  within  one  of  the  specific  non-interest  expense  lines  described  above.  Other  operational  expenses  are 
generally impacted by our business activities and needs.

Operating Segments

The  Company’s  reportable  segments  consist  of  Wealth  Management  and  Mortgage.  We  measure  the  overall 
profitability of operating segments based on income before income tax. We believe this is a more useful measurement as 
our  wealth  management  products  and  services  are  fully  integrated  with  our  private  trust  bank.  We  allocate  costs  to  our 
segments, which consist primarily of compensation and overhead expense directly attributable to the products and services 
within the Wealth Management and Mortgage segments. We measure the profitability of each segment based on a post-
allocation  basis,  as  we  believe  it  better  approximates  the  operating  cash  flows  generated  by  our  reportable  operating 
segments. A description of each segment is provided in Note 18 – Segment Reporting of the accompanying Notes to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Primary Factors Used to Evaluate our Balance Sheet

The primary factors we use to evaluate our balance sheet include asset and liability levels, asset quality, capital, 

liquidity, and potential profit production from assets.

We manage our asset levels to ensure our lending initiatives are efficiently and profitably supported and to ensure 
we have the necessary liquidity and capital to meet the required regulatory capital ratios. Funding needs are evaluated and 
forecasted  by  communicating  with  clients,  reviewing  loan  maturity  and  draw  expectations,  and  projecting  new  loan 
opportunities.

We  manage  the  diversification  and  quality  of  our  assets  based  upon  factors  that  include  the  level,  distribution, 
severity and trend of problem assets such as those determined to be classified, delinquent, non-accrual, non-performing or 
restructured;  the  adequacy  of  our  allowance  for  credit  losses;  the  diversification  and  quality  of  loan  and  investment 
portfolios; the extent of counterparty risks, credit risk concentrations, and other factors.

60

We manage our liquidity based upon factors that include the level and quality of capital and our overall financial 
condition, the trend and volume of problem assets, our balance sheet risk exposure, the level of deposits as a percentage of 
total  loans,  the  amount  of  non-deposit  funding  used  to  fund  assets,  the  availability  of  unused  funding  sources  and  off-
balance sheet obligations, the availability of assets to be readily converted into cash without undue loss, the amount of cash 
and liquid securities we hold, and other factors.

Financial institution regulators have established guidelines for minimum capital ratios for banks and bank holding 
companies. The Company has adopted the Basel III regulatory capital framework. As of December 31, 2023, the Bank’s 
capital ratios exceeded the current well capitalized regulatory requirements established under Basel III. 

Results of Operations

Overview

The  year  ended  December  31,  2023  compared  with  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2023, we reported net income available to common shareholders of $5.2 million, compared to net income 
available to common shareholders for December 31, 2022 of $21.7 million, a $16.5 million, or 75.9% decrease. For the 
year ended December 31, 2023, our income before income tax was $7.1 million a $21.8 million, or 75.5%, decrease from 
December 31, 2022. The decrease was primarily driven by a $19.5 million decrease in net interest income, after provision 
for  credit  losses  and  a  $5.7  million  decrease  in  non-interest  income,  partially  offset  by  a  $3.5  million  decrease  in  non-
interest expense. The decrease in net interest income, after provision for credit losses, was primarily due to higher rates on 
deposits  and  borrowings  resulting  from  increased  market  rates,  an  increase  in  the  provision  of  credit  losses  due  to 
$8.8  million  of  charge-offs,  offset  partially  by  an  increase  in  interest  and  fees  on  loans  resulting  from  loan  growth  and 
higher loan yields. The decrease in non-interest income was due to a $1.8 million decrease in net gain on mortgage loans 
driven by a slowdown in new lock volume associated with the rising interest rate environment, $1.2 million of impairment 
to the carrying value of a contingent consideration asset, and a $1.1 million increase in losses on loans accounted for under 
the  fair  value  option  recorded  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023.  The  decrease  in  non-interest  expense  was 
primarily driven by lower salaries and benefits related to staffing reductions to better align with current revenue. 

Net Interest Income

The  year  ended  December  31,  2023  compared  with  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2023, compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, net interest income, before the provision for credit 
losses,  decreased  $12.8  million,  or  15.3%,  to  $71.1  million.  This  decrease  was  driven  by  a  $300.3  million  increase  in 
average interest bearing deposit balances and a 269 bps increase in average rates paid on interest bearing deposits partially 
offset by a $340.5 million increase in average loans outstanding and a 102 bps increase in the average yield on loans. For 
the year ended December 31, 2023, our net interest margin was 2.62% and our net interest spread was 1.71%. For the year 
ended December 31, 2022, our net interest margin was 3.36% and our net interest spread was 3.02%.

The increase in average loans outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same periods in 
2022 was due to an increase in construction and development, non-owner occupied CRE, and residential mortgage offset 
by a decrease in cash, securities, and other, consumer and other, commercial and industrial, and owner occupied CRE. The 
growth in our construction and development portfolio was driven primarily by draws on existing commitments, partially 
offset by payoffs. Average loan yield was 5.43% for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to 4.42% for the year 
ended December 31, 2022. The increase in loan yield during the period was primarily driven by an increase in yields on the 
variable rate portfolio and an increase in yields on new loan production due to the rising interest rate environment. 

Interest income on our investment securities portfolio increased as a result of higher average investment balances 
and  higher  average  yield  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2022.  Our  average 
investment  securities  balance  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  was  $79.2  million,  an  increase  of  $5.0  million 
from the year ended December 31, 2022. 

Interest expense on deposits increased during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 
2022.  Average  rates  on  interest  bearing  deposits  increased  269  basis  points,  consistent  with  the  higher  interest  rate 
environment, while the growth in interest-bearing deposits was primarily driven by new and expanded deposit relationships 
and a shift in clients moving out of non-interest bearing products into higher yielding products.

61

The following table presents an analysis of net interest income and net interest margin for the periods presented, 
using daily average balances for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the interest 
earned or paid, and the average rate earned or paid on those assets or liabilities:

For the Year Ended December 31,

2023

Interest
Earned / 
Paid

Average
Balance(1)

Average
Yield / 
Rate

Average
Balance(1)

2022

Interest
Earned /
Paid

Average
Yield / 
Rate 

(Dollars in thousands)

Assets

Interest-earning assets:

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial 
institutions

$  117,562  $ 

5,711 

 4.86 % $  248,577  $ 

2,235 

 0.90 %

Federal funds sold
Investment securities(2)
Correspondent bank stock
Loans(3)
Mortgage loans held for sale(4)
Loans held at fair value
Interest-earning assets(5)
Allowance for credit losses
Noninterest-earning assets

Total assets

— 

79,150 

8,285 

— 

2,463 

620 

  2,479,175 

  134,708 

11,499 

18,478 

721 

1,335 

  2,714,149 

  145,558 

 — 

 3.11 

 7.48 

 5.43 

 6.27 

 7.22 

 5.36 

(21,468) 
  125,401 

$ 2,818,082 

 1.53 

 2.77 

 7.57 

 4.42 

 4.62 

 8.67 

 4.05 

652 

74,104 

5,033 

10 

2,053 

381 

  2,138,712 

94,448 

15,639 

15,541 

722 

1,347 

  101,196 

  2,498,258 
(14,678) 

  122,663 

$ 2,606,243 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

Interest-bearing liabilities:

Interest-bearing deposits

$ 1,854,017 

65,460 

FHLB and Federal Reserve borrowings

  132,667 

Subordinated notes

52,216 

6,065 

2,928 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  2,038,900 

74,453 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:

Noninterest-bearing deposits

Other liabilities

Total noninterest-bearing liabilities

Total shareholders’ equity

  510,506 

24,913 

  535,419 

  243,763 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$ 2,818,082 

 3.53 

 4.57 

 5.61 

 3.65 

$ 1,553,758 

13,012 

96,963 

34,104 

2,649 

1,609 

  1,684,825 

17,270 

 0.84 

 2.73 

 4.72 

 1.03 

  670,299 

21,119 

  691,418 

  230,000 

$ 2,606,243 

Net interest rate spread(6)
Net interest income(7)
Net interest margin(8)

  $  71,105 

 1.71 

 2.62 

  $  83,926 

 3.02 

 3.36 

_____________________________
(1)

(2)

Average balance represents daily averages, unless otherwise noted.
Represents monthly averages.
Non-performing loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income, if any, on such loans is recognized on a cash basis.

(3)
(4) Mortgage loans held for sale are included in the interest-earning assets above, with interest income recognized in the Interest and dividend income 
on loans, including fees line in the Consolidated Statements of Income. These balances are included in the margin calculations in these tables. 
Tax-equivalent yield adjustments are immaterial.
Net interest spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
Net interest income is the difference between income earned on interest-earning assets and expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

(7)

(8)

(5)

(6)

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods 
presented, for each component of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and distinguishes between changes 
attributable to volume and interest rates. Changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be separated have been 
allocated to volume:

(Dollars in thousands)

Interest-earning assets:

Year Ended December 31, 2023

Compared to 2022

Increase
(Decrease) Due
to Change in:

Volume

Rate

Total
Increase
(Decrease)

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

$ 

(6,365)  $ 

9,841  $ 

3,476 

Federal funds sold

Investment securities

Correspondent bank stock

Loans

Mortgage loans held for sale

Loans held at fair value

Total increase in interest income

Interest-bearing liabilities:

Interest-bearing deposits

FHLB and Federal Reserve borrowings

Subordinated notes

Total increase in interest expense

Increase in net interest income

Provision for Credit Losses

(10)   

157 

243 

18,499 

(260)   

212 

— 

253 

(4)   

21,761 

259 

(224)   

(10) 

410 

239 

40,260 

(1) 

(12) 

$ 

12,476  $ 

31,886  $ 

44,362 

10,601 

1,632 

1,016 

41,847 

1,784 

303 

52,448 

3,416 

1,319 

$ 

$ 

13,249  $ 

43,934  $ 

57,183 

(773)  $ 

(12,048)  $ 

(12,821) 

We have a dedicated problem loan resolution team comprised of associates from our credit, senior leadership, risk, 
and accounting teams that meets frequently to ensure that watch list and problem credits are identified early and actively 
managed. We work to identify potential losses in a timely manner and proactively manage the problem credits to minimize 
losses.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  we  recorded  $10.4  million  and  $3.7  million,  respectively,  of 
provision for credit losses. The provision recorded for the year ended December 31, 2023 includes $8.8 million of charge-
offs, a $3.8 million allowance recorded on non-performing loans, as well as general provisioning consistent with our net 
growth  of  the  originated  loan  portfolio,  partially  offset  by  a  $1.7  million  provision  release  related  to  off-balance  sheet 
commitments, as well as changes in our portfolio mix and reduced model loss rates used in our quantitative model, largely 
driven  by  the  economic  outlook  scenario  assuming  a  soft  landing  as  compared  to  a  more  severe  and  deep  recession 
previously forecasted. 

The  Company  has  increased  loan  level  reviews  and  portfolio  monitoring  to  address  the  changing  environment. 
Management believes the financial strength of the Bank’s clientele and the diversity of the portfolio continues to mitigate 
the credit risk within the portfolio.

Non-Interest Income

The  year  ended  December  31,  2023  compared  with  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, non-interest income decreased $5.7 million, or 20.7%, 
to $21.9 million. The decrease in non-interest income was primarily due as a result of a $1.8 million decrease in Net gain 
on mortgage loans driven by a slowdown in new lock volume on held for sale loans associated with the rising interest rate 
environment,  $1.2  million  of  impairment  to  the  carrying  value  of  a  contingent  consideration  asset  recorded  during  the 
second quarter of 2023, and a $1.1 million increase in net losses on loans accounted for under the fair value option.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the significant categories of our non-interest income during the periods presented:

(Dollars in thousands)

Non-interest income:

Year Ended 
December 31, 

Change 

2023

2022

$

%

Trust and investment management fees

$ 

18,788  $ 

18,943  $ 

Net gain on mortgage loans

Net loss on loans held for sale

Bank fees

Risk management and insurance fees

Income on company-owned life insurance

Net gain on equity interests

Net loss on loans accounted for under the fair value 
option

Unrealized (loss)/gain recognized on equity 
securities

Other

2,826 

(178)   

2,022 

919 

378 

— 

4,584 

(12)   

2,660 

1,231 

349 

7 

(2,010)   

(891)   

(1,119) 

(22)   

(775)   

342 

477 

(155) 

(1,758) 

(166) 

(638) 

(312) 

29 

(7) 

(364) 

(1,252) 

(5,742) 

 (0.8) %

 (38.4) 

*

 (24.0) 

 (25.3) 

 8.3 

 (100.0) 

*

*

*

 (20.7) 

Total non-interest income

$ 

21,948  $ 

27,690  $ 

_____________________________
*

Represents percentages that are not meaningful due to being insignificant or exceeding 100% 

Trust and investment management fees— For the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 
2022, our trust and investment management fees decreased by $0.2 million, or 0.8%, to $18.8 million. The decrease was 
primarily attributable to account attrition within one profit center, partially offset by an increase in our fee structure. 

Net gain on mortgage loans— For the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022, our 
net  gain  on  mortgage  loans  decreased  by  $1.8  million,  or  38.4%,  to  $2.8  million.  The  decrease  in  net  gain  on  mortgage 
loans was primarily driven by a slowdown in new lock volume on held for sale loans associated with the rising interest rate 
environment.

Net  loss  on  loans  held  for  sale—  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  transferred  $39.2 
million  of  non-relationship  loans  held  for  investment  to  loans  held  for  sale.  Upon  transfer  of  the  loans,  the  Company 
recorded a net loss on loans held for sale of $0.2 million, primarily attributable to the slight decline in fair value as a result 
of the rising interest rates on comparable loans in the market.

Bank fees— For the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022, our bank fees decreased 
by $0.6 million or 24.0%. The decrease was primarily driven by decreased treasury management fees as a result of rising 
interest  rates  driving  higher  earnings  credit  on  commercial  operating  balances,  partially  offset  by  higher  loan  fees  as  a 
result of prepayment and swap derivative activity.

Risk management and insurance fees— For the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 

2022, our risk management and insurance fees decreased by $0.3 million, or 25.3%, to $0.9 million.

Net  loss  on  loans  accounted  for  under  the  fair  value  option—  The  Company  elected  the  fair  value  option  on 
certain  loans  purchased  in  2022.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2022,  loans 
accounted for under the fair value option had an additional $1.1 million in net losses recorded. The increase was primarily 
attributable to net charge-offs during the period and, partially offset by improvement in fair value. 

Unrealized (loss)/gain on Equity Securities— For the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period 
in 2022, our unrealized gains on equity securities decreased by $0.4 million to an immaterial unrealized loss position as of 
December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily driven by fair value adjustments on equity warrants. 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other— For the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022, our other income decreased 
by $1.3 million. The decrease was primarily attributable to $1.2 million of impairment to the carrying value of a contingent 
consideration asset recorded during the second quarter of 2023, related to the sale of First Western Capital Management in 
2020. The value was established using asset growth assumptions provided by the buyer, which had not materialized. 

Non-Interest Expense

The  year  ended  December  31,  2023  compared  with  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022.  The  decrease  in  non-
interest expense of 4.4% to $75.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, was primarily driven by lower Salaries 
and  employee  benefits  related  to  staffing  reductions  to  better  align  with  current  revenue  and  lower  Technology  and 
information system costs.

The following presents the significant categories of our non-interest expense for the periods presented:

(Dollars in thousands)

Non-interest expense:

Year Ended
December 31, 

Change

2023

2022

$

%

Salaries and employee benefits

$ 

45,202  $ 

48,248  $ 

(3,046) 

 (6.3) %

Occupancy and equipment

Professional services

Technology and information systems

Data processing

Marketing

Amortization of other intangible assets

Net gain on assets held for sale

Net gain on sale of other real estate owned

7,597 

7,638 

3,497 

4,539 

1,540 

250 

— 

— 

7,520 

7,896 

4,462 

4,285 

1,888 

308 

(4)   

(44)   

Other

5,374 

4,547 

77 

(258) 

(965) 

254 

(348) 

(58) 

4 

44 

827 

Total non-interest expense

$ 

75,637  $ 

79,106  $ 

(3,469) 

 1.0 

 (3.3) 

 (21.6) 

 5.9 

 (18.4) 

 (18.8) 

 (100.0) 

 (100.0) 

 18.2 

 (4.4) 

Salaries  and  employee  benefits—The  decrease  in  salaries  and  employee  benefits  of  $3.0  million,  or  6.3%,  was 
primarily related to lower wages and employee benefits related to staffing reductions to better align with current revenue, 
partially offset by lower deferred compensation due to fewer loan originations. 

Occupancy and equipment— The increase in occupancy and equipment of $0.1 million, or 1.0%, was primarily 
driven by an increase in leasehold improvement depreciation, partially offset by decreases in lease expense and variable 
lease costs.

Professional  Services—The  decrease  in  professional  services  of  $0.3  million,  or  3.3%,  was  driven  by  lower 
consulting and other professional fees, as the same period a year ago had additional expenses related to the acquisition of 
Teton  and  corporate  activity  to  support  the  growth  of  the  Company.  The  decrease  was  partially  offset  by  higher  FDIC 
insurance costs due to the increase in the assessment rate and growth in the balance sheet.

Technology  and  information  systems—  The  decrease  in  technology  and  information  systems  of  $1.0  million,  or 
21.6%,  was  primarily  driven  by  reduced  software  costs  related  to  the  trust  and  investment  management  system 
enhancement  completed  in  2022  and  lower  infrastructure  costs  due  to  the  Company  bringing  certain  outsourced 
information technology support in-house. 

Marketing— The decrease in marketing of $0.3 million, or 18.4%, was primarily driven by lower advertising costs 

as well as reduced client onboarding costs related to the Teton acquisition compared to the same period last year.

Other—  The  increase  in  other  of  $0.8  million,  or  18.2%,  was  driven  by  increased  subscription  costs  related  to 

system and process improvements, and increased fees related to reciprocal deposit balance growth.

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Tax

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  recorded  an  income  tax  provision  of  $1.8  million, 
reflecting  an  effective  tax  rate  26.0%  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  the  Company  recorded  an  income  tax 
provision of $7.1 million, reflecting an effective tax rate of 24.7%.

Segment Reporting

We  have  two  reportable  operating  segments:  Wealth  Management  and  Mortgage.  Our  Wealth  Management 
segment  consists  of  operations  relating  to  the  Company’s  fully  integrated  wealth  management  products  and  services. 
Services provided include deposit, loan, insurance, and trust and investment management advisory products and services 
for which fee revenue is recognized. Our Mortgage segment consists of operations relating to the Company’s residential 
mortgage  service  offerings.  Services  provided  by  our  mortgage  segment  include  soliciting,  originating,  and  selling 
mortgage  loans  into  the  secondary  market.  Mortgage  products  are  financial  in  nature  for  which  origination  fees  are 
recognized net of origination expenses, upon the funding of the mortgage loans. Mortgage loans held for sale are accounted 
for under the fair value option with changes in fair value reported through earnings at inception when loans are locked to 
the borrower and until the loan is sold to third parties, at which time additional gains or losses on the sale are recorded. 
Mortgage  loans  originated  and  held  for  investment  purposes  are  recorded  in  the  Wealth  Management  segment,  as  this 
segment provides ongoing services to our clients.

The following presents key metrics related to our segments during the periods presented:

(Dollars in thousands)
Income(1)
Income before taxes

Profit margin

(Dollars in thousands)
Income(1)
Income before taxes

Profit margin

_____________________________
(1)

Net interest income after provision plus non-interest income.

Year Ended December 31, 2023 

Wealth 
Management

Mortgage

Consolidated 

$ 

79,082 

$ 

3,616 

$ 

82,698 

9,591 

 12.1 %

(2,530) 

 (70.0) %

7,061 

 8.5 %

Year Ended December 31, 2022

Wealth 
Management

Mortgage

Consolidated 

$ 

102,282 

$ 

5,652 

$ 

107,934 

31,268 

 30.6 %

(2,440) 

 (43.2) %

28,828 

 26.7 %

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
The following presents selected financial metrics of each segment as of and for the periods presented:

Wealth Management

(Dollars in thousands)

2023

2022

$ Change

% Change 

As of and for the Year Ended 
December 31, 

Total interest and dividend income

$ 

144,837  $ 

100,474  $ 

Total interest expense

Provision for credit losses

Net interest income, after provision for credit 
losses(1)
Non-interest income

Total income before non-interest expense

Depreciation and amortization expense

All other non-interest expense

Income before income taxes

Goodwill

Total assets

74,453 

10,355 

60,029 

19,053 

79,082 

2,370 

67,121 

17,270 

3,682 

79,522 

22,760 

102,282 

2,193 

68,821 

44,363 

57,183 

6,673 

(19,493) 

(3,707) 

(23,200) 

177 

(1,700) 

$ 

$ 

9,591  $ 

31,268  $ 

(21,677) 

30,400  $ 

30,400  $ 

— 

2,966,612 

2,856,708 

109,904 

 44.2 %

*

*

 (24.5) 

 (16.3) 

 (22.7) 

 8.1 

 (2.5) 

 (69.3) 

 — 

 3.8 

(1)  Provision  for  credit  loss  amounts  for  periods  prior  to  the  ASC  326  adoption  date  of  January  1,  2023  are  reported  in  accordance  with  previously 
applicable GAAP. 
(*)Represents percentages that are not meaningful due to being insignificant or exceeding 100%.

The  Wealth  Management  segment  reported  income  before  income  tax  of  $9.6  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2023, compared to $31.3 million, for the same period in 2022. The majority of our assets and liabilities are 
on the Wealth Management segment balance sheet and the decrease in income before taxes is primarily attributable to a 
decrease  in  net  interest  income,  after  provision  for  credit  losses.  The  decrease  in  net  interest  income,  after  provision  for 
credit loss was primarily driven by an increase in average interest-bearing deposits and rates, partially offset by an increase 
in  interest  income.  The  provision  for  credit  losses  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  increased  $6.7  million  to 
$10.4  million  compared  to  $3.7  million  for  the  same  period  in  2022,  primarily  due  an  increase  in  an  allowance  on 
individually analyzed loans. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had an allowance of $3.8 million on non-performing 
loans.

Mortgage

As of and for the Year Ended 
December 31, 

(Dollars in thousands)

2023

2022

$ Change

% Change 

Total interest and dividend income

$ 

721  $ 

722  $ 

Total interest expense

Provision for credit losses

Net interest income, after provision for credit 
losses(1)
Non-interest income

Total income before non-interest expense

Depreciation and amortization expense

All other non-interest expense

Loss before income tax

— 

— 

721 

2,895 

3,616 

33 

6,113 

— 

— 

722 

4,930 

5,652 

42 

8,050 

$ 

(2,530)  $ 

(2,440)  $ 

(1) 

— 

— 

(1) 

(2,035) 

(2,036) 

(9) 

(1,937) 

(90) 

 (0.1) %

 — 

 — 

 (0.1) 

 (41.3) 

 (36.0) 

 (21.4) 

 (24.1) 

 3.7 

Total assets
(1)  Provision  for  credit  loss  amounts  for  periods  prior  to  the  ASC  326  adoption  date  of  January  1,  2023  are  reported  in  accordance  with  previously 
applicable GAAP. 

10,040  $ 

8,850  $ 

(1,190) 

 (11.9) 

$ 

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Mortgage segment reported a loss before income tax of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, 
compared  to  a  loss  before  income  tax  of  $2.4  million  for  the  same  period  in  2022.  The  overall  decrease  in  non-interest 
income was primarily driven by a slowdown in new lock volume on held for sale loans associated with rising interest rates, 
which continue to impact loan demand. The decrease in non-interest expense was driven by a reduction in headcount to 
better align the operations functions with the slowdown in volume.

Financial Condition

The following table presents our condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of the dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:

December 31, 

2023

2022

$ Change

% Change 

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 

254,442  $ 

196,512  $ 

57,930 

 29.5 %

Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost, net of 
allowance for credit losses of $71 and $0 (fair value 
of $66,617 and $74,718), respectively

Loans (includes $13,726 and $23,321 measured at 
fair value, respectively)

Allowance for credit losses(1)

Loans, net of allowance

Loans held for sale at fair value

Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

Company-owned life insurance

Other assets

Total assets

Deposits

Borrowings

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Total shareholders’ equity

74,102 

81,056 

(6,954) 

 (8.6) 

2,530,915 

2,469,413 

(23,931)   

(17,183)   

2,506,984 

2,452,230 

— 

7,254 

31,854 

16,530 

84,296 

1,965 

8,839 

32,104 

16,152 

77,890 

61,502 

(6,748) 

54,754 

(1,965) 

(1,585) 

(250) 

378 

6,406 

$ 

2,975,462  $ 

2,866,748  $ 

108,714 

$ 

2,529,039  $ 

2,405,229  $ 

123,810 

178,051 

25,634 

199,018 

21,637 

2,732,724 

2,625,884 

242,738 

240,864 

(20,967) 

3,997 

106,840 

1,874 

 2.5 

 39.3 

 2.2 

 (100.0) 

 (17.9) 

 (0.8) 

 2.3 

 8.2 

 3.8 

 5.1 

 (10.5) 

 18.5 

 4.1 

 0.8 

 3.8 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$ 

2,975,462  $ 

2,866,748  $ 

108,714 

_____________________________
(1)  Provision  for  credit  loss  amounts  for  periods  prior  to  the  ASC  326  adoption  date  of  January  1,  2023  are  reported  in  accordance  with  previously 
applicable GAAP. 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  increased  by  $57.9  million,  or  29.5%,  to  $254.4  million  as  of  December  31,  2023 
compared to December 31, 2022. The increase in liquidity was driven primarily by deposit growth, offset partially by loan 
growth.  

Investments  decreased  by  $7.0  million,  or  8.6%,  to  $74.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2023  compared  to 

December 31, 2022. The decrease is due to held-to-maturity securities payments received throughout 2023.

Loans, net of allowance increased by $54.8 million, or 2.2%, to $2.51 billion as of December 31, 2023 compared 
to December 31, 2022. The increase was driven by net portfolio growth, primarily in the construction and development, 
non-owner  occupied  commercial  real  estate,  and  residential  mortgage  portfolios.  The  growth  in  our  construction  and 
development portfolio was driven primarily by draws on existing commitments, partially offset by payoffs. 

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage loans held for sale decreased $1.6 million, or 17.9%, to $7.3 million as of December 31, 2023 compared 
to December 31, 2022. The decrease was driven by a reduction in loan origination volume primarily driven by a slowdown 
in new lock volume associated with the rising interest rate environment.

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net decreased by $0.3 million, or 0.8%, to $31.9 million as of December 31, 

2023 compared to December 31, 2022. The decrease was driven by amortization on intangible assets.

Other  assets  increased  by  $6.4  million,  or  8.2%,  to  $84.3  million  as  of  December  31,  2023  compared  to 
December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily driven by  an increase in tax receivable of $3.7 million related to estimated 
tax  payments  made  during  the  year,  the  addition  of  hedge  swap  collateral  of  $0.8  million  and  swap  derivative  assets  of 
$0.8 million, and contributions to the Company's low-income housing tax credit ("LIHTC) investments of $1.1 million and 
bank  technology  fund  investments  of  $0.8  million,  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  of  $1.5  million  of  a  contingent 
consideration asset, primarily driven by the $1.2 million impairment to the carrying value of the contingent consideration 
asset recorded during the second quarter of 2023.

Deposits increased $123.8 million, or 5.1%, to $2.53 billion as of December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 

2022. The increase was primarily attributable to new and expanded deposit relationships. 

Money  market  deposit  accounts  increased  $50.1  million,  or  3.7%,  to  $1.39  billion  as  of  December  31,  2023 
compared  to  December  31,  2022.  Time  deposit  accounts  increased  $272.4  million,  or  121.5%,  to  $496.5  million  as  of 
December  31,  2023.  Negotiable  order  of  withdrawal  ("NOW")  accounts  decreased  $87.3  million,  or  37.2%,  to  $147.5 
million  compared  to  December  31,  2022.  The  decrease  in  NOW  accounts  was  primarily  attributable  to  a  mix  shift  from 
lower yielding deposit products into higher yielding products as clients seek higher rates for excess liquidity.

Borrowings  decreased  $21.0  million,  or  10.5%,  to  $178.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2023  compared  to 
December  31,  2022.  The  decrease  is  primarily  driven  by  a  decline  in  FHLB  borrowing  reliance  as  a  result  of  increased 
deposits. 

Total  shareholders’  equity  increased  $1.9  million,  or  0.8%,  to  $242.7  million  as  of  December  31,  2023.  The 
increase  is  primarily  due  to  Net  income  for  the  year  and  a  $2.4  million  increase  in  Additional  paid-in  capital  driven  by 
stock-based compensation expense, partially offset by a $5.3 million net reduction to Retained earnings as a result of the 
adoption of ASU 2016-13 for Current Expected Credit Losses ("CECL"). 

69

Assets Under Management

(Dollars in millions)

Managed Trust Balance as of Beginning of Period

New relationships
Closed relationships
Contributions
Withdrawals
Market change, net

Ending Balance

Yield*

Directed Trust Balance as of Beginning of Period

New relationships
Closed relationships
Contributions
Withdrawals
Market change, net

Ending Balance

Yield*

Investment Agency Balance as of Beginning of Period

New relationships
Closed relationships
Contributions
Withdrawals
Market change, net

Ending Balance

Yield*

Custody Balance as of Beginning of Period

New relationships
Closed relationships
Contributions
Withdrawals
Market change, net

Ending Balance

Yield*

401(k)/Retirement Balance as of Beginning of Period

New relationships
Closed relationships
Contributions
Withdrawals
Market change, net

Ending Balance(1)

Yield*

Total Assets Under Management as of Beginning of Period

New relationships
Closed relationships
Contributions
Withdrawals
Market change, net

Total Assets Under Management

Yield*

_____________________________
*
(1)

Trust and investment management fees divided by period-end balance.
AUM reported for the current period are one quarter in arrears.

Year Ended 
December 31, 

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,802 
10 
(11) 
51 
(277) 
338 
1,913 

 0.18  %

1,285 
— 
(5) 
214 
(40) 
168 
1,622 

 0.07  %

1,618 
56 
(82) 
78 
(240) 
177 
1,607 

 0.77  %

493 
9 
(20) 
90 
(109) 
82 
545 
 0.04  %

909 
3 
(4) 
124 
(101) 
135 
1,066 

 0.15  %

6,107 
78 
(122) 
557 
(767) 
900 
6,753 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,204 
41 
(24) 
12 
(292) 
(139) 
1,802 

 0.19  %

1,309 
7 
(4) 
122 
(22) 
(127) 
1,285 

 0.90  %

2,063 
61 
(61) 
120 
(294) 
(271) 
1,618 

 0.77  %

633 
16 
(1) 
80 
(192) 
(43) 
493 
 0.04  %

1,143 
14 
(45) 
112 
(96) 
(219) 
909 
 0.18  %

7,352 
139 
(135) 
446 
(896) 
(799) 
6,107 

 0.28 %

 0.31 %

Assets under management increased $646.0 million, or 10.6%, to $6.75 billion for the year ended December 31, 
2023. The increase was primarily attributable to improving market conditions year-over-year resulting in an increase in the 
value of assets under management balances.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities

Investments we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity, are classified as 
available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value using current market information from a pricing service, with unrealized 
gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. The carrying values of 
our  investment  securities  classified  as  available-for-sale  are  adjusted  for  unrealized  gain  or  loss,  and  any  gain  or  loss  is 
reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity. 

Investments  for  which  we  have  the  intent  and  ability  to  hold  to  their  maturity  are  classified  as  held-to-maturity 
securities and are recorded at amortized cost. Securities held-to-maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of 
premiums and the accretion of discounts using the level-yield method over the remaining period until maturity.

The Company reassessed classification of investment securities and, effective April 1, 2022, elected to transfer all 
securities,  fair  valued  at  $58.7  million,  from  available-for-sale  to  held-to-maturity.  The  related  unrealized  loss  of  
$2.3  million  included  in  other  comprehensive  income  on  April  1,  2022  remained  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  is 
being amortized out over the remaining term of the securities. No gain or loss was recorded at the time of transfer. As of 
December 31, 2023, all of our investment securities were classified as held-to-maturity. 

The  following  tables  present  the  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  value  of  our  investment  securities  as  of  the 

dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

Investment securities held-to-maturity:

U.S. Treasury debt

Corporate bonds

Government National Mortgage Association 
("GNMA") mortgage-backed securities – residential

Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") 
mortgage-backed securities – residential

Government collateralized mortgage obligations 
("GMO") and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS") 
– commercial

Corporate collateralized mortgage obligations 
("CMO") and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS")

December 31, 2023

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrecognized
Gains

Gross
Unrecognized
Losses

Fair
Value

Allowance for 
Credit 
Losses(1)

$ 

253  $ 

—  $ 

(11)  $ 

242  $ 

23,687 

34,579 

6,035 

5,836 

3,783 

— 

— 

— 

9 

— 

(3,020)   

20,667 

(3,410)   

31,169 

(509)   

5,526 

(377)   

5,468 

(238)   

3,545 

— 

(71) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(71) 

Total securities held-to-maturity

$  74,173  $ 

9  $ 

(7,565)  $  66,617  $ 

___________________________

(1) Refer to Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further information on our credit loss methodology.

(Dollars in thousands)

Investment securities held-to-maturity:

U.S. Treasury debt

Corporate bonds

GNMA mortgage-backed securities – residential
FNMA mortgage-backed securities – residential

GMO and MBS – commercial

CMO and MBS

December 31, 2022

Gross
Unrecognized
Gains

Gross
Unrecognized
Losses

Fair
Value

Amortized
Cost

$ 

243  $ 

—  $ 

(9)  $ 

23,819 

39,426 
6,708 

6,786 

4,074 

— 

— 
— 

13 

— 

(2,453)   

(2,800)   
(506)   

(403)   

(180)   

234 

21,366 

36,626 
6,202 

6,396 

3,894 

Total securities held-to-maturity

$ 

81,056  $ 

13  $ 

(6,351)  $ 

74,718 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following presents the book value of our contractual maturities and weighted average yield for our investment 
securities as of the dates presented. Contractual maturities may differ from expected maturities because issuers can have the 
right to call or prepay obligations without penalties. Our investments are taxable securities. The weighted average yield for 
each range of maturities was calculated using the yield on each security within that range weighted by the amortized cost of 
each security as of December 31, 2023. Weighted average yields are not presented on a taxable equivalent basis. 

(Dollars in thousands)

Held-to-maturity:

U.S. Treasury debt

Corporate bonds 

GNMA mortgage-backed securities 
– residential

FNMA mortgage-backed securities 
– residential

Government CMO and MBS – 
commercial

Corporate CMO and MBS

Maturity as of December 31, 2023

One Year or Less

One to Five Years

Five to Ten Years

After Ten Years 

Amortized 
Cost

Weighted 
Average 
Yield

Amortized
Cost

Weighted
Average
Yield

Amortized 
Cost

Weighted
Average
Yield

Amortized
Cost

Weighted
Average
Yield

$ 

253 

* % $  — 

 — % $  — 

 — % $  — 

 — %

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

 — 

  4,078 

 0.30 

  19,395 

 1.23 

214 

 0.01 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

66 

— 

*

— 

 — 

  34,513 

 1.14 

 — 

  1,116 

 0.02 

  4,919 

 0.13 

178 

— 

 0.01 

  1,579 

 — 

415 

 0.07 

 0.03 

  4,079 

  3,368 

 0.13 

 0.18 

Total held-to-maturity

$ 

253 

 — % $  4,322 

 0.31 % $ 22,505 

 1.35 % $ 47,093 

 1.59 %

(Dollars in thousands)

Held-to-maturity

U.S. Treasury debt

Corporate bonds 

GNMA mortgage-backed securities 
– residential

FNMA mortgage-backed securities 
– residential

Government CMO and MBS – 
commercial

Corporate CMO and MBS
Total held-to-maturity

Maturity as of December 31, 2022

One Year or Less

One to Five Years

Five to Ten Years

After Ten Years 

Amortized 
Cost

Weighted 
Average 
Yield

Amortized
Cost

Weighted
Average
Yield

Amortized 
Cost

Weighted
Average
Yield

Amortized
Cost

Weighted
Average
Yield

$  — 

 — % $ 

243 

* % $  — 

 — % $  — 

 — %

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

1,991 

 0.11 

  21,548 

 1.20 

280 

 0.01 

103 

*

— 

 — 

  39,323 

 1.22 

— 

47 

— 

 — 

*

 — 

1,334 

 0.02 

5,374 

 0.12 

1,200 

 0.04 

26 

*

5,539 

4,048 

 0.14 

 0.19 

$  — 

 — % $  2,384 

 0.11 % $  24,108 

 1.26 % $  54,564 

 1.68 %

_____________________________
*

Represents percentages that are not meaningful due to being insignificant or exceeding 100%

As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other 

than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of shareholders’ equity.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses for HTM Securities

On  January  1,  2023,  the  Company  adopted  the  new  CECL  standard,  ASU  2016-13,  using  the  modified 
retrospective method for all financial assets measured at amortized cost. Management measures expected credit losses on 
held-to-maturity  debt  securities  on  a  collective  basis  by  major  security  type.  The  majority  of  our  held-to-maturity 
investment  portfolio  consists  of  securities  issues  by  U.S.  government  entities  and  agencies  and  we  consider  the  risk  of 
credit loss to be zero and, therefore, we do not record an ACL. The Company's non-government backed securities include 
private  label  CMO  and  MBS  as  well  as  bank  subordinated  debt.  Accrued  interest  receivable  on  held-to-maturity  debt 
securities totaled $0.4 million at December 31, 2023 and is excluded from the estimate of credit losses. The following table 
presents  the  activity  in  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  for  debt  securities  held-to-maturity  by  major  security  type  for  the 
year ended December 31, 2023:

December 31, 2023

Allowance for credit losses:

Beginning balance

Impact of ASU 2016-13 adoption(2)

Provision for credit losses

Securities charged-off (recoveries)

Total ending allowance balance

Corporate Bonds

Corporate CMO(1)

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

71 

— 

— 

71  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1) 

Management  reviewed  the  collectability  of  corporate  CMO  and  MBS  securities  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as  the  asset  quality  of  the 

corporate bond issuers and credit support and delinquencies associated with the corporate CMO and MBS.

(2) 

Refer to Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further information on our credit loss methodology.

Loan Portfolio

Our primary source of interest income is derived through interest earned on loans to high net worth individuals 
and their related commercial interests. Our senior lending and credit team consists of seasoned, experienced personnel and 
we believe that our officers are well versed in the types of lending in which we are engaged. Underwriting policies and 
decisions  are  managed  centrally  and  the  approval  process  is  tiered  based  on  loan  size,  making  the  process  consistent, 
efficient, and effective. The management team and credit culture demands prudent, practical, and conservative approaches 
to all credit requests in compliance with the loan policy guidelines to ensure strong credit underwriting practices.

In  addition  to  originating  loans  for  our  own  portfolio,  we  conduct  mortgage  banking  activities  in  which  we 
originate and sell, servicing-released, whole loans in the secondary market. Our mortgage banking loan sales activities are 
primarily directed at originating single family mortgages that are priced and underwritten to conform to previously agreed-
upon  criteria  before  loan  funding  and  are  delivered  to  the  investor  shortly  after  funding.  The  level  of  future  loan 
originations,  loan  sales  and  loan  repayments  depends  on  overall  credit  availability,  the  interest  rate  environment,  the 
strength of the general economy, local real estate markets and the housing industry, and conditions in the secondary loan 
sale  market.  The  amount  of  gain  or  loss  on  the  sale  of  loans  is  primarily  driven  by  market  conditions  and  changes  in 
interest rates, as well as our pricing and asset liability management strategies. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 
2022, we had mortgage loans held for sale of $7.3 million and $8.8 million, respectively, in residential mortgage loans we 
originated.

Beginning in the first quarter of 2022, the Company entered into whole loan purchase agreements to acquire third 
party originated and serviced unsecured consumer loans to hold for investment and elected the fair value option to account 
for  these  loans.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  has  $13.7  million  in  loans  accounted  for  under  the  fair  value 
option  with  an  unpaid  principal  balance  of  $14.1  million.  As  of  December  31,  2022,  the  Company  had  $23.3  million  in 
loans accounted for under the fair value option with an unpaid principal balance $23.4 million. See Note 16 – Fair Value in 
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2023, the Company has $4.2 million in PPP loans outstanding with $0.1 million in remaining 
fees to be recognized. The remaining fees represent the net amount of the fees from the SBA for participation in the PPP 
less the loan origination costs on these loans. The current amortization of this income is being recognized over a five-year 
period from the time of origination, however, if a loan receives full forgiveness from the SBA or if the borrower repays the 
loan, the remaining income will be recognized upon payoff. 

The following presents our loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)
Cash, Securities, and Other(1)

Consumer and Other

Construction and Development

1-4 Family Residential

Non-Owner Occupied CRE

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

Total loans held for investment at amortized cost

Loans accounted for under the fair value option(2)

Total loans held for investment
Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value(3)

Loans held for sale, at fair value

As of December 31,

2023

2022

Amount

% of Total 

Amount

% of Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

139,947 

27,028 

345,516 

927,965 

543,692 

195,861 

337,180 

2,517,189 

13,726 

2,530,915 

7,254 

— 

 5.6 % $ 

 1.1 

 13.7 

 36.9 

 21.6 

 7.8 

 13.3 

165,559 

26,070 

285,627 

899,722 

493,134 

214,189 

361,791 

 6.7 %

 1.0 

 11.7 

 36.8 

 20.2 

 8.8 

 14.8 

 100.0 % $ 

2,446,092 

 100.0 %

$ 

$ 

23,321 

2,469,413 

8,839 

1,965 

_____________________________
(1)

(2)

(3)

Includes PPP loans of $4.2 million and $6.9 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. 
Includes $14.1 million and $23.4 million of unpaid principal balance of loans held for investment accounted for under the fair value option loans as 
of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Includes $7.1 million and $8.8 million of unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans held for sale as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

•

•

•

•

•

Cash, Securities and Other—consists of consumer and commercial purpose loans that are primarily secured 
by  securities  managed  and  under  custody  with  us,  cash  on  deposit  with  us  or  life  insurance  policies.  In 
addition,  loans  in  this  portfolio  are  collateralized  with  other  sources  of  collateral.  This  segment  of  our 
portfolio  is  affected  by  a  variety  of  local  and  national  economic  factors  affecting  borrowers’  employment 
prospects, income levels, and overall economic sentiment. PPP loans that are fully guaranteed by the SBA are 
classified within this line item and had balances of $4.2 million and $6.9 million as of December 31, 2023 
and 2022, respectively.

Consumer and Other—consists of unsecured consumer loans. This segment of our portfolio is affected by a 
variety of local and national economic factors affecting borrowers’ employment prospects, income levels, and 
overall  economic  sentiment.  Loans  held  for  investment  accounted  for  under  the  fair  value  option  are  also 
classified within this line item and had an unpaid principal balance of $14.1 million and $23.4 million as of 
December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. 

Construction  and  Development—consists  of  loans  to  finance  the  construction  of  residential  and  non-
residential properties. These loans are dependent on the strength of the industries of the related borrowers and 
the risks consistent with construction projects.

1-4 Family Residential—consists of loans and home equity lines of credit secured by 1-4 family residential 
properties.  These  loans  typically  enable  borrowers  to  purchase  or  refinance  existing  homes,  most  of  which 
serve as the primary residence of the owner. In addition, some borrowers secure a commercial purpose loan 
with  owner  occupied  or  non-owner  occupied  1-4  family  residential  properties.  Loans  in  this  segment  are 
dependent  on  the  industries  tied  to  these  loans  as  well  as  the  national  and  local  economies,  and  local 
residential and commercial real estate markets. 

Commercial  Real  Estate,  Owner  Occupied  and  Non-Owner  Occupied—consists  of  commercial  loans 
collateralized by real estate. These loans may be collateralized by owner occupied or non-owner occupied real 
estate,  as  well  as  multi-family  residential  real  estate.  These  loans  are  dependent  on  the  strength  of  the 
industries of the related borrowers and the success of their businesses. 

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

Commercial and Industrial—consists of commercial and industrial loans, including working capital lines of 
credit, permanent working capital term loans, business asset loans, acquisition, expansion and development 
loans, and other loan products, primarily in our target markets. This portfolio primarily consists of term loans 
and  lines  of  credit  which  are  dependent  on  the  strength  of  the  industries  of  the  related  borrowers  and  the 
success of their businesses. MSLP loans of $5.1 million and $5.9 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 
respectively, are included in this category.

The contractual maturity ranges of loans in our loan portfolio and the amount of such loans with fixed and floating 
interest rates in each maturity range, excluding deferred fees, and unamortized premiums/(unaccreted discounts), as of the 
dates noted, are summarized in the following tables:

(Dollars in thousands)

One Year
or Less

One Through
Five Years

Five Through
Fifteen Years

After
Fifteen Years

Total

As of December 31, 2023

Cash, Securities, and Other

$ 

Consumer and Other

70,558  (1) $ 
18,425 

67,101  (1) $ 
6,175 

Construction and Development

106,993 

1-4 Family Residential

Non-Owner Occupied CRE

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

43,275 

34,328 

13,491 

120,061 

180,210 

172,349 

334,516 

93,844 

187,240 

1,611 

1,206 

51,253 

34,053 

161,669 

79,610 

29,879 

$ 

677 

$ 

139,947 

1,222 

7,060 

678,288 

13,179 

8,916 

— 

27,028 

345,516 

927,965 

543,692 

195,861 

337,180 

Total loans

$ 

407,131 

$  1,041,435 

$ 

359,281 

$ 

709,342 

$  2,517,189 

Loans accounted for under the 
fair value option

105 

13,163 

458 

— 

13,726 

Total loans

$ 

407,236 

$  1,054,598 

$ 

359,739 

$ 

709,342 

$  2,530,915 

Amounts with fixed rates

Amounts with floating rates

141,485 

265,751 

699,578 

355,020 

235,132 

124,607 

23,903 

685,439 

1,100,098 

1,430,817 

Total loans

$ 

407,236 

$  1,054,598 

$ 

359,739 

$ 

709,342 

$  2,530,915 

_____________________________
(1)

Includes PPP loans.

As of December 31, 2022

(Dollars in thousands)

Cash, Securities, and Other

$ 

Consumer and Other

Construction and Development

1-4 Family Residential

Non-Owner Occupied CRE

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

One Year
or Less

One Through
Five Years

Five Through
Fifteen Years

After
Fifteen Years

Total

58,461  (1) $ 
16,955 

71,046 

25,862 

34,341 

6,427 

94,513 

104,848  (1) $ 

6,570 

199,632 

179,207 

258,327 

81,499 

218,043 

1,565 

1,495 

14,694 

34,205 

185,297 

114,734 

49,235 

$ 

685 

$ 

165,559 

1,050 

255 

660,448 

15,169 

11,529 

— 

26,070 

285,627 

899,722 

493,134 

214,189 

361,791 

Total loans

$ 

307,605 

$  1,048,126 

$ 

401,225 

$ 

689,136 

$  2,446,092 

Loans accounted for under the 
fair value option
Total loans

$ 

Amounts with fixed rates

Amounts with floating rates

17 
307,622 

126,298 

181,324 

22,563 
$  1,070,689 

$ 

505,084 

565,605 

741 
401,966 

202,062 

199,904 

$ 

— 
689,136 

86,872 

602,264 

23,321 
$  2,469,413 

920,316 

1,549,097 

Total loans

$ 

307,622 

$  1,070,689 

$ 

401,966 

$ 

689,136 

$  2,469,413 

_____________________________
(1)

Includes PPP loans.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Modifications

On  January  1,  2023  the  Company  adopted  ASU  2022-02,  which  introduces  new  reporting  requirements  for 
modifications of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. GAAP requires that certain types of modifications of 
loans in response to a borrower’s financial difficulty be reported and include the following; (i) principal forgiveness, (ii) 
interest  rate  reduction,  (iii)  other  than  insignificant  payment  delay,  (iv)  term  extension,  or  (v)  any  combination  of  the 
foregoing. ASU 2022-02 eliminates the recognition measurement guidance for troubled debt restructured ("TDR") loans, 
and instead requires an entity to evaluate whether a modification represents a new loan or a continuation of an existing loan 
in accordance with ASC Topic 310-20, Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs. If a modification results in a 
new loan under the guidance, the Company will recognize any unearned deferred net revenue and measure the ACL on the 
loan on a collective basis rather than individually analyzed.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, a loan modification program was designed and implemented to assist our 
clients  experiencing  financial  stress  resulting  from  the  economic  impacts  caused  by  the  global  pandemic.  The  Company 
offered  loan  extensions,  temporary  payment  moratoriums,  and  financial  covenant  waivers  for  commercial  and  consumer 
borrowers impacted by the pandemic who had a pass risk rating and had not been delinquent over 30 days on payments in 
the last two years. 

In 2021, the deferral period ended for all non-acquired loans previously modified and payments resumed under the 
original  terms.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  Company's  loan  portfolio  included  41  non-acquired  loans  which  were 
previously  modified  under  the  loan  modification  program,  totaling  $71.3  million.  Through  the  Teton  acquisition,  the 
Company acquired loans which were previously modified and are still in their deferral period. As of December 31, 2023, 
there were 14 of these loans, totaling $2.9 million. 

All loans modified in response to COVID-19 are classified as performing and pass rated as of December 31, 2023. 
Non-acquired COVID modified loans are included in the allowance for credit losses. Management has increased our loan 
level reviews and portfolio monitoring to address the changing environment. Management believes the diversity of the loan 
portfolio is prudent and remains consistent with the credit culture and goals of the Bank.

Interest accrued during the modification term on modified loans is deferred to the end of the loan term. Interest 

receivable is excluded from the estimate of credit losses. 

The following table presents the amortized cost basis as of December 31, 2023 of the loans modified to borrowers 
experiencing financial difficulty during the year ended December 31, 2023, disaggregated by class of financing receivable 
and type of concession granted during the period. The percentage of the amortized cost basis of loans that were modified to 
borrowers  in  financial  distress  as  compared  to  the  amortized  cost  basis  of  each  class  of  financing  receivable  is  also 
below.
presented 

(Dollars in thousands)

Commercial and Industrial

Total

Principal 
forgiveness

Interest rate 
reduction

Term 
extension

Combination: 
term extension 
and principal 
forgiveness

Combination: 
term extension 
and interest rate 
reduction

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

2,123  $ 

—  $ 

2,123  $ 

183  $ 

183  $ 

— 

— 

Total class of 
financing 
receivable

 0.7 %

76

The following table presents the financial effect by type of modification made to borrowers experiencing financial 

difficulty for the period ended December 31, 2023:

(Dollars in thousands)

Principal forgiveness

Interest rate reduction

Term extension

Reduced the amortized cost 
basis of the loan by 
$185 thousand

—

—

Added a weighted-average 2.8 years to 
the life of the loan, which reduced 
monthly payment amounts for the 
borrower

Six months of interest payments were 
deferred to the maturity of the loan. 
Principal payment of $988 thousand was 
deferred 0.6 years

Added a weighted-average 0.5 years to 
the life of the loan

—

—

—

Commercial and Industrial

Commercial and Industrial

Commercial and Industrial

Non-Performing Assets

Non-performing assets include non-accrual loans and OREO. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at 
the time the loan becomes 90 or more days delinquent unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection or 
renewal due to maturity. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on non-
accrual status or charged off if collection of interest or principal is considered doubtful.

OREO represents assets acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure. The amounts reported as OREO are supported 
by  recent  appraisals,  with  the  appraised  values  adjusted,  where  applicable,  for  expected  transaction  fees  likely  to  be 
incurred  upon  sale  of  the  property.  We  incur  recurring  expenses  relating  to  OREO  in  the  form  of  maintenance,  taxes, 
insurance and legal fees, among others, until the OREO parcel is disposed. While disposition efforts with respect to our 
OREO are generally ongoing, if these properties are appraised at lower-than-expected values or if we are unable to sell the 
properties at the prices for which we expect to be able to sell them, we may incur additional losses. During the year ended 
December  31,  2022,  we  recorded  $0.4  million  of  OREO  as  a  result  of  obtaining  physical  possession  of  a  foreclosed 
property as partial consideration for amounts owed on a collateral dependent loan. We sold the property during the year 
ended December 31, 2022, resulting in an immaterial gain. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we did not 
own any OREO properties. 

The amount of lost interest for non-accrual loans was $6.4 million and $0.2 million for each of the years ended 
December  31,  2023  and  2022,  respectively.  The  Company  recorded  $8.8  million  and  $0.2  million  of  charge-offs,  net  of 
recoveries, during the year ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

We had amortized cost of $50.8 million and $12.1 million in non-performing assets as of December 31, 2023 and 
December  31,  2022,  respectively.  The  increase  in  non-performing  assets  is  primarily  related  to  the  addition  of 
$42.2 million in loans, under one relationship, during the third quarter of 2023.

77

The following presents the amortized cost basis of non-performing loans as of the dates indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)

Non-accrual loans by category 

Cash, Securities, and Other

Consumer and Other

Construction and Development

1-4 Family Residential

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

Total non-accrual loans

Total non-performing assets
Non-accrual loans to total loans(1)
Non-performing assets to total assets
Allowance for credit losses to non-accrual loans(2)
Accruing loans 90 or more days past due

As of December 31, 

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

1,704 

7,504 

2,719 

3,016 

3,980 

31,893 

50,816 

50,816 

$ 

$ 

4 

5 

201 

— 

1,165 

10,762 

12,137 

12,137 

 2.02 %

 1.71 %

 0.50 %

 0.43 %

 47.09 %

 139.14 %

$ 

285 

$ 

25 

_____________________________
(1)

Excludes mortgage loans held for sale of $7.3 million and $8.8 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Excludes $14.1 million and 
$23.4 million of unpaid principal balance of loans held for investment accounted for under the fair value option as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 
respectively.
Provision  for  credit  loss  amounts  for  periods  prior  to  the  ASC  326  adoption  date  of  January  1,  2023  are  reported  in  accordance  with  previously 
applicable GAAP. 

(2)

Credit Quality Indicators

We categorize loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of the borrowers to service 
their debt, such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, 
and current economic trends, among other factors. We analyze loans individually by classifying the loans by credit risk on 
a quarterly basis, which are segregated into the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special  Mention—  Loans  categorized  as  special  mention  have  a  potential  weakness  or  borrowing  relationships 
that  require  more  than  the  usual  amount  of  management  attention.  Adverse  industry  conditions,  deteriorating  financial 
conditions,  declining  trends,  management  problems,  documentation  deficiencies,  or  other  similar  weaknesses  may  be 
evident. Ability to meet current payment schedules may be questionable, even though interest and principal are still being 
paid as agreed. The asset has potential weaknesses that may result in deteriorating repayment prospects if left uncorrected. 
Loans in this risk grade are not considered adversely classified.

Substandard—Substandard  loans  are  considered  "classified"  and  are  inadequately  protected  by  the  current  net 
worth  and  paying  capacity  of  the  obligor  or  by  the  collateral  pledged,  if  any.  Loans  so  classified  have  a  well-defined 
weakness or weaknesses that jeopardizes the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that 
the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans in this category may be placed on non-accrual 
status and may individually be evaluated.

Doubtful—Loans  graded  doubtful  are  considered  "classified"  and  have  all  the  weaknesses  inherent  in  those 
classified  as  Substandard  with  the  added  characteristic  that  the  weaknesses  make  collection  or  liquidation  in  full,  on  the 
basis  of  currently  known  facts,  conditions,  and  values,  highly  questionable  and  improbable.  However,  the  amount  or 
certainty of eventual loss is not known because of specific pending factors.

Loans accounted for under the fair value option are not rated.

Loans not meeting any of the three criteria above are considered to be pass-rated loans.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  of  December  31,  2023  and  December  31,  2022,  non-performing  loans  of  $50.8  million  and  $12.1  million, 
respectively, were included in the substandard category in the table below. The following presents the amortized cost basis 
of loans by credit quality indicator, by class of financing receivable, as of the dates noted:

(Dollars in 
thousands)

Cash, 
Securities, 
and Other(1)
Consumer 
and Other(2)
Construction 
and 
Development

1-4 Family 
Residential

Non-Owner 
Occupied 
CRE

Owner 
Occupied 
CRE

Commercial 
and Industrial

Pass

Special
Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Not Rated

Total

As of December 31, 2023

$ 

138,243  $ 

—  $ 

1,704  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

139,947 

19,528 

— 

7,500 

328,454 

14,343 

924,949 

— 

2,719 

3,016 

538,693 

4,999 

— 

191,881 

302,276 

— 

649 

3,980 

34,255 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

13,726 

40,754 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

345,516 

927,965 

543,692 

195,861 

337,180 

Total

$ 

2,444,024  $ 

19,991  $ 

53,174  $ 

—  $ 

13,726  $ 

2,530,915 

(Dollars in 
thousands)

Cash, 
Securities 
and Other(1)
Consumer 
and Other(2)
Construction 
and 
Development

1-4 Family 
Residential

Non-Owner 
Occupied 
CRE

Owner 
Occupied 
CRE

Commercial 
and Industrial

Pass

Special
Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Not Rated

Total

As of December 31, 2022

$ 

165,555  $ 

—  $ 

4  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

165,559 

26,065 

285,426 

899,722 

493,134 

213,024 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

5 

201 

— 

— 

1,165 

348,844 

2,185 

10,762 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

23,321 

49,391 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

285,627 

899,722 

493,134 

214,189 

361,791 

Total

$ 

2,431,770  $ 

2,185  $ 

12,137  $ 

—  $ 

23,321  $ 

2,469,413 

_____________________________
(1)

(2)

Includes PPP loans of $4.2 million and $6.9 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Includes  $13.7 million and $23.3 million of loans held for investment accounted for under fair value option as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 
respectively.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans

On  January  1,  2023,  the  Company  adopted  the  new  CECL  standard,  ASU  2016-13,  using  the  modified 
retrospective method for all financial assets measured at amortized cost. Reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2023 
are  presented  under  ASU  2016-13  while  prior  period  amounts  continue  to  be  reported  in  accordance  with  previously 
applicable GAAP. Beginning January 1, 2023, the allowance for credit losses for loans is measured on the loan’s amortized 
cost basis, excluding interest receivable. Interest receivable excluded at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was 
$10.8 million and $9.8 million, respectively.

The  allowance  for  credit  losses  (“ACL”)  is  a  valuation  account  that  is  deducted  from  the  loans’  amortized  cost 
basis  to  present  the  net  amount  expected  to  be  collected  on  the  loans.  The  ACL  excludes  loans  held  for  sale  and  loans 
accounted for under the fair value option. The Company elected to not measure an ACL for accrued interest receivables, as 
we write off applicable accrued interest receivable balances in a timely manner when a loan is placed on non-accrual status, 
in which any accrued but uncollected interest is reversed from current income. Loans are charged off against the allowance 
when  management  believes  the  uncollectibility  of  a  loan  balance  is  confirmed.  Expected  recoveries  do  not  exceed  the 
aggregate of amounts previously charged-off and expected to be charged-off. Management estimates the allowance balance 
using  relevant  available  information,  from  internal  and  external  sources,  related  to  past  events,  current  conditions,  and 
reasonable and supportable forecasts. Actual Company and regional peer historical credit loss experience provides the basis 
for  the  estimation  of  expected  credit  losses.  The  Company  identified  and  grouped  portfolio  segments  based  on  risk 
characteristics and underlying collateral. The call code for each financial asset type was assessed and, where appropriate, 
expanded for certain call codes into separate segments based on risk characteristics.

CECL  requires  an  allowance  for  credit  losses  on  all  portfolio  loans  including  purchased  loans  without  credit 
deterioration. As of December 31, 2023, the Company held $208.2 million in acquired loans with $2.0 million in allowance 
for credit losses as well as $3.9 million in unamortized discounts.

ACL for pooled loans are estimated using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) methodology using the amortized cost 
basis (excluding interest) for all loans modeled within a performing pool of loans. The DCF analysis pairs loan-level term 
information,  for  example,  maturity  date,  payment  amount,  interest  rate,  with  top-down  pool  assumptions  such  as  default 
rates, prepayment speeds, to produce individual expected cash flows for every instrument in the segment. The results are 
then aggregated to produce segment level results and reserve requirements for each segment.

The quantitative DCF model also incorporates forward-looking macroeconomic information over a reasonable and 
supportable period of four quarters. Subsequent to the four quarter period, the Company reverts to its historical loss rate 
and historical prepayment and curtailment speeds on a straight-line basis over a four quarter reversion period.

The Company applies qualitative factors to capture losses that are expected but may not be adequately reflected in 
the quantitative model described above. Qualitative adjustments are made based on management’s assessment of the risks 
that  may  lead  to  a  future  credit  loss  or  differences  in  current  loan-specific  risk  characteristics  such  as  differences  in 
underwriting standards, portfolio mix, changes in environmental and economic conditions, or other relevant factors.

Loans that do not share risk characteristics are evaluated on an individual basis. Loans evaluated individually are 
not  included  in  the  pooled  loan  evaluation.  When  management  determines  that  foreclosure  is  probable,  expected  credit 
losses are based on the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date, adjusted for selling costs as appropriate.

ACL - held-to-maturity securities: Held-to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost when management has 
the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. The majority of our held-to-maturity investment portfolio consists 
of securities issues by U.S. government entities and agencies. These securities are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed 
by the U.S. government, are highly rated by major rating agencies, and have a long history of no credit losses. With respect 
to  these  securities,  we  consider  the  risk  of  credit  loss  to  be  zero  and,  therefore,  we  do  not  record  an  ACL  for  these 
securities. The Company's non-government backed securities include private label CMO and MBS and bank subordinated 
debt.  Private  label  refers  to  private  institutions  such  as  brokerage  firms,  banks,  and  home  builders,  that  also  securitize 
mortgages.

80

Management  measures  expected  credit  losses  on  held-to-maturity  debt  securities  on  a  collective  basis  by  major 
security type. Accrued interest receivable on held-to-maturity debt securities is excluded from the estimate of credit losses. 
The estimate of expected credit losses considers historical credit loss information that is adjusted for current conditions and 
reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts.  Management  classifies  the  held-to-maturity  portfolio  into  the  following  major 
security types: Corporate bonds and Corporate CMO.

ACL  -  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposures:  The  Company  estimates  expected  credit  losses  over  the  contractual 
period in which the Company is exposed to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is 
unconditionally  cancellable  by  the  Company.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  on  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposures  is 
adjusted through the Provision for credit losses and is recorded in Other liabilities. The estimate includes consideration of 
the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over 
its  estimated  life.  The  probability  of  funding  is  based  on  historical  utilization  statistics  for  unfunded  loan  commitments. 
The loss rates used are calculated using the same assumptions as the associated funded balance.

The ACL represents Management’s best estimate of current expected credit losses on loans considering available 
information,  from  internal  and  external  sources,  relevant  to  assessing  collectibility  over  the  loans’  contractual  terms, 
adjusted for expected prepayments when appropriate. Our quantitative discounted cash flow models use economic forecasts 
including; housing price index (“HPI”), gross domestic product (“GDP”), and national unemployment. The HPI, GDP, and 
unemployment twelve month forecasts used in our model as of December 31, 2023 is based on a slightly improved macro-
economic forecast assuming a soft landing as compared to assumptions previously used as of January 1, 2023 projecting 
the likelihood of a deeper recession. As a result, we forecasted decreased probability of default rates and loss given default 
rates which in turn reduced our model loss rates, partially offset by loan growth and changes in our segment mix, resulting 
in  a  $0.5  million  release  of  provision  on  pooled  loans  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023.  The  allowance  on  credit 
losses on non-performing loans was $3.8 million as of December 31, 2023.

81

The following presents summary information regarding our allowance for credit losses for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)
Average loans outstanding(1)(2)
Total loans outstanding at end of period(3)
Allowance for credit losses at beginning of period

Impact of adopting ASU 2016-13
Provision for credit losses(4)

Charge-offs:

Cash, Securities, and Other

Consumer and Other

Construction and Development

1-4 Family Residential

Non-Owner Occupied CRE

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

Total charge-offs

Recoveries:

Cash, Securities, and Other

Consumer and Other

Construction and Development

1-4 Family Residential

Non-Owner Occupied CRE

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

Total recoveries

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

$ 

$ 

$ 

2023

2,479,175 

2,517,189 

17,183 

3,470 

12,077 

— 

(101) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(8,737) 

(8,838) 

— 

22 

— 

13 

— 

— 

4 

39 

(8,799) 

2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,138,712 

2,446,092 

13,732 

3,682 

(1) 

(262) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(71) 

(334) 

— 

103 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

103 

(231) 

Allowance for credit losses at end of period
Allowance for credit losses to total loans(4)
Net charge-offs to average loans

$ 

23,931 

$ 

17,183 

 0.95 %

 0.35 

 0.70 %

 — 

_____________________________
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Average balances are average daily balances.
Excludes average outstanding balances of mortgage loans held for sale of $11.5 million and $15.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 
and  2022,  respectively.    Excludes  average  outstanding  balances  of  loans  held  for  investment  accounted  for  under  the  fair  value  option  of  $18.5 
million and $15.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Excludes mortgage loans held for sale of $7.3 million and $8.8 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Includes $4.0 million and 
$7.1 million in bank originated PPP loans as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and $0.3 million and $0.7 million of acquired PPP loans 
as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Excludes $14.1 million and $23.4 million of unpaid principal balance of loans held for investment 
accounted for under the fair value option as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Allowance for credit loss amounts for periods prior to the ASU 2016-13 adoption date of January 1, 2023 are reported in accordance with previously 
applicable GAAP.

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  represents  the  allocation  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  among  loan  categories  and  other 
summary information. The allocation for credit losses by category should neither be interpreted as an indication of future 
charge-offs,  nor  as  an  indication  that  charge-offs  in  future  periods  will  necessarily  occur  in  these  amounts  or  in  the 
indicated  proportions.  The  allocation  of  a  portion  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  to  one  category  of  loans  does  not 
preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories. 

(Dollars in thousands)

Cash, Securities and Other

Consumer and Other

Construction and Development

1-4 Family Residential

Non-Owner Occupied CRE

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

As of December 31, 

2023

2022

Amount

%(2)

Amount(1)

%(2)

$ 

961 

124 

7,945 

4,370 

2,325 

1,034 

7,172 

 5.6 % $ 

 1.1 

 13.7 

 36.9 

 21.6 

 7.8 

 13.3 

1,198 

191 

2,025 

6,309 

3,490 

1,510 

2,460 

 6.7 %

 1.0 

 11.7 

 36.8 

 20.2 

 8.8 

 14.8 

Total allowance for credit losses

$ 

23,931 

 100.0 % $ 

17,183 

 100.0 %

_____________________________
(1)

Allowance for credit loss amounts for periods prior to the ASU 2016-13 adoption date of January 1, 2023 are reported in accordance with previously
applicable GAAP.
Represents the percentage of loans to total loans in the respective category.

(2)

Allowance for credit losses - off-balance sheet credit exposure

The Company estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in which the Company is exposed to 
credit  risk  via  a  contractual  obligation  to  extend  credit,  unless  that  obligation  is  unconditionally  cancellable  by  the 
Company.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  on  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposures  is  adjusted  through  Provision  for  credit 
losses and is recorded in Other liabilities. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and 
an  estimate  of  expected  credit  losses  on  commitments  expected  to  be  funded  over  its  estimated  life.  The  probability  of 
funding is based on historical utilization statistics for unfunded loan commitments. The loss rates used are calculated using 
the same assumptions as the associated funded balance. Refer above for changes in the factors that influenced the current 
estimate  of  ACL  and  reasons  for  the  changes.  The  following  table  presents  the  changes  in  the  ACL  on  unfunded  loan 
commitments:

Beginning balance

Impact of adopting ASU 2016-13
(Release) provision for credit losses

Ending balance

Deferred Tax Assets, Net

December 31,
2023

Amount

%

$ 

$ 

419 

3,481 
(1,722) 

2,178 

 19.2 %

 159.8 
 (79.1) 

 100.0 %

Deferred  tax  assets,  net  of  our  valuation  allowance,  represent  the  differences  in  timing  of  when  items  are 
recognized for GAAP purposes and when they are recognized for tax purposes, as well as our net operating losses. Our 
deferred tax assets, net, are valued based on the amounts that are expected to be recovered in the future utilizing the tax 
rates  in  effect  at  the  time  recognized.  Our  deferred  tax  assets,  net  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  increased 
$0.5 million from December 31, 2022. 

83

Deposits

Our deposit products include money market accounts, demand deposit accounts, time-deposit accounts (typically 
certificates  of  deposit),  NOW  accounts  (interest  checking  accounts),  and  saving  accounts.  Our  accounts  are  federally 
insured by the FDIC up to the legal maximum amount. 

Total deposits increased by $123.8 million, or 5.1%, to $2.53 billion as of December 31, 2023 from December 31, 
2022.  The  increase  was  driven  primarily  by  new  and  expanded  relationships.  Total  average  deposits  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2023  were  $2.36  billion,  an  increase  of  $140.5  million,  or  6.3%,  compared  to  $2.22  billion  as  of 
December 31, 2022.

The following table presents the average balances and average rates paid on deposits during the periods presented:

(Dollars in thousands)

Deposits

For the Year Ended December 31, 

2023

2022

Average
Balance

Average
Rate

Average
Balance

Average
Rate 

Money market deposit accounts

$ 

1,296,139 

 3.86 % $ 

1,060,258 

 1.00 %

NOW accounts

Uninsured time deposits

Other time deposits

Total time deposits

Savings accounts

Total interest-bearing deposits

Noninterest-bearing accounts

177,522 

63,813 

297,286 

361,099 

19,257 

1,854,017 

510,506 

 0.38 

 3.68 

 4.16 

 4.08 

 0.06 

 3.53 

297,134 

52,457 

112,967 

165,424 

30,942 

1,553,758 

670,299 

 0.18 

 1.26 

 1.12 

 1.16 

 0.04 

 0.84 

Total deposits

$ 

2,364,523 

 2.77 % $ 

2,224,057 

 0.59 %

Average  noninterest-bearing  deposits  to  average  total  deposits  was  21.6%  and  30.1%  for  the  years  ended 

December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Our  average  cost  of  funds  was  2.92%  and  0.73%  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022, 
respectively. The increase in cost of funds was primarily driven by increased rates on interest-bearing deposit accounts and 
borrowings  due  to  the  rising  rate  environment,  a  highly  competitive  deposit  market,  and  an  increase  in  short-term 
borrowings which provided additional liquidity for funding the growth in the balance sheet.

Total money market accounts as of December 31, 2023 were $1.39 billion, an increase of $50.1 million, or 3.7%, 
compared to $1.34 billion as of December 31, 2022. NOW accounts decreased $87.3 million, or 37.2%, to $147.5 million  
compared to December 31, 2022.

Total  time  deposits  as  of  December  31,  2023  were  $496.5  million,  an  increase  of  $272.4  million,  or  121.5%, 

compared to December 31, 2022.

The  following  table  presents  the  amount  of  certificates  of  deposit  by  time  remaining  until  maturity  as  of 

December 31, 2023:

(Dollars in thousands)

Uninsured Time Deposits

Other

Total

Three Months or 
Less

Three to Six 
Months

Six to 12 
Months

After 12 
Months

$ 

$ 

37,774  $ 

26,227  $ 

26,085  $ 

3,770  $ 

133,218 

107,907 

83,402 

78,069 

170,992  $ 

134,134  $ 

109,487  $ 

81,839  $ 

Total

93,856 

402,596 

496,452 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowings

We  have  short-term  and  long-term  borrowing  sources  available  to  supplement  deposits  and  meet  our  liquidity 
needs.  As  of  December  31,  2023  and  December  31,  2022,  borrowings  totaled  $178.1  million  and  $199.0  million, 
respectively.  On  January  1,  2022,  the  Company  redeemed  subordinated  notes  due  December  31,  2026  in  the  amount  of 
$6.6  million,  which  were  redeemable  on  or  after  January  1,  2022.  On  December  5,  2022,  the  Company  completed  the 
issuance and sale of subordinated notes totaling $20.0 million in aggregate principal amount. The issuance included $0.5 
million of issuance costs resulting in a net balance of $19.5 million as of December 31, 2022.

On March 12, 2023 the Federal Reserve Board announced it would make additional funding available to eligible 
depository  institutions  to  help  assure  banks  have  the  ability  to  meet  the  needs  of  depositors  made  available  through  the 
creation  of  a  new  Bank  Term  Funding  Program  (“BTFP”).  The  BTFP  is  meant  to  be  an  additional  resource  of  liquidity 
against  high-quality  securities,  eliminating  an  institution’s  need  to  quickly  sell  those  securities  in  times  of  stress.  As  of 
December  31,  2023,  the  Company  has  pledged  a  par  value  of  $44.3  million  in  securities  under  the  BTFP  and  borrowed 
$31.0 million with a maturity date of March 27, 2024. The rate for the borrowings is based on the one year overnight swap 
rate plus 10 basis points but no lower than the interest rate on reserve balances in effect on the day the loan is made and is 
fixed over the term of the advance based on the date of the advance.

The decrease in other borrowings is primarily attributed to a decline in FHLB borrowing reliance as a result of 
increased  deposits.  Additionally,  attributable  to  the  paydown  of  loans  in  the  Paycheck  Protection  Program  Loan  Facility 
("PPPLF")  from  the  Federal  Reserve  with  a  year  end  balance  of  $3.5  million.  Borrowing  from  the  PPPLF  facility  is 
expected  to  trend  in  the  same  direction  as  the  PPP  loan  balances.  The  following  table  presents  balances  of  each  of  the 
borrowing facilities as of the dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

Borrowings

FHLB borrowings

Federal Reserve borrowings

Subordinated notes

Total

FHLB 

December 31, 

2023

2022

$ 

91,175  $ 

141,498 

34,536 

52,340 

5,388 

52,132 

$ 

178,051  $ 

199,018 

We  have  a  blanket  pledge  and  security  agreement  with  FHLB  that  requires  certain  loans  and  securities  to  be 
pledged as collateral for any outstanding borrowings under the agreement. The collateral pledged as of December 31, 2023 
and  December  31,  2022  amounted  to  $1.31  billion  and  $1.26  billion,  respectively.  Based  on  this  collateral  and  the 
Company’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Company was eligible to borrow an additional $656.6 million as of December 31, 
2023.

(Dollars in thousands)

Short-term borrowings

Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the period

Balance outstanding at end of period

Average outstanding during the period

Average interest rate during the period
Average interest rate at the end of the period

As of and for the 
Year Ended
December 31, 

2023

$ 

343,100 

91,175 

102,184 

 5.08 %
 5.58 

The Bank has borrowing capacity associated with two unsecured federal funds lines of credit up to $10 million 

and $19 million. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were no amounts outstanding on any of the federal funds lines.

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our borrowing facilities include various financial and other covenants, including, but not limited to, a requirement 
that  the  Bank  maintains  regulatory  capital  that  is  deemed  "well  capitalized"  by  federal  banking  agencies.  As  of 
December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company was in compliance with the covenant requirements.

Derivatives

Cash Flow Hedges: On March 21, 2023, the Company executed an interest rate swap with a notional amount that 
was designated as a cash flow hedge of certain Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings. The notional amount of the interest 
rate swaps does not represent amounts exchanged by the parties. The amount exchanged is determined by reference to the 
notional amount and the other terms of the individual interest rate swap agreements. The swap hedges the benchmark index 
(SOFR) with a receive float/pay fixed swap for the period March 21, 2023 through April 1, 2026. The notional amount of 
the interest rate swap as of December 31, 2023 was $50.0 million.

Derivatives  Not  Designated  as  Hedges:  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  entered  into 
interest rate swaps to offset interest rate exposure with its commercial and residential variable rate loan clients. Clients with 
variable rate loans may choose to enter into an interest rate swap to hedge the interest rate risk on the loan and effectively 
pay a fixed rate payment. The Company will simultaneously enter into an interest rate swap on the same underlying loan 
and notional amount to hedge risk on the fixed rate loan. The notional amount of interest rate swaps with its loan customers 
as  of  December  31,  2023  was  $30.3  million.  While  these  derivatives  represent  economic  hedges,  they  do  not  qualify  as 
hedges for accounting purposes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity resources primarily include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits which primarily contribute 
to  our  ability  to  raise  funds  to  support  asset  growth,  acquisitions,  and  meet  deposit  withdrawals  and  other  payment 
obligations. Access to purchased funds primarily include the ability to borrow from FHLB, other correspondent banks and 
the use of brokered deposits. 

86

The following table presents, during the periods shown, the composition of our funding sources and the average 

assets in which those funds are invested as a percentage of average total assets for the periods presented.

Sources of Funds:

Deposits:

Noninterest-bearing

Interest-bearing

FHLB and Federal Reserve borrowings

Subordinated notes

Other liabilities

Shareholders’ equity

Total

Uses of Funds:

Total loans

Investment securities

Correspondent bank stock

Mortgage loans held for sale

Loans held at fair value

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

Federal funds sold

Noninterest-earning assets

Total

Average noninterest-bearing deposits to total average deposits

Average loans to total average deposits

Average interest-bearing deposits to total average deposits

Average Percentage for the Year Ended
 December 31, 

2023

2022

 18.12 %

 65.79 

 4.71 

 1.85 

 0.88 

 8.65 

 25.72 %

 59.62 

 3.72 

 1.31 

 0.81 

 8.82 

 100.00 %

 100.00 %

 87.21 %

 81.49 %

 2.81 

 0.29 

 0.41 

 0.66 

 4.17 

 — 

 4.45 

 2.84 

 0.19 

 0.60 

 0.60 

 9.54 

 0.03 

 4.71 

 100.00 %

 21.59 %

 104.85 

 78.41 

 100.00 %

 30.14 %

 96.16 

 69.86 

Our primary source of funds is interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits, and our primary use of funds is 

loans. We do not expect a change in the primary source or use of our funds in the foreseeable future.

Capital Resources

Total shareholders’ equity increased $1.9 million, or 0.8%, to $242.7 million as of December 31, 2023 compared 

to December 31, 2022. The increase is primarily due to net income.

On  January  6,  2022,  the  Company  filed  a  Form  S-3  Registration  Statement  with  the  SEC  providing  that  the 
Company may offer and sell from time to time, separately or together, in multiple series or in one or more offerings, any 
combination  of  common  stock,  preferred  stock,  debt  securities,  warrants,  depository  shares  and  units,  up  to  a  maximum 
aggregate offer price of $100 million.

We  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  adequacy  requirements  at  a  consolidated  level  and  the  bank  level. 
These  requirements  are  administered  by  federal  banking  agencies.  Failure  to  meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can 
initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct 
material effect on our consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, the 
regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action,  we  must  meet  specific  capital  guidelines  that  involve  quantitative 
measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. 

87

 
 
Capital  levels  are  viewed  as  important  indicators  of  an  institution’s  financial  soundness  by  banking  regulators. 
Generally,  FDIC-insured  depository  institutions  and  their  holding  companies  are  required  to  maintain  minimum  capital 
relative  to  the  amount  and  types  of  assets  they  hold.  As  of  December  31,  2023  and  December  31,  2022,  our  holding 
company and Bank were in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements, and the Bank was classified as 
"well  capitalized,"  for  purposes  of  the  prompt  corrective  action  regulations.  As  we  continue  to  grow  our  operations  and 
maintain capital requirements, our regulatory capital levels may decrease depending on our level of earnings. We continue 
to monitor growth and control our capital activities in order to remain in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital 
standards.

The following table presents our regulatory capital ratios for the dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

Amount

Ratio 

Amount

Ratio 

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

Bank

Consolidated

CET1 to risk-weighted assets

Bank

Consolidated

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

Bank 

Consolidated

Tier 1 capital to average assets

Bank

Consolidated

$ 

244,390 

 10.54 % $ 

234,738 

218,150 

9.40 

212,229 

 10.29 %

9.28 

244,390 

218,150 

265,391 

292,151 

244,390 

218,150 

10.54 

9.40 

11.45 

12.59 

8.71 

7.77 

234,738 

212,229 

252,398 

282,889 

234,738 

212,229 

10.29 

9.28 

11.06 

12.37 

8.65 

7.81 

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We enter into credit-related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to 
meet  the  financing  needs  of  our  clients.  These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend  credit.  Such 
commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Commitments may expire without being utilized. Our exposure to credit loss is represented 
by the contractual amount of these commitments, although material losses are not anticipated. We follow the same credit 
policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments. 

The following presents future contractual obligations to make future payments for the periods presented:

(Dollars in thousands)

As of December 31, 2023

1 Year
or Less

More than 
1 Year but Less
than 3 Years

More than 
3 Years but Less
than 5 Years

5 Years 
or More

FHLB and Federal Reserve

$ 

122,172  $ 

— 

414,613 

3,506 

—  $ 

— 

44,670 

4,165 

3,539  $ 

— 

$ 

— 

37,169 

2,429 

52,340 

(1)

— 

1,436 

$ 

540,291  $ 

48,835  $ 

43,137  $ 

53,776 

$ 

Total

125,711 

52,340 

496,452 

11,536 

686,039 

Subordinated notes

Time deposits

Minimum lease payments

Total

_____________________________
(1)

Reflects contractual maturity dates of March 31, 2030, December 1, 2030, September 1, 2031, and December 15, 2032. 

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  presents  financial  instruments  whose  contract  amounts  represent  credit  risk,  as  of  the  periods 

presented:

(Dollars in thousands)

Unused lines of credit

Standby letters of credit

Commitments to make loans to sell

Commitments to make loans

December 31, 

2023

December 31, 

2022

Fixed Rate

  Variable Rate

Fixed Rate

  Variable Rate

$ 

86,398  $ 

540,255  $ 

211,285  $ 

601,202 

13,922 

18,917 

5,275 

12,094 

— 

7,115 

8,571 

13,553 

20,895 

16,737 

— 

81,663 

We  may  enter  into  contracts  for  services  in  the  conduct  of  ordinary  business  operations,  which  may  require 
payment for services to be provided in the future and may contain penalty clauses for early termination of the contracts. We 
do not believe these off-balance sheet arrangements have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial 
condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources. However, there 
can be no assurance that such arrangements will not have an effect on future operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and 
judgments  that  affect  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  income,  and  expenses.  We  base  estimates  on  historical 
experience  and  on  various  other  assumptions  that  are  believed  to  be  reasonable  under  current  circumstances,  results  of 
which  form  the  basis  for  making  judgments  about  the  carrying  value  of  certain  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily 
available from other sources. Estimates are evaluated on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates 
under different assumptions or conditions.

We have identified our Allowance for Credit Losses ("ACL"), Goodwill, and Fair Value Measurement as being 
critical  because  our  policies  require  management  to  use  significant  judgement  and  use  subjective  and  complex 
measurements about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts 
would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. 

Our accounting policies and procedures, including those identified as being critical, are described in further detail 
in Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

ACL: Our ACL policies govern the processes and procedures used to estimate potential for credit losses in our 
loan receivables and held-to-maturity debt securities. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures not accounted for 
as  insurance  (loan  commitments,  standby  letters  of  credit,  financial  guarantees,  and  other  similar  instruments)  and  net 
investments in leases recognized by a lessor. 

ACL - loans: The ACL is a valuation account that is deducted from the loans’ amortized cost basis to present the 
net  amount  expected  to  be  collected  on  the  loans.  We  perform  periodic  and  systematic  detailed  reviews  of  our  loan 
portfolio to assess overall collectability. The level of the ACL on loans reflects our estimate of the losses expected in the 
loan portfolio over the assets’ contractual term. As of December 31, 2023, the ACL had an ending balance of $23.9 million 
compared to the prior year ending balance of $17.2 million, which is prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13. 

The ACL is an estimate that is subject to uncertainty due to the various assumptions and judgments used in the 
estimation  process.  The  estimate  is  based  on  our  quantitative  discounted  cash  flow  models  using  economic  forecasts 
including; HPI, GDP, and national unemployment. Potential changes in any one economic variable may or may not affect 
the overall allowance because a variety of economic variables and inputs are considered in estimating the allowance, and 
changes in those variables and inputs may not occur at the same rate, may not be consistent across product types and may 
have offsetting impacts to other changing variables and inputs.  

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additionally, our ACL model adjusts for qualitative factors in addition to historical information and our economic 
forecast.  Management  considered  factors  that  are  likely  to  cause  estimated  credit  losses  and  differ  from  historical  loss 
experience.  The  factors  management  reviews  include  acquired  loan  underwriting,  residential  mortgage  debt-to-income, 
macroeconomic factors, concentration of our loan portfolio, negative probability of default, classified loan trends, non-core  
loans, loan to value ratios, and CRE exposure. 

See  Note 4 – Loans and the Allowance For Credit Losses for further details of the factors considered by us in 

estimating the necessary level of the ACL for loans.

Goodwill:  Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  net  identifiable  tangible  and 
intangible  assets  acquired  in  business  combinations.  We  have  acquired  other  identifiable  intangible  assets,  primarily 
consisting  of  customer  relationships,  non-competition  agreements,  and  recorded  goodwill  through  its  acquisition  of 
financial services companies. 

We  are  required  to  assess  our  goodwill  for  impairment  on  an  annual  basis,  or  more  frequently  if  deemed 
necessary. We have selected October 31 as the date to perform our annual impairment test. The test is performed at the 
reporting unit level by applying a fair value-based test using discounted estimated future net cash flows. Impairment exists 
when the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds estimated fair values. The estimate is considered to have a low level of 
uncertainty  unless  a  triggering  event  occurs.  Events  that  may  trigger  goodwill  impairment  include  deterioration  in 
economic  conditions,  increased  competitive  environment,  negative  trends  in  overall  financial  performance,  legal  or 
regulatory proceedings, loss of key personnel, and change in strategy or sustained decreases in share value.   

We  performed  a  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test  as  of  October  31,  2023  with  the  assistance  of  an 
independent  third-party  firm  specializing  in  goodwill  impairment  valuations  for  financial  institutions.    The  quantitative 
impairment  testing  involves  management  judgment,  using  widely  accepted  valuation  techniques,  such  as  the  market 
approach  (earnings  multiples  and/or  transaction  multiples)  and  the  income  approach  (discounted  cash  flow  ("DCF") 
method). In applying these methodologies, the Company utilizes several factors, including actual operating results, future 
business plans, economic projections and market data. The Company provided a five year forecast for the analysis based on 
the  historical  growth  we  have  experienced,  in  addition,  we  provided  a  stressed  scenario  which  forecasted  growth  using 
assumptions similar to the economic environment in 2023.  Both scenarios produced an estimated fair value that exceeded 
the carrying value of goodwill.  After the company recorded the impact of a loan related subsequent event, Management 
updated the Goodwill impairment analysis as of December 31, 2023. 

Significant  negative  industry  or  economic  trends,  including  declines  in  the  market  price  of  our  stock,  reduced 
estimates of future cash flows or business disruptions could result in impairments to goodwill in the future, which would 
result  in  recording  an  impairment  loss.  Any  resulting  impairment  loss  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial 
condition  and  results  of  operation.  Management  will  continue  evaluating  the  economic  conditions  at  future  reporting 
periods for triggering events. 

Goodwill totaled $30.4 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there has 
not been any impairment of goodwill identified or recorded. See Note 6 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for further 
information on Goodwill. 

Fair Value Measurements: Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a 
liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between 
market  participants  on  the  measurement  date.  The  amount  of  management  judgement  and  uncertainty  involved  when 
determining  the  fair  value  of  a  financial  instrument  is  dependent  on  the  availability  of  quoted  market  prices  or  other 
observable inputs. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, 
credit  risk,  prepayments,  and  other  factors,  especially  in  the  absence  of  broad  markets  for  particular  items.  Changes  in 
assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates. Items measured at fair value are classified as 
Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy dependent on the amount of information available.  

Financial assets and liabilities that we record at fair value on a reoccurring basis include equity securities, equity 
warrants,  financial  guarantee  asset  and  liability,  derivatives,  mortgage  related  derivatives,  loans  held  for  investment 
accounted for under fair value, mortgage loans held for sale, and loans held for sale.

90

  As  of  December  31,  2023,  $23.8  million  or  0.80%  of  our  total  assets  and  $1.1  million  or  0.04%,  of  our  total 
liabilities were recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  As of December 31, 2022, $36.1 million or 1.26% of our total 
assets and none of our total liabilities were recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. 

Additionally,  other  assets  and  liabilities  may  be  recorded  at  fair  value  on  a  nonrecurring  basis  including  Other 
Real Estate Owned ("OREO") or Collateral Dependent Loans. These typically result in Level 3 classification of the inputs 
for determining fair value. See Note 16 – Fair Value for further details on the estimates and assumptions used and assets 
and liabilities valued at fair measurements.

91

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market prices and rates, 
foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. Our market risk arises primarily from interest rate 
risk inherent in lending, investing and deposit taking activities. To that end, management actively monitors and manages 
interest rate risk exposure. We do not have any market risk sensitive instruments entered into for trading purposes.

Management  uses  various  asset/liability  strategies  to  manage  the  re-pricing  characteristics  of  our  assets  and 
liabilities designed to ensure that exposure to interest rate fluctuations is limited within established guidelines of acceptable 
levels of risk-taking.

The board of directors monitors interest rate risk by analyzing the potential impact on the net economic value of 
equity and net interest income from potential changes in interest rates, and considers the impact of alternative strategies or 
changes  in  balance  sheet  structure.  We  manage  our  balance  sheet  in  part  to  maintain  the  potential  impact  on  economic 
value of equity and net interest income within acceptable ranges despite changes in interest rates.

Our exposure to interest rate risk is reviewed at least quarterly by the board of directors. Interest rate risk exposure 
is  measured  using  interest  rate  sensitivity  analysis  to  determine  the  change  in  economic  value  of  equity  in  the  event  of 
hypothetical changes in interest rates. If potential changes to net economic value of equity and net interest income resulting 
from hypothetical interest rate changes are not within the limits established by our board of directors, the board of directors 
may direct management to adjust the asset and liability mix to bring interest rate risk within board-approved limits.

The  following  presents  the  sensitivity  in  net  interest  income  and  fair  value  of  equity  as  of  the  dates  indicated, 

using a parallel ramp scenario.

Change in Interest Rates (Basis Points)

200

100

Base

-100

-200

As of December 31, 2023

As of December 31, 2022

Percent Change
in Net Interest
Income

Percent Change
in Fair Value of
Equity

Percent Change
in Net Interest
Income

Percent Change
in Fair Value of
Equity 

 (5.19) %

 (2.82) 

 — 

 2.38 

 8.27 

 (11.03) %

 (5.90) 

 — 

 3.16 

 (5.27) 

 (2.26) %

 (1.13) 

 — 

 1.08 

 4.33 

 (9.99) %

 (5.09) 

 — 

 2.07 

 (4.27) 

The model simulations as of December 31, 2023 imply that our balance sheet is more liability sensitive compared 

to our balance sheet as of December 31, 2022.

Although the simulation model is useful in identifying potential exposure to interest rate changes, actual results 
for net interest income and economic value of equity may differ. There are a variety of factors that can impact the outcomes 
such  as  timing  and  magnitude  of  interest  rate  changes,  asset  and  liability  mix,  pre-payment  speeds,  deposit  beta 
assumptions,  and  decay  rates  that  differ  from  our  projections.  Additionally,  the  results  do  not  account  for  actions 
implemented to manage our interest rate risk exposure.

92

Impact of Inflation

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  notes  included  within  this  Form  10-K  have  been  prepared  in 
accordance with GAAP, which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical 
dollars, without considering changes in the relative value of money over time due to inflation or recession.

Our assets and liabilities are substantially monetary in nature. Therefore, changes in interest rates can significantly 
impact our performance beyond the general effects of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction 
or magnitude as prices of general goods and services, while other operating expenses can be correlated with the impact of 
general levels of inflation.

93

ITEM 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Our  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes,  including  the  Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public 

Accounting Firm, are set forth on pages F-1 to F-59 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Audited Financial Statements

Description

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 173)

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31,2023 and 2022

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page Number

F-1

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-9

F-11

94

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Shareholders and the Board of Directors
First Western Financial, Inc. 
Denver, Colorado

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  First  Western  Financial,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  as  of 
December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, 
and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our 
opinion,  the  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the  Company  as  of 
December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity 
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States)  (“PCAOB”),  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023,  based  on  criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 15, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for allowance for 
credit losses effective January 1, 2023, due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards 
Codification  No.  326,  Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses  (ASC  326).  The  Company  adopted  the  new  credit  loss 
standard  using  the  modified  retrospective  method  such  that  prior  period  amounts  are  not  adjusted  and  continue  to  be 
reported in accordance with previously applicable generally accepted accounting principles. The adoption of the new credit 
loss standard and its subsequent application is also communicated as a critical audit matter below.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB 
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits 
also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as 
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements 
that  was  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that:  (1)  relates  to  accounts  or 
disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex 
judgments.  The  communication  of  the  critical  audit  matter  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  financial 
statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by  communicating  the  critical  audit  matter  below,  providing  a  separate 
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 

Allowance for Credit Losses (“ACL”) on Loans – Modeling Techniques and Qualitative Adjustments

As disclosed in Notes 1 and 4 and the explanatory paragraph above, on January 1, 2023, the Company adopted ASC 326 
which replaced the probable incurred loss methodology with a current expected credit loss (“CECL”) methodology. As of 
January 1, 2023, the Company recorded a reduction in retained earnings, net of tax of $5.3 million as a cumulative-effect 
adjustment  using  a  modified  retrospective  approach.    The  cumulative  effect  adjustment  for  the  ACL  on  loans  was  $3.5 
million. As of December 31, 2023, the Company’s ACL on loans was $23.9 million and provision for credit losses on loans 
was $12.1 million for the year then ended.  

F-1

The  Company  primarily  uses  a  discounted  cash  flow  ("DCF")  methodology  using  the  amortized  cost  method  (excluding 
interest)  to  calculate  the  ACL  on  loans,  which  the  Company  has  applied  to  identified  loan  segments  with  similar  risk 
characteristics.  The  methodology  incorporates  loan-level  information  with  pool-level  assumptions  to  produce  individual 
expected  cash  flows  for  each  loan  within  a  segment.  The  forecasted  pool-level  assumptions  are  impacted  by  a  mix  of 
macroeconomic  factors  not  limited  to,  but  including  gross  domestic  product,  national  unemployment  rates,  and  housing 
price indices.  The modeling technique selected requires management to use significant judgment and use subjective and 
complex measurements about matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in the assumptions used in the estimate may 
not  occur  at  the  same  rate,  may  not  be  consistent  in  across  product  types,  and  may  have  offsetting  impacts  to  other 
changing variables and inputs, which could have a material effect on the Company’s financial results.  

The  Company  also  utilizes  qualitative  adjustments  to  account  for  credit  losses  that  are  not  inherently  considered  in  the 
quantitative analyses. These adjustments are subjectively selected by management and are based on factors that are likely 
to cause estimated credit losses that differ from historical loss experience. 

The audit procedures performed over the modeling techniques used to develop the ACL model and qualitative adjustments 
have  been  identified  as  a  critical  audit  matter  due  to  the  high  degree  of  auditor  judgment  and  significant  audit  effort 
including the use of internal credit and valuation specialists in evaluating the model due to its complexity.  

Our audit procedures to address this critical audit matter primarily included the following:

a. Tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the modeling techniques and qualitative adjustments used in 
the  estimate  for  ACL  on  loans  as  of  both  adoption  date  of  January  1,  2023  and  as  of  December  31,  2023, 
including:

i.

ii.

iii.

iv.

The  Company's  ACL  committee's  oversight  and  approval  of  management's  application  of  accounting 
policies, selection and implementation of modeling techniques, and evaluation of qualitative adjustments 
determined by management. 
The  Company’s  ACL  committee’s  review  and  approval  of  the  qualitative  adjustments  used,  and  the 
relevance and reliability of the data used therein.
Management’s controls over the completeness and accuracy of the data and reasonableness of such data 
utilized in the determination of ACL on loans.
Management's controls over third-party model validation and testing of model performance including the 
conceptual soundness and viability of the modeling techniques selected.

a. Substantively  tested  management’s  application  of  the  selected  modeling  techniques  and  qualitative  adjustments 
used in the estimate for ACL on loans as of both adoption date of January 1, 2023 and as of December 31, 2023, 
including:

i.

ii.

iii.
iv.

v.

Evaluated the appropriateness of the accounting policies, modeling techniques employed, including but 
not  limited  to  evaluating  their  conceptual  soundness  and  evaluated  the  reasonableness  of  significant 
assumptions and judgments used the evaluation of ACL on loans.
Evaluated the reasonableness of management’s assumptions and judgments used in the determination of 
the qualitative adjustments.
Evaluated the reliability and relevancy of data used as a basis for the qualitative adjustments.
Tested the completeness and accuracy of the data utilized in management’s ACL methodology to derive 
the ACL on loans.
Utilized internal valuation services as specialists to assist in evaluating the model performance, including 
conceptual soundness and viability of the modeling techniques deployed in the Company's ACL model.

/s/ Crowe LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2013.

Denver, Colorado
March 15, 2024

F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Shareholders and the Board of Directors 
First Western Financial, Inc.
Denver, Colorado

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited First Western Financial Inc.’s (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31,  2023,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework:  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material 
respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023,  based  on  criteria  established  in 
Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by COSO.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States)  (“PCAOB”),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Company  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the  related 
consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, 
and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements") and our report dated March 15, 2024 expressed 
an unqualified opinion. 

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Report  on 
Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.    We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered 
with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal 
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and 
operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.    Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other 
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and 
procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and 
that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

F-3

                                                                                                /s/ Crowe LLP

Denver, Colorado
March 15, 2024

F-4

FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share amounts)

Assets
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and due from banks
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

Total cash and cash equivalents

Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses of $71 
and $0 (fair value of $66,617 and $74,718), respectively
Correspondent bank stock, at cost
Mortgage loans held for sale, at fair value
Loans held for sale, at fair value
Loans (includes $13,726 and $23,321 measured at fair value, respectively)
Allowance for credit losses(1)

Loans, net

Premises and equipment, net
Accrued interest receivable
Accounts receivable
Other receivables
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net
Deferred tax assets, net
Company-owned life insurance
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities
Deposits:

Noninterest-bearing
Interest-bearing
Total deposits

Borrowings:

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve borrowings
Subordinated notes
Accrued interest payable
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Shareholders' Equity
Preferred stock - no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 0 issued and outstanding
Common stock - no par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized; 9,581,183 and 9,495,440 
shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, 
respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

$ 

7,284  $ 

247,158 
254,442 

4,926 
191,586 
196,512 

74,102 
7,155 
7,254 
— 
2,530,915 

(23,931)   

2,506,984 
25,256 
11,428 
5,095 
4,467 
31,854 
6,407 
16,530 
24,488 
2,975,462  $ 

$ 

$ 

482,579  $ 

2,046,460 
2,529,039 

125,711 
52,340 
3,793 
21,841 
2,732,724 

81,056 
7,110 
8,839 
1,965 
2,469,413 
(17,183) 

2,452,230 
25,118 
10,445 
4,873 
1,973 
32,104 
6,914 
16,152 
21,457 
2,866,748 

583,092 
1,822,137 
2,405,229 

146,886 
52,132 
1,125 
20,512 
2,625,884 

— 

— 

— 
192,894 
51,042 
(1,198)   

242,738 
2,975,462  $ 

$ 

— 
190,494 
51,887 
(1,517) 
240,864 
2,866,748 

(1) Allowance for credit loss amounts for periods prior to the ASC 326 adoption date of January 1, 2023 are reported in accordance with previously 
applicable GAAP. 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

Interest and dividend income:

Loans, including fees
Loans accounted for under the fair value option
Investment securities
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions
Dividends, restricted stock

Total interest and dividend income

Interest expense:

Deposits
Other borrowed funds

Total interest expense

Net interest income

Less: Provision for credit losses(1)

Net interest income, after provision for credit losses

Non-interest income:

Trust and investment management fees
Net gain on mortgage loans
Net loss on loans held for sale
Bank fees
Risk management and insurance fees
Income on company-owned life insurance
Net gain on equity interests

Net loss on loans accounted for under the fair value option
Unrealized (loss)/gain recognized on equity securities
Other

Total non-interest income

Total income before non-interest expense

Non-interest expense:

Salaries and employee benefits
Occupancy and equipment
Professional services
Technology and information systems
Data processing
Marketing
Amortization of other intangible assets
Net gain on assets held for sale
Net gain on sale of other real estate owned
Other

Total non-interest expense

Income before income taxes

Income tax expense

$ 

135,429  $ 
1,335 
2,463 
5,711 
620 
145,558 

95,170 
1,347 
2,053 
2,245 
381 
101,196 

13,012 
4,258 
17,270 
83,926 
3,682 
80,244 

18,943 
4,584 
(12) 
2,660 
1,231 
349 
7 

(891) 
342 
477 
27,690 
107,934 

48,248 
7,520 
7,896 
4,462 
4,285 
1,888 
308 
(4) 
(44) 
4,547 
79,106 
28,828 
7,130 
21,698 

65,460 
8,993 
74,453 
71,105 
10,355 
60,750 

18,788 
2,826 
(178)   
2,022 
919 
378 
— 

(2,010)   
(22)   
(775)   

21,948 
82,698 

45,202 
7,597 
7,638 
3,497 
4,539 
1,540 
250 
— 
— 
5,374 
75,637 
7,061 
1,836 
5,225  $ 

Net income available to common shareholders

$ 

Earnings per common share:

Basic
Diluted

0.55 
0.54 

2.29 
2.23 

(1)  Provision  for  credit  loss  amounts  for  periods  prior  to  the  ASC  326  adoption  date  of  January  1,  2023  are  reported  in  accordance  with  previously 
applicable GAAP. 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)

Net income

Other comprehensive (loss)/income:

Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities

Income tax effect

Amortization of net unrealized loss for the reclassification of available-for-sale 
securities transferred to held-to-maturity included in interest income

Income tax effect

Unrealized gain on cash flow hedge

Income tax effect

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

Comprehensive income

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

5,225  $ 

21,698 

— 

— 

354 

(93)   

77 

(19)   

319 

$ 

5,544  $ 

(2,591) 

638 

283 

(70) 

— 

— 

(1,740) 

19,958 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except share amounts)

Shares
Common
Stock

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive 
Income/(Loss)

Total

Balance, January 1, 2022

9,419,271 $  188,629  $ 

30,189  $ 

223  $  219,041 

Net income

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax and 
reclassifications

Settlement of share awards

Options exercised

Stock-based compensation

Balance, December 31, 2022
Cumulative change in accounting principle(1)
Balance at January 1, 2023 (as adjusted for 
change in accounting principle)

—  

—  

67,860  

8,309  

—  

— 

— 

(876)   

179 

2,562 

21,698 

— 

21,698 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1,740)   

(1,740) 

— 

— 

— 

(876) 

179 

2,562 

9,495,440 $  190,494  $ 

51,887  $ 

(1,517)  $  240,864 

—  

— 

(5,319)   

— 

(5,319) 

9,495,440  

190,494 

46,568 

(1,517)   

235,545 

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax and 
reclassifications

Dissolution of RSI entity

Settlement of share awards

Options exercised

Stock-based compensation

—  

—  

—  

73,483  

12,260  

—  

— 

5,225 

— 

5,225 

— 

751 

(439)   

245 

1,843 

— 

(751)   

— 

— 

— 

319 

— 

— 

— 

— 

319 

— 

(439) 

245 

1,843 

Balance, December 31, 2023
(1) Refer to Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further information

9,581,183 $  192,894  $ 

51,042  $ 

(1,198)  $  242,738 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

Net amortization of investment securities

Stock dividends received on correspondent bank stock
Provision for credit losses(1)

Loss on loans held for sale

Net gain on mortgage loans

Origination of mortgage loans held for sale

Proceeds from mortgage loans

Loss/(Gain) on disposal of fixed assets

Depreciation and amortization

Net amortization of purchase accounting adjustments

Deferred income tax expense

Increase in cash surrender value of company-owned life insurance

Stock-based compensation

Gain on assets held for sale

Gain on sale of other real estate owned

Change in fair value of equity securities

Change in fair value of loans accounted for under the fair value option

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Change in accounts receivable

Change in accrued interest receivable and other assets

Change in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Activity in available-for-sale securities:

Maturities, prepayments, and calls

Purchases

Activity in held-to-maturity securities:

Maturities, prepayments, and calls
Purchases

Purchases of correspondent bank stock

Redemption of correspondent bank stock

Contributions to low-income housing tax credit investments

Loan and note receivable originations and principal collections, net

Purchases of premises and equipment

Proceeds from loans held for sale previously classified as loans held for investment

Purchase of loans

Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Net change in deposits

Payments to Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

Payments to Federal Reserve borrowings

Proceeds from Federal Reserve borrowings

Payments on subordinated notes

Proceeds from subordinated notes, net of issuance costs

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

Settlement of restricted stock

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

F-9

Years Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

5,225  $ 

21,698 

(14) 

(620) 

10,355 

178 

(2,826) 

(276,045) 

280,462 

8 

2,377 

457 

2,057 

(378) 

1,843 

— 

— 

22 

2,010 

(307) 

(4,513) 

1,589 

21,880 

— 

— 

7,243 

— 

(40,819) 

41,394 

(1,140) 

(110,151) 

(2,347) 

40,602 

(1,173) 

— 

— 

130 

(381) 

3,682 

12 

(4,584) 

(439,682) 

466,988 

(21) 

2,012 

55 

557 

(349) 

2,562 

(4) 

(44) 

(342) 

891 

426 

(3,647) 

(1,681) 

48,278 

3,218 

(9,000) 

9,040 

(31,189) 

(13,999) 

9,854 

(214) 

(487,973) 

(2,967) 

— 

(36,115) 

125 

422 

(66,391) 

(558,798) 

123,810 

(1,572,743) 

1,482,419 

(292,511) 

361,660 

— 

— 

245 

(439) 

199,555 

(545,920) 

677,418 

(23,241) 

— 

(6,575) 

19,509 

179 

(876) 

102,441 

320,049 

57,930 

196,512 

$ 

254,442  $ 

(190,471) 

386,983 

196,512 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(continued)
(in thousands) 

Supplemental cash flow information:

Interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds

Income tax payment

Cash paid for lease liabilities

Supplemental noncash disclosures:

Transfer of loans held for investment to loans held for sale

Adoption of ASU 2016-13, net of tax

Dissolution of RSI entity

Change in unrealized (loss)/gain on available-for-sale securities

Lease right-of-use-asset obtained in exchange for lease liabilities

Transfer of securities from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity

$ 

71,785  $ 

2,907 

3,163 

39,221 

5,319 

751 

— 

2,992 

— 

16,500 

5,242 

3,354 

1,985 

— 

— 

(2,591) 

801 

58,727 

Transfer from loans to other real estate owned

378 
(1)  Provision  for  credit  loss  amounts  for  periods  prior  to  the  ASC  326  adoption  date  of  January  1,  2023  are  reported  in  accordance  with  previously 
applicable GAAP. 

— 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIRST WESTERN FINANCIAL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business and Basis of Presentation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of First Western 
Financial, Inc. ("FWFI"), incorporated in Colorado on July 18, 2002, and its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries 
listed below (collectively referred to as the "Company," "we," "us," or "our").

FWFI is a bank holding company with financial holding company status registered with the Board of Governors 
of the Federal Reserve System. FWFI wholly owns the following subsidiary: First Western Trust Bank (the "Bank"). The 
Bank  wholly  owns  First  Western  Merger  Corporation  ("Merger  Corp."),  which  is  therefore  indirectly  wholly-owned  by 
FWFI. RRI, LLC ("RRI"), which was wholly owned by the Bank, was dissolved on February 3, 2023. Ryder, Stilwell Inc. 
("RSI"), which was wholly owned by FWFI, was dissolved on March 21, 2023.

The Company provides a fully-integrated suite of wealth management services including private banking, personal 
trust,  investment  management,  mortgage  loans,  and  institutional  asset  management  services  to  individual  and  corporate 
clients  principally  in  Colorado  (metro  Denver,  Aspen,  Boulder,  Fort  Collins  and  Vail  Valley),  Arizona  (Phoenix  and 
Scottsdale),  California  (Century  City),  Montana  (Bozeman),  and  Wyoming  (Jackson  Hole,  Pinedale,  and  Rock  Springs). 
The Company’s revenues are generated from its full range of product offerings as noted above, but principally from net 
interest  income  (the  interest  income  earned  on  the  Bank’s  assets  net  of  funding  costs),  fee-based  wealth  advisory, 
investment management, asset management and personal trust services, and net gains earned on mortgage loans.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") for financial information, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the 
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and where applicable, reporting practices prescribed for the banking 
and investment advisory industries. 

Consolidation:  The  Company’s  policy  is  to  consolidate  all  majority-owned  subsidiaries  in  which  it  has  a 
controlling financial interest and variable-interest entities where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. All 
material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Business Combinations and Divestitures: Business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method 
of  accounting.  Under  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting,  the  total  consideration  transferred  in  connection  with  the 
acquisition is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest 
in  the  acquired  entity  based  on  fair  values.  Goodwill  acquired  in  connection  with  business  combinations  represents  the 
excess  of  consideration  transferred  over  the  net  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired.  Certain  assumptions 
and  estimates  are  used  in  evaluating  the  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.  These  estimates  may  be 
affected by factors such as changing market conditions or changes in government regulations.

Use of Estimates: To prepare financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management makes estimates and 
assumptions  based  on  available  information.  These  estimates  and  assumptions  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the 
consolidated financial statements and the disclosures provided, and actual results could differ. Information available which 
could affect these judgments include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, changes in the performance of the 
economy,  and  changes  in  the  financial  condition  of  borrowers.  Material  estimates  that  are  particularly  susceptible  to 
significant change include: the determination of the allowance for credit losses, the evaluation of goodwill impairment, and 
the fair value of financial instruments. 

Concentration of Credit Risk: Most of the Company’s lending activity is to clients located in and around metro 
Denver,  Aspen,  Fort  Collins,  Boulder,  and  Vail,  Colorado;  Phoenix  and  Scottsdale,  Arizona;  Bozeman,  Montana;  and 
Jackson, Pinedale, and Rock Springs, Wyoming. The Company does not believe it has significant concentrations in any one 
industry or customer. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, 76.1% and 77.9%, respectively, of the Company’s 
loan  portfolio  was  secured  by  real  estate  collateral.  Declines  in  real  estate  values  in  the  primary  markets  the  Company 
operates in could negatively impact the Company.

F-11

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents:  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  on  hand,  deposits  at  other  financial 
institutions with original maturities fewer than 90 days, and federal funds sold. Net cash flows are reported for customer 
loan  and  deposit  transactions,  interest  bearing  deposits  in  other  financial  institutions,  and  federal  funds  purchased  and 
repurchase agreements.

Investment  Securities:  Investments  we  intend  to  hold  for  an  indefinite  period  of  time,  but  not  necessarily  to 
maturity, are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value using current market information from a pricing 
service, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. 
The carrying values of our investment securities classified as available-for-sale are adjusted for unrealized gain or loss, and 
any gain or loss is reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity.

Investments  for  which  we  have  the  intent  and  ability  to  hold  to  their  maturity  are  classified  as  held-to-maturity 
securities and are recorded at amortized cost.  Securities held-to-maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization 
of premiums and the accretion of discounts using the level-yield method over the remaining period until maturity.

Equity  mutual  funds  are  recorded  at  fair  value  within  the  Other  assets  line  of  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets 
with changes recorded in the Unrealized gain/(loss) recognized on equity securities line of the Consolidated Statements of 
Income.

The Company invests in projects to create affordable housing. These investments are classified as Other assets on 
the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  Investments  in  affordable  housing  projects  that  qualify  for  low-income  housing  tax 
credits  ("LIHTC")  are  accounted  for  using  the  proportional  amortization  method.  Under  the  proportional  amortization 
method,  the  initial  cost  of  the  investment  is  amortized  in  proportion  to  the  tax  credits  and  other  benefits  received  and 
recognized as a component of applicable income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Net purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms 
of  the  securities,  without  anticipating  prepayments,  except  for  mortgage-backed  securities  where  prepayments  are 
anticipated. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) ("ASU 2016-13"), 
credit  declines  in  the  fair  value  of  available-for-sale  securities  and  held-to-maturity  securities  below  their  cost  that  are 
deemed to be other-than-temporary are recorded in earnings as realized losses in Non-interest income. 

Held-to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to 
hold  them  to  maturity.  The  majority  of  our  held-to-maturity  investment  portfolio  consists  of  securities  issues  by  U.S. 
government entities and agencies. These securities are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, 
are highly rated by major rating agencies, and have a long history of no credit losses. With respect to these securities, we 
consider the risk of credit loss to be zero and, therefore, we have elected the practical expedient to not record an ACL for 
these  securities.  The  Company's  non-government  backed  securities  include  private  label  CMO  and  MBS  and  bank 
subordinated debt. Private label refers to private institutions such as brokerage firms, banks, and home builders, that also 
securitize mortgages.

Management  measures  expected  credit  losses  on  held-to-maturity  debt  securities  on  a  collective  basis  by  major 
security type. Accrued interest receivable on held-to-maturity debt securities is excluded from the estimate of credit losses. 
The estimate of expected credit losses considers historical credit loss information that is adjusted for current conditions and 
reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts.  Management  classifies  the  held-to-maturity  portfolio  into  the  following  major 
security types: Corporate bonds and Corporate CMO and MBS. Management reviewed the collectability of corporate CMO 
and  MBS  securities  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as  the  asset  quality  of  the  corporate  bond  issuers  and  credit 
support and delinquencies associated with the corporate CMO and MBS. 

Correspondent Bank Stock: Correspondent bank stock includes stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka 
("FHLB"),  Federal  Reserve  Bank  ("FRB"),  and  Bankers’  Bank  of  the  West  ("BBW"),  which  are  considered  restricted 
securities  because  the  Company  may  be  required  to  hold  the  stock  in  order  to  maintain  the  correspondent  banking 
relationship with these institutions. No ready market exists for the FHLB and FRB stock and therefore, no quoted market 
values exist. For financial reporting purposes, the FHLB and FRB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security 
and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. The BBW stock is carried at fair value. 
No impairment was recorded as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income 
when received.

F-12

Mortgage  Loans  Held  for  Sale:  Mortgage  loans  originated  and  intended  for  sale  in  the  secondary  market  are 
carried at fair value. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded and charged to earnings. Servicing rights are released when 
the associated mortgage loans are sold. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference between the 
selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold. 

Loans:  Loans  the  Company  has  the  intent  and  ability  to  hold  for  the  foreseeable  future,  until  maturity,  or  until 
payoff are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, adjusted for charge-offs and recoveries, net of deferred 
costs  (fees)  and  unamortized  premiums/(unaccreted  discounts),  and  the  allowance  for  credit  losses.  Interest  income  is 
accrued on unpaid principal balances. Fees received at origination, net of certain direct origination costs for providing loan 
commitments  and  letters  of  credit  that  result  in  loans,  are  deferred  and  amortized  to  interest  income  over  the  life  of  the 
related loan or until payoff, at which time the remaining unamortized fee is recorded as interest income. Fees, net of certain 
direct origination costs on commitments and letters of credit, are amortized to interest income over the commitment period.

The  Company  assigns  a  Credit  Risk  Rating  ("CRR")  to  each  loan  in  the  portfolio.  The  Company's  risk  grading 
system  is  consistent  with  the  grades  used  by  regulatory  agencies.  The  CRR  is  assessed  whenever  new  information 
impacting  the  loan  is  received  and  factors  impacting  the  CRR  are  not  always  related  to  financial  metrics,  including; 
industry, economy, management, competition and business model changes.  The Company's risk ratings are summarized 
into the following categories; pass, special mention, substandard, and doubtful. See Note 4 - Loans and the Allowance for 
Credit  Losses  for  definitions  of  these  risk  ratings.  The  following  summarizes  our  loan  portfolio  by  type  of  loan  and  the 
associated risks. 

•

•

•

•

•

•

Cash, Securities and Other—consists of consumer and commercial purpose loans that are primarily secured 
by  securities  managed  and  under  custody  with  us,  cash  on  deposit  with  us  or  life  insurance  policies.  In 
addition,  loans  in  this  portfolio  are  collateralized  with  other  sources  of  collateral.  This  segment  of  our 
portfolio  is  affected  by  a  variety  of  local  and  national  economic  factors  affecting  borrowers’  employment 
prospects, income levels, and overall economic sentiment. PPP loans that are fully guaranteed by the SBA are 
classified within this line item and had balances of $4.2 million and $6.9 million as of December 31, 2023 
and 2022, respectively.

Consumer and Other—consists of unsecured consumer loans. This segment of our portfolio is affected by a 
variety of local and national economic factors affecting borrowers’ employment prospects, income levels, and 
overall  economic  sentiment.  Loans  held  for  investment  accounted  for  under  the  fair  value  option  are  also 
classified within this line item and had an unpaid principal balance of $14.1 million and $23.4 million as of 
December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. 

Construction  and  Development—consists  of  loans  to  finance  the  construction  of  residential  and  non-
residential properties. These loans are dependent on the strength of the industries of the related borrowers and 
the risks consistent with construction projects.

1-4 Family Residential—consists of loans and home equity lines of credit secured by 1-4 family residential 
properties.  These  loans  typically  enable  borrowers  to  purchase  or  refinance  existing  homes,  most  of  which 
serve as the primary residence of the owner. In addition, some borrowers secure a commercial purpose loan 
with  owner  occupied  or  non-owner  occupied  1-4  family  residential  properties.  Loans  in  this  segment  are 
dependent  on  the  industries  tied  to  these  loans  as  well  as  the  national  and  local  economies,  and  local 
residential and commercial real estate markets. 

Commercial  Real  Estate,  Owner  Occupied  and  Non-Owner  Occupied—consists  of  commercial  loans 
collateralized by real estate. These loans may be collateralized by owner occupied or non-owner occupied real 
estate,  as  well  as  multi-family  residential  real  estate.  These  loans  are  dependent  on  the  strength  of  the 
industries of the related borrowers and the success of their businesses. 

Commercial and Industrial—consists of commercial and industrial loans, including working capital lines of 
credit, permanent working capital term loans, business asset loans, acquisition, expansion and development 
loans, and other loan products, primarily in our target markets. This portfolio primarily consists of term loans 
and  lines  of  credit  which  are  dependent  on  the  strength  of  the  industries  of  the  related  borrowers  and  the 
success of their businesses. MSLP loans of $5.1 million and $5.9 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 
respectively, are included in this category.

F-13

Past Due Loans: The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan becomes 90 days delinquent 
unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. 
In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged off if collection of interest or principal is considered doubtful. 

Interest accrued but not collected is charged off against interest income at the time a loan is placed on non-accrual 
status.  The  interest  collected  on  non-accrual  loans  is  accounted  for  using  the  cost-recovery  method,  until  qualifying  for 
return to accrual. Under the cost-recovery method, interest income is not recognized until the loan balance is reduced to 
zero.  Loans  can  be  returned  to  accrual  status  when  there  is  a  sustained  period  of  repayment  performance  (usually  six-
months or longer) and the collectability of future payments is reasonably assured.

COVID-19  Loan  Modifications:  As  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  a  loan  modification  program  was 
designed and implemented to assist our clients experiencing financial stress resulting from the economic impacts caused by 
the  global  pandemic.  The  Company  offered  loan  extensions,  temporary  payment  moratoriums,  and  financial  covenant 
waivers for commercial and consumer borrowers impacted by the pandemic who have a pass risk rating and have not been 
delinquent over 30 days on payments in the prior two years, primarily for a period of 180 days or less.

Allowance  for  Credit  Losses  (“ACL”),  subsequent  to  adoption  of  ASU  2016-13:  On  January  1,  2023,  the 
Company  adopted  ASU  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments—Credit  Losses  (Topic  326)  ("ASU  2016-13").  ASU  2016-13 
replaces  the  incurred  loss  model  with  an  expected  loss  model,  which  is  referred  to  as  the  current  expected  credit  loss 
("CECL") model. 

ACL - loans: The ACL is a valuation account that is deducted from the loans’ amortized cost basis to present the 
net amount expected to be collected on the loans. The ACL excludes loans held for sale and loans accounted for under the 
fair value option. The Company elected to not measure an ACL for accrued interest receivables, as we write off applicable 
accrued interest receivable balances in a timely manner when a loan is placed on non-accrual status, in which any accrued 
but uncollected interest is reversed from current income. Loans are charged off against the allowance when management 
believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Expected recoveries do not exceed the aggregate of amounts 
previously  charged-off  and  expected  to  be  charged-off.  Management  estimates  the  allowance  balance  using  relevant 
available  information,  from  internal  and  external  sources,  related  to  past  events,  current  conditions,  and  reasonable  and 
supportable  forecasts.  Actual  Company  and  regional  peer  historical  credit  loss  experience  provides  the  basis  for  the 
estimation of expected credit losses. The Company identified and grouped portfolio segments based on risk characteristics 
and underlying collateral. The call code for each financial asset type was assessed and, expanded for certain call codes into 
separate segments based on risk characteristics.

The ACL for pooled loans are estimated using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) methodology using the amortized 
cost basis (excluding interest) for all loans modeled within a performing pool of loans. The DCF analysis pairs loan-level 
term  information,  for  example,  maturity  date,  payment  amount,  interest  rate,  with  top-down  pool  assumptions  such  as 
default  rates,  prepayment  speeds,  to  produce  individual  expected  cash  flows  for  every  instrument  in  the  segment.  The 
results are then aggregated to produce segment level results and reserve requirements for each segment based on similar 
risk characteristics.

The quantitative DCF model also incorporates forward-looking macroeconomic information over a reasonable and 
supportable period of four quarters. Subsequent to the four quarter period, the Company reverts to its historical loss rate 
and historical prepayment and curtailment speeds on a straight-line basis over a four quarter reversion period.  Expected 
credit  losses  are  estimated  over  the  contractual  term  of  the  loans,  adjusted  for  expected  prepayments  when  appropriate.  
The contractual term excludes expected extensions, renewals, and modifications.  Annually the Company performs a rate 
study which updates the prepayment and curtailment rates used in the DCF model.

Loans that do not share risk characteristics are evaluated on an individual basis. Loans evaluated individually are 
not  included  in  the  pooled  loan  evaluation.  When  management  determines  that  foreclosure  is  probable,  expected  credit 
losses are based on the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date, adjusted for selling costs as appropriate.

Qualitative adjustments to historical loss data are made based on management’s assessment of the risks that may 
lead  to  a  future  credit  loss  or  differences  in  current  loan-specific  risk  characteristics  such  as  differences  in  underwriting 
standards, portfolio mix, changes in environmental and economic conditions, or other relevant factors.

F-14

ACL  -  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposures:  The  Company  estimates  expected  credit  losses  over  the  contractual 
period in which the Company is exposed to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is 
unconditionally  cancellable  by  the  Company.  The  ACL  on  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposures  is  adjusted  through  the 
Provision  for  credit  losses  and  is  recorded  in  Other  liabilities.  The  estimate  includes  consideration  of  the  likelihood  that 
funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over its estimated life. 
The probability of funding is based on historical utilization statistics for unfunded loan commitments. The loss rates used 
are calculated using the same assumptions as the associated funded balance.

Allowance for Loan Losses, prior to the adoption of ASU-2016-13: The Company’s allowance for loan losses is 
an estimate of the probable incurred credit losses and is comprised of (i) the allowance for loan losses and (ii) the reserve 
for  unfunded  commitments.  The  reserve  for  unfunded  commitments  is  included  in  Other  liabilities  in  the  accompanying 
Consolidated Balance Sheets and the loan balances in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets are reported net of 
the allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for credit losses, which is a 
noncash charge to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility 
of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses. 

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of specific credit loss reserves and general credit loss reserves. The 
impairment of a specific loan is measured based either on (i) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at 
the  loan’s  effective  interest  rate,  or  (ii)  the  fair  value  of  the  underlying  collateral,  less  costs  to  sell,  if  the  repayment  is 
expected  to  be  provided  predominantly  by  the  sale  of  the  underlying  collateral.  Specific  impairments  are  measured  on  a 
loan-by-loan basis if risk characteristics are unique to an individual borrower. The general credit loss reserve covers non-
impaired loans and is established by evaluating the incurred loss on homogenous pools of loans, not specifically reviewed 
for impairment as noted above, that have common risk characteristics. The general credit loss reserve is based on historical 
loss experiences adjusted for nine qualitative factors on all loans in the portfolio not considered impaired. Certain factors 
are applied to each pool and certain factors are applied to all non-individually reviewed loans. 

The  reserve  for  unfunded  commitments  represents  the  estimate  for  probable  credit  losses  inherent  in  unfunded 
commitments to extend credit. Unfunded commitments to extend credit include commercial and standby letters of credit, 
unused  lines  of  credit,  and  unfunded  loan  commitments  expected  to  be  funded,  unless  the  obligation  is  unconditionally 
cancellable by the Company. 

The  process  used  to  determine  the  reserve  for  unfunded  commitments  is  consistent  with  the  process  for 
determining the allowance for credit losses, adjusted for estimated funding probabilities. Changes to the level of the reserve 
for  unfunded  commitments  are  recognized  through  the  provision  for  credit  losses  for  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposures, 
included in the non-interest other expense line of the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Transfers of Financial Assets: Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets 
has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from 
the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to 
pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets 
through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Premises and Equipment: Premises and equipment are carried at cost, net of accumulated depreciation, with the 
exception of artwork and land, which are carried at cost. The Company owns land and three buildings located in Wyoming. 
The buildings are depreciated over their useful life, ranging from 25 to 50 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated 
using  the  straight-line  method  and  recognized  over  the  shorter  of  the  lease  term  or  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets, 
ranging  from  7  to  15  years.  Furniture/equipment  and  software  are  depreciated  using  the  straight-line  method  and 
recognized over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from 3 to 7 years. 

F-15

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net 
identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired in business combinations. The Company has acquired other identifiable 
intangible  assets,  primarily  consisting  of  customer  relationships,  non-competition  agreements,  and  recorded  goodwill 
through  its  acquisition  of  financial  services  companies.  Goodwill  and  other  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  are  not 
amortized,  but  are  tested  for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level  at  least  annually  by  applying  a  fair  value-based  test 
using discounted estimated future net cash flows. The Company has selected October 31 as the date to perform its annual 
impairment  tests.  Impairment  exists  when  the  carrying  amount  of  the  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  exceeds  their  
estimated fair values. Impairment losses, if any, are recognized as a charge to non-interest expense and an adjustment to the 
carrying  value  of  the  goodwill  or  other  intangible  assets.  Subsequent  reversals  of  impairment  charges  are  prohibited. 
Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Other definite-
lived  intangible  assets,  including  customer  relationship  intangibles,  are  amortized  on  an  accelerated  basis  over  periods 
representing the estimated remaining lives of the assets of one to ten years and are evaluated for impairment when events or 
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying values of such assets may not be recoverable. After the company recorded 
the impact of a loan related subsequent event, Management updated the Goodwill impairment analysis as of December 31, 
2023.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  believes  the  carrying  value  of  its  goodwill  not  to  be  impaired  and  other 
intangible assets to be recoverable. 

Accounts  Receivable:  Accounts  receivable  primarily  represents  the  billed  but  unpaid  fees  from  trust  and 
investment advisory services owed by clients, which are typically calculated as a percentage of average invested balances. 
The  majority  of  the  Company’s  investment  advisory  clients  are  billed  quarterly  in  arrears  based  on  the  daily  average 
balance in the client’s trust or investment accounts for that quarter. 

Other  Receivables:  Other  accounts  receivables  represents  miscellaneous  receivables  that  are  not  presented 

separately in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Leases:  Leases  represent  a  contract  that  conveys  the  right  to  control  the  use  of  identified  property,  plant,  or 
equipment (an identified asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company leases certain identified 
assets from third parties. Leases in which the Company is determined to be the lessee are primarily operating leases. Leases 
in  which  the  Company  is  determined  to  be  the  lessor  are  considered  operating  leases  and  consist  of  the  partial  lease  of 
Company  owned  buildings.  Operating  leases  are  included  in  the  Other  assets  and  Other  liabilities  line  items  of  the 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  and  lease  expense  for  lease  payments  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease 
term.  Right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  at  the  lease  commencement  date  based  on  the  present 
value of lease payments over the lease term. An ROU asset represents the right to use the underlying asset for the lease 
term and also includes any direct costs and payments made prior to lease commencement and excludes lease incentives. 
When an implicit rate is not available, an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement 
date  is  used  in  determining  the  present  value  of  the  lease  payments.  A  lease  term  may  include  an  option  to  extend  or 
terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain the option will be exercised. Short-term leases of 12 months or less are 
excluded from accounting guidance; as a result, the lease payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease 
term and the leases are not reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Renewal and termination options are 
considered when determining short-term leases. Leases are accounted for on an individual lease level. Rent holidays and 
rent escalations are recognized on a straight-line basis to lease expense over the lease term. The landlord/tenant incentives 
are recorded as a reduction to the right of use asset and depreciated on a straight line basis over the remaining lease term 
once the assets are placed in service.

Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially 
recorded  at  fair  value,  less  selling  costs,  at  the  date  of  foreclosure,  establishing  a  new  cost  basis  in  the  asset.  Physical 
possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a residential mortgage loan occurs when legal title is obtained 
upon  completion  of  foreclosure  or  when  the  borrower  conveys  all  interest  in  the  property  to  satisfy  the  loan  through 
completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through similar legal agreement. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are 
periodically performed by management, with any subsequent declines in value recorded as a charge to expense through an 
impairment recorded directly against the other real estate owned assets. Changes in the valuation allowance are recorded as 
provision for losses on other real estate owned. Revenue and expenses from operations related to other real estate owned 
are included in the Provision on other real estate owned line of the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Company-Owned  Life  Insurance:  The  Company  has  purchased  life  insurance  policies  on  certain  current  and 
former officers and key employees. Company-owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the 
insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts 
due that are probable at settlement. 

F-16

Derivatives: At the inception of a derivative contract, the Company designates the derivative as one of three types 

based on the Company’s intentions and belief as to likely effectiveness of a hedge. These three types are as follows:

•

•

•

Fair Value Hedge: a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment. 
For a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item 
attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current earnings as fair values change.
Cash Flow Hedge: a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related 
to a recognized asset or liability. For a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative is reported in other 
comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged transactions 
affect earnings.
Stand-alone derivative: an instrument with no hedging designation. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do 
not qualify for hedge accounting are reported currently in earnings, as non-interest income.

Net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest 

expense, based on the item being hedged. Net cash settlements on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are 
reported in non-interest income. Cash flows on hedges are classified in the cash flow statement in the same line as the cash 
flows of the items being hedged.

The  Company  formally  documents  the  relationship  between  derivatives  and  hedged  items,  as  well  as  the  risk-
management objective and the strategy for undertaking hedge transactions at the inception of the hedging relationship. The 
Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative instruments 
that  are  used  are  highly  effective  in  offsetting  changes  in  fair  values  or  cash  flows  of  the  hedged  items.  The  Company 
discontinues hedge accounting when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair 
value or cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer 
probable, a hedged firm commitments is no longer firm, or treatment of the derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate 
or intended.

The  Company  is  exposed  to  losses  if  a  counterparty  fails  to  make  its  payments  under  a  contract  in  which  the 
Company is in the net receiving position. The Company anticipates that the counterparties will be able to fully satisfy their 
obligations  under  the  agreements.  All  of  the  contracts  to  which  the  Company  is  a  party  settle  monthly  or  quarterly.  In 
addition,  the  Company  obtains  collateral  above  certain  thresholds  of  the  fair  value  of  its  derivatives  for  each  dealer 
counterparty based upon their credit standing and the Company has netting agreements with the dealers with which it does 
business.

Mortgage Banking Derivatives: Commitments to fund mortgage loans, interest rate lock commitments ("IRLC") 
and  forward  sale  commitments  ("FSC"),  to  be  sold  in  the  secondary  market  for  the  future  delivery  of  these  loans  are 
accounted for as free standing derivatives. The fair value of the IRLC is recorded at the time the commitment to fund the 
mortgage  loan  is  executed  and  is  adjusted  for  the  expected  exercise  of  the  commitment  before  the  loan  is  funded.  The 
Company  sells  mortgage  loans  to  third  party  investors  at  the  best  execution  available  which  includes  best  efforts, 
mandatory,  and  bulk  bids.  Loans  committed  under  mandatory  or  bulk  bid  are  considered  FSC  and  qualify  as  financial 
derivatives. Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on the change in the loan pricing from the date of 
the commitment to the period end date for any unsettled commitments. Changes in the fair values of these derivatives are 
included in the Net gain on mortgage loans line of the Consolidated Statements of Income.

In order to manage the interest rate risk on our uncommitted IRLC and mortgage loans held for sale pipeline, the 
Company  enters  into  mortgage  derivative  financial  instruments  called  To  Be  Announced  ("TBA"),  which  we  refer  to  as 
forward commitments. TBA agreements are forward contracts to purchase mortgage backed securities ("MBS") that will be 
issued by a US Government Sponsored Enterprise. The Bank purchases or sells these derivatives to offset the changes in 
value of our mortgage loans held for sale and IRLC adjusted pipeline where we have exposure to interest rate volatility. 
Changes  in  the  fair  values  of  these  derivatives  are  included  in  the  Net  gain  on  mortgage  loans  line  of  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Income.

Stock-Based Compensation: The Company has stock-based compensation plans that provide for the granting of 
stock  options,  restricted  stock  awards,  restricted  stock  units  and  performance  stock  units  to  associates  and  non-associate 
directors who perform services for the Company. The Company estimates the fair value of its stock option awards on the 
date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company determines the fair value of the restricted and 
performance stock units as well as restricted stock awards based on the estimated market value of the underlying shares at 
the date of grant. 

F-17

Compensation  cost  is  recognized  over  the  required  service  period,  generally  defined  as  the  vesting  period.  For 
awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for 
the entire award. The Company’s policy is to recognize forfeitures as they occur.

Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due and the change in the deferred 
tax assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability method. Under this 
method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of temporary differences between the 
book and tax basis of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates 
and laws. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. 

The Company recognizes tax benefits from uncertain tax positions when it is more-likely-than-not, based on the 
technical merits of the position, the tax position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of any appeals 
or  litigation.  Tax  benefits  recognized  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  from  such  a  position  are  measured  as  the 
largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon resolution.

The  Company  may  from  time  to  time  be  assessed  interest  or  penalties  by  major  tax  jurisdictions,  although  any 
such assessments have historically been minimal and immaterial to financial results. The Company classifies interest and 
penalties, if any, as a component of income tax expense. 

Comprehensive Income: Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other 
comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, net of taxes, which subsequent 
to  being  transferred  to  held-to-maturity  securities,  are  amortized  with  an  offsetting  entry  to  interest  income  as  a  yield 
adjustment  through  earnings  over  the  remaining  term  of  the  securities.  Other  comprehensive  income  also  includes 
unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges, net of taxes, which are also recognized as a separate component of equity. 

Earnings  per  Common  Share:  Earnings  per  common  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  available  to 
common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period. See Note 12 – Earnings 
Per  Common  Share  for  the  common  share  equivalents  that  have  been  included  and  excluded  from  the  calculation  of 
earnings per common share.

Loan  Commitments  and  Related  Financial  Instruments:  Financial  instruments  include  off-balance  sheet  credit 
instruments, such as unused lines of credit, commitments to make loans and commercial and standby letters of credit. The 
face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such 
financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. 

Loss  Contingencies:  Loss  contingencies,  including  claims  and  legal  actions  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of 
business,  are  recorded  as  liabilities  when  the  likelihood  of  loss  is  probable  and  an  amount  or  range  of  loss  can  be 
reasonably  estimated.  Management  does  not  believe  there  are  such  matters  that  will  have  a  material  effect  on  the 
consolidated financial statements.

Deposits:  Deposit  products  include  money  market  accounts,  demand  deposit  accounts,  time-deposit  accounts 
(typically  certificates  of  deposit),  NOW  accounts  (interest  checking  accounts),  and  savings  accounts.  Our  accounts  are 
federally insured by the FDIC up to the legal maximum amount.  

Deposit  Concentrations:  Total  deposits  have  some  concentration  through  third  party  networks  or  sources.  As  of 
December 31, 2023 $1.00 billion or 39.6% of Total deposits were made up of reciprocal deposits and $165.4 million or 
6.5%  were  sourced  through  deposit  brokers.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  23.9%  of  our  total  deposits  consisted  of  our  10 
largest depositors.

Borrowings:  Short-term  and  long-term  borrowing  sources  utilized  to  supplement  deposits  and  meet  liquidity 
needs.  A  blanket  pledge  and  security  agreement  is  in  place  with  FHLB  that  requires  certain  loans  and  securities  to  be 
pledged  as  collateral  for  any  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  agreement.  Our  borrowing  facilities  include  various 
financial and other covenants, including, but not limited to, a requirement that the Bank maintains regulatory capital that is 
deemed "well capitalized" by federal banking agencies.

Bank  Term  Funding  Program:  On  March  12,  2023,  in  response  to  two  large  bank  failures,  the  Federal  Reserve 
Board announced it would make additional funding available to eligible depository institutions to help assure banks have 
the ability to meet the needs of depositors. The additional funding has been made available through the creation of a new 

F-18

Bank Term Funding Program (“BTFP”), offering loans of up to one year in length to banks, savings associations, credit 
unions,  and  other  eligible  depository  institutions  pledging  U.S.  Treasuries,  agency  debt  and  mortgage-backed  securities, 
and other qualifying assets valued at par as collateral. The BTFP is meant to be an additional resource of liquidity against 
high-quality  securities,  eliminating  an  institutions  need  to  quickly  sell  those  securities  in  times  of  stress.  See  Note  9  – 
Borrowings for details on the Company’s borrowings.

Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments:  Fair  values  of  financial  instruments  are  estimated  using  relevant  market 
information  and  other  assumptions,  as  more  fully  disclosed  in  Note  16  –  Fair  Value.  Fair  value  estimates  involve 
uncertainties  and  matters  of  significant  judgment  regarding  interest  rates,  credit  risk,  prepayments,  and  other  factors, 
especially  in  the  absence  of  broad  markets  for  particular  items.  Changes  in  assumptions  or  in  market  conditions  could 
significantly affect these estimates. 

Operating Segments: Operating segments are components of a Company where the chief operating decision maker 
regularly  reviews  separate  financial  information  to  evaluate  performance  and  decide  how  to  allocate  resources. 
Management has determined that the Company's reportable segments consist of Wealth Management and Mortgage. The 
Company  measures  the  overall  profitability  of  operating  segments  based  on  income  before  income  tax.  See  Note  18  – 
Segment Reporting for further discussion. 

Revenue  Recognition:  In  accordance  with  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB"),  Revenue 
Contracts  with  Customers  ("Topic  606"),  trust  and  investment  management  fees  are  earned  by  providing  trust  and 
investment services to customers. The Company’s performance obligation under these contracts is satisfied over time as the 
services are provided. Fees are recognized monthly based on the average monthly value of the assets under management 
and the corresponding fee rate based on the terms of the contract. No performance based incentive fees were earned with 
respect to investment management contracts for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Receivables are recorded on 
the Consolidated Balance Sheets in the Accounts receivable line item. Income related to trust and investment management 
fees,  bank  fees,  and  risk  management  and  insurance  fees  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2023 and 2022 are considered in scope of Topic 606.

Transition  of  LIBOR  to  an  Alternative  Reference  Rate:  In  July  2017,  the  United  Kingdom's  Financial  Conduct 
Authority,  which  regulates  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  ("LIBOR"),  announced  that  after  2022  it  will  no  longer 
persuade or compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR. In response, the Federal Reserve Board and the 
Federal Reserve Bank of New York convened the Alternative Reference Rates Committee and on February 27, 2023 the 
Federal  Reserve  Board  adopted  a  final  rule  establishing  the  Secured  Overnight  Financing  Rate  ("SOFR")  as  the 
replacement rate index for LIBOR. SOFR is based on a broad segment of the overnight Treasury repurchase market and is 
intended to be a measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by Treasury securities.

On December 21, 2022, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2022-06, Reference Rate Reform

(Topic 848): Deferral of the Sunset Date of Topic 848. On June 30, 2023, LIBOR ceased to be a representative index rate. 
ASU 2022-06 extends the period of time financial statement preparers can utilize the reference rate reform relief guidance 
through December 31, 2024.

F-19

Certain  of  the  Company’s  assets  and  liabilities  are  indexed  to  LIBOR,  with  exposure  extending  beyond 
December  31,  2023.  In  general,  the  transition  away  from  LIBOR  may  result  in  increased  market  risk,  credit  risk, 
operational risk and business risk for the Company. The Company developed a LIBOR transition plan, which addressed 
governance, risk management, legal, operational, systems, fallback language, and other aspects of planning. The company 
no longer originates LIBOR indexed loans and has transitioned existing LIBOR loans to SOFR. As of December 31, 2023, 
all  loans  indexed  to  LIBOR  have  been  converted  to  the  new  index.  Consumer  indexed  loans  are  being  managed  in 
accordance with Interagency Guidance.

Reclassifications:  Certain  items  in  prior  year  financial  statements  were  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  current 
presentation. Such reclassifications had no impact on net income available to common shareholders or total shareholders’ 
equity. 

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements: The following reflect recent accounting pronouncements that have 

been adopted by the Company during the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

In  March  2022,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2022-02,  Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326);  Troubled 
Debt Restructurings (“TDR”) and Vintage Disclosures. This ASU was effective for the Company on January 1, 2023. The 
amendments eliminate the TDR recognition and measurement guidance and instead require an entity to evaluate whether 
the  modification  represents  a  new  loan  or  a  continuation  of  an  existing  loan  (consistent  with  accounting  for  other 
modifications).  The  amendments  also  enhance  existing  disclosure  requirements  related  to  certain  modifications  of 
receivables made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. The Company adopted ASU 2022-02 on January 1, 2023. 
Refer to Note 4 – Loans and the Allowance for Credit Losses for additional information on the required disclosures.

On  January  1,  2023,  the  Company  adopted  ASU  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments—Credit  Losses  (Topic  326  - 
Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments,  as  amended)  ("ASU  2016-13").  ASU  2016-13  replaces  the 
incurred  loss  model  with  an  expected  loss  model,  which  is  referred  to  as  the  current  expected  credit  loss  ("CECL") 
methodology. The CECL methodology is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on the financial assets measured at 
amortized  cost,  including  loan  receivables,  available  for  sale  debt  securities,  and  held-to-maturity  debt  securities.  It  also 
applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures not accounted for as insurance (loan commitments, standby letters of credit, 
financial guarantees, and other similar instruments) and net investments in leases recognized by a lessor.

The  Company  adopted  ASU  2016-13  on  January  1,  2023  using  the  modified  retrospective  method  with  no 
adjustments  to  prior  period  comparative  financial  statements  for  all  financial  assets  measured  at  amortized  cost  and  off-
balance sheet credit exposure as well as held to maturity securities. In accordance with the standard, management did not 
reassess  whether  modifications  to  individual  acquired  financial  assets  accounted  for  in  pools  were  troubled  debt 
restructurings  as  of  the  date  of  adoption.  Upon  adoption  the  Company  recorded  a  decrease  to  retained  earnings  of 
$5.3 million, net of tax. The total transition adjustment prior to the tax impact included $3.5 million related to allowance 
for  credit  losses  on  loans,  $3.5  million  related  to  off-balance  sheet  commitments,  and  $0.1  million  related  to  held-to-
maturity securities. Results for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023 are presented under ASU 2016-13 
while prior period amounts continue to be reported in accordance with previously applicable GAAP.

The following table illustrates the day one adoption impact of ASU 2016-13:

(dollars in thousands)

Assets

Balance at January 1, 
2023 (before 
adjustment)

Cumulative effect 
adjustment 
amount

Balance January 1, 
2023 (after 
adjustment)

Allowance for credit losses: loans

$ 

(17,183)  $ 

(3,470)  $ 

(20,653) 

Allowance for credit losses: held-to-maturity securities

Deferred tax assets, net

— 

6,914 

(71)   

1,703 

(71) 

8,617 

Liabilities

Allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet exposures

419 

3,481 

3,900 

Shareholders’ equity

Retained earnings, net of tax

51,887 

(5,319)   

46,568 

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recently issued accounting pronouncements, not yet adopted: The following reflects recently issued accounting 

pronouncements and the impact thereof to the Company.

On August 23, 2023 the FASB issued ASU 2023-05 Business Combinations - Joint Venture Formations (Subtopic 
805-60) Recognition and Initial Measurement. This ASU applies to the formation of entities that meet the definition of a 
joint  venture  (or  a  corporate  joint  venture)  as  defined  in  the  FASB  Accounting  Standards  Codification  Master  Glossary. 
While joint ventures are defined in the Master Glossary, there has been no specific guidance in the Codification that applies 
to the formation accounting by a joint venture in its separate financial statements. The amendments in the ASU require that 
a joint venture apply a new basis of accounting upon formation. As a result, a newly formed joint venture, upon formation, 
would initially measure its assets and liabilities at fair value (with exceptions to fair value measurement that are consistent 
with  the  business  combinations  guidance).  The  Company  does  not  presently  have  any  joint  ventures  that  would  be 
impacted but will evaluate as needed.

On March 29, 2023 the FASB issued ASU 2023-02 Investments in Tax Structures which changes the accounting 
methodology to allow proportional amortization method to be expanded beyond investments in low income tax housing tax 
credits  (“LIHTC”)  structures.  This  guidance  is  effective  January  1,  2024  and  currently  the  Company  does  not  have  any 
investments that would be impacted but will evaluate as other investments are considered as early adoption is permitted.

On  November  27,  2023,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2023-07  Segment  Reporting  -  Improvements  to  Reportable 
Segment Disclosures, which provides additional transparency into a company's' reportable segments’ significant expenses 
on an interim and annual basis. This guidance is effective for companies with fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2023 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Companies must adopt the changes to the 
segment  reporting  guidance  on  a  retrospective  basis.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  expects  to  adopt  this 
standard beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2024. The Company is currently evaluating these new disclosure 
requirements and does not expect the adoption to have a material impact.

On  December  14,  2023,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2023-09  Income  Taxes  -  Improvements  to  Income  Tax 
Disclosures,  which  enhances  a  company's  income  tax  disclosures  to  include  additional  information  related  to  rate 
reconciliations and income taxes paid. This guidance is effective for  companies with fiscal years beginning after December 
15,  2024.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  expects  to  adopt  this  standard  beginning  January  1,  2025.  The 
Company is currently evaluating these new disclosure requirements and does not expect the adoption to have a material 
impact.

NOTE 2 – INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The following presents the amortized cost, fair value, and allowance for credit losses of securities held-to-maturity 

and the corresponding amounts of gross unrecognized gains and losses as of the date noted (dollars in thousands):

December 31, 2023

Investment securities held-to-maturity:

U.S. Treasury debt

Corporate bonds

GNMA mortgage-backed securities – 
residential

FNMA mortgage-backed securities – 
residential

Government CMO and MBS - commercial
Corporate CMO and MBS(2)
Total securities held-to-maturity

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrecognized
Gains

Gross
Unrecognized
Losses

Fair
Value

Allowance for 
Credit Losses(1)

$ 

253  $ 

—  $ 

(11)  $ 

242  $ 

23,687 

34,579 

6,035 

5,836 

3,783 

— 

— 

— 

9 

— 

(3,020)   

20,667 

(3,410)   

31,169 

(509)   

(377)   

(238)   

5,526 

5,468 

3,545 

— 

(71) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

74,173  $ 

9  $ 

(7,565)  $ 

66,617  $ 

(71) 

(1) Refer to Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further information on our credit loss methodology.
(2)

  Management  reviewed  the  collectability  of  corporate  CMO  and  MBS  securities  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as  the  asset  quality  of  the 

corporate bond issuers and credit support and delinquencies associated with the corporate CMO and MBS.  

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2022

Investment securities held-to-maturity:

U.S. Treasury debt

Corporate bonds

GNMA mortgage-backed securities – residential

FNMA mortgage-backed securities – residential

Government CMO and MBS - commercial

Corporate CMO and MBS

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrecognized
Gains

Gross
Unrecognized
Losses

Fair
Value

$ 

243  $ 

—  $ 

(9)  $ 

23,819 

39,426 

6,708 

6,786 

4,074 

— 

— 

— 

13 

— 

(2,453)   

(2,800)   

(506)   

(403)   

(180)   

234 

21,366 

36,626 

6,202 

6,396 

3,894 

Total securities held-to-maturity

$ 

81,056  $ 

13  $ 

(6,351)  $ 

74,718 

Net  amortization  of  premiums  and  discounts  related  to  mortgage  securities  during  each  of  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2023 and 2022 totaled an immaterial amount and $0.1 million, respectively, and is included in Net interest 
income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

The following presents securities with unrecognized losses aggregated by major security type and length of time 

in a continuous unrecognized loss position as of the date noted (dollars in thousands, before tax):

December 31, 2022

Investment securities held-to-maturity:

Less than 12 Months

12 Months or Longer

Total

Fair
Value

Unrecognized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrecognized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrecognized
Losses

U.S. Treasury debt

Corporate bonds

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

234  $ 

(9)  $ 

234  $ 

(9) 

20,911 

(2,436)   

455 

(17)   

21,366 

(2,453) 

GNMA mortgage-backed securities – 
residential

FNMA mortgage-backed securities – 
residential

Government CMO and MBS - commercial

Corporate CMO and MBS

Total

22,371 

(1,051)   

14,255 

(1,749)   

36,626 

(2,800) 

6,202 

5,591 

3,499 

(506)   

(403)   

(147)   

— 

— 

395 

— 

— 

(33)   

6,202 

5,591 

3,894 

(506) 

(403) 

(180) 

$  58,574  $ 

(4,543)  $  15,339  $ 

(1,808)  $  73,913  $ 

(6,351) 

The Company reassessed classification of investment securities and, effective April 1, 2022, elected to transfer all 
securities,  fair  valued  at  $58.7  million,  from  available-for-sale  to  held-to-maturity.  The  related  unrealized  loss  of 
$2.3  million  included  in  other  comprehensive  income  on  April  1,  2022  remained  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  is 
being amortized out with an offsetting entry to interest income as a yield adjustment through earnings over the remaining 
term of the securities. No gain or loss was recorded at the time of transfer.

As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  value  of  held-to-maturity  securities  have 
contractual maturity dates shown in the table below (dollars in thousands). Expected maturities will differ from contractual 
maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 
Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown separately. 

December 31, 2023

Due within one year

Due between one year and five years

Due between five years and ten years

Due after ten years

Securities (CMO and MBS)

Total

F-22

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

$ 

253  $ 

4,078 

19,395

214

50,233

$ 

74,173  $ 

242 

3,844 

16,630

193

45,708

66,617 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  the  Company  committed  $6.0  million  in  total  to  two  bank  technology 
funds. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company made $0.8 million in contributions to both partnerships 
and  received  a  $0.1  million  return  on  investment.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  the  Company  made 
$1.3 million in contributions to both partnerships and received a $0.1 million return on investment. As of December 31, 
2023,  the  Company  held  a  balance  of  $2.0  million  which  is  included  in  Other  assets  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated 
Balance Sheets. The Company may be obligated to invest up to an additional $4.0 million in future contributions.

In 2014, the Company began investing in a small business investment company ("SBIC") fund administered by 
the  Small  Business  Administration.  The  Company  made  $0.2  million  in  contributions  to  the  SBIC  fund  during  the  year 
ended December 31, 2023. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company did not make any contributions to the 
SBIC fund and received a $0.1 million return of capital. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company held a balance 
of $2.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively, in the SBIC fund, which is included in Other assets in the accompanying 
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  The  Company  may  be  obligated  to  invest  up  to  an  additional  $0.8  million  in  future  SBIC 
investments.

As  of  December  31,  2023,  securities  with  market  values  totaling  $45.1  million  were  pledged  to  secure  various 
public  deposits  and  credit  facilities  of  the  Company,  including  $39.3  million  pledged  under  the  BTFP  program  (refer  to 
Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for more information on the BTFP program). As of 
December 31, 2022, securities with carrying values of $22.6 million were pledged to secure various public deposits and 
credit facilities of the Company.

As of December 31, 2023, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer in an amount greater than 10% of 
shareholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2022, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. 
Government sponsored entities and agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of shareholders’ equity.

The Company did not sell any securities during the years ended December 31, 2023 or 2022. 

Allowance for Credit Losses for HTM Securities

Management  measures  expected  credit  losses  on  held-to-maturity  debt  securities  on  a  collective  basis  by  major 
security type. The majority of our held-to-maturity investment portfolio consists of securities issues by U.S. government 
entities  and  agencies  and  we  consider  the  risk  of  credit  loss  to  be  zero  and,  therefore,  we  do  not  record  an  ACL.  The 
Company's  non-government  backed  securities  include  private  label  CMO  and  MBS  and  bank  subordinated  debt.  The 
Company's non-government backed securities are paying within the agreed upon terms and there are no securities on non-
accrual status. Accrued interest receivable on held-to-maturity debt securities totaled $0.4 million at December 31, 2023 
and is excluded from the estimate of credit losses. Refer to Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies  for  additional  information  on  the  Company’s  methodology  on  estimating  credit  losses.  The  following  table 
presents  the  activity  in  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  for  debt  securities  held-to-maturity  by  major  security  type  for  the 
year ended December 31, 2023:

December 31, 2023

Allowance for credit losses:

Beginning balance

Impact of ASU 2016-13 adoption(2)

Provision for credit losses

Securities charged-off (recoveries)

Total ending allowance balance

Corporate Bonds

Corporate CMO(1)

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

71 

— 

— 

71  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1) 

Management  reviewed  the  collectability  of  corporate  CMO  and  MBS  securities  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as  the  asset  quality  of  the 

corporate bond issuers and credit support and delinquencies associated with the corporate CMO and MBS.

(2) 

Refer to Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for further information on our credit loss methodology

The Company monitors the credit quality of held-to-maturity securities on a quarterly basis. As of December 31, 

2023, there were no held-to-maturity securities past due or on non-accrual.

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 3 – CORRESPONDENT BANK STOCK

The following table presents the Company’s investments in correspondent bank stock, as of the dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

FHLB

BBW

Total

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

7,123  $ 

32 

7,155  $ 

7,078 

32 

7,110 

NOTE 4 – LOANS AND THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s loans at amortized cost as of the dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

Cash, Securities and Other

Consumer and Other

Construction and Development

1-4 Family Residential

Non-Owner Occupied CRE

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

Total
Allowance for credit losses(1)

Total, net
Loans accounted for under the fair value option(2)
Loans, net

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

$ 

139,947  $ 

165,559 

27,028 

345,516 

927,965 

543,692 

195,861 

337,180 

26,070 

285,627 

899,722 

493,134 

214,189 

361,791 

2,517,189 

2,446,092 

(23,931)   

(17,183) 

2,493,258 

2,428,909 

13,726 

23,321 

$ 

2,506,984  $ 

2,452,230 

_____________________________
(1)

(2)

Allowance for credit loss amounts for periods prior to the ASC 326 adoption date of January 1, 2023 are reported in accordance with previously 
applicable GAAP. 
Includes $14.1 million and $23.4 million of unpaid principal balance of loans held for investment measured at fair value as of December 31, 2023 
and December 31, 2022 respectively. Includes fair value adjustments on loans held for investment accounted for under the fair value option. See 
Note 16 – Fair Value.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, total loans held for investment included $208.2 million and $230.4 million, 

respectively, of performing loans purchased through mergers or acquisitions. 

As of December 31, 2023 the Cash, Securities, and Other portion of the loan portfolio included $4.2 million of 
SBA  Paycheck  Protection  Program  (“PPP”)  loans,  or  3.0%  of  the  total  category.  As  of  December  31,  2022,  the  Cash, 
Securities, and Other portion of the loan portfolio included $6.9 million of PPP loans, or 4.2% of the total category.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company’s Commercial and Industrial loans included three Main Street Lending 
Program (“MSLP”) loans with the net carrying amount of $5.1 million, or 1.5% of the total category. Two of these loans 
are risk rated Substandard with one of those on non-accrual after a modification was completed during the fourth quarter of 
2023.  The remaining MSLP loan is risk rated Pass.  As of December 31, 2022, the Company’s Commercial and Industrial 
loans included five MSLP loans with the net carrying amount of $5.9 million, or 1.6% of the total category. 

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Modifications

On  January  1,  2023  the  Company  adopted  ASU  2022-02,  which  introduces  new  reporting  requirements  for 
modifications of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. GAAP requires that certain types of modifications of 
loans in response to a borrower’s financial difficulty be reported and include the following; (i) principal forgiveness, (ii) 
interest  rate  reduction,  (iii)  other  than  insignificant  payment  delay,  (iv)  term  extension,  or  (v)  any  combination  of  the 
foregoing. ASU 2022-02 eliminates the recognition measurement guidance for troubled debt restructured ("TDR") loans, 
and instead requires an entity to evaluate whether a modification represents a new loan or a continuation of an existing loan 
in accordance with ASC Topic 310-20, Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs. If a modification results in a 
new loan under the guidance, the Company will recognize any unearned deferred net revenue and measure the ACL on the 
loan on a collective basis rather than individually analyzed.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, a loan modification program was designed and implemented to assist our 
clients  experiencing  financial  stress  resulting  from  the  economic  impacts  caused  by  the  global  pandemic.  The  Company 
offered  loan  extensions,  temporary  payment  moratoriums,  and  financial  covenant  waivers  for  commercial  and  consumer 
borrowers impacted by the pandemic who have a pass risk rating and have not been delinquent over 30 days on payments 
in the last 2 years prior to the loan modification.

In  2021,  the  deferral  period  ended  for  all  non-acquired  loans  previously  modified  and  payments  have  resumed 
under the original terms. As of December 31, 2023, the Company’s loan portfolio included 41 non-acquired loans which 
were previously modified under the loan modification program, totaling $71.3 million. Through the Teton Acquisition, the 
Company acquired loans which were previously modified and are still in their deferral period. As of December 31, 2023, 
there were 14 of these loans, totaling $2.9 million.

All loans modified in response to COVID-19 are classified as performing and pass rated as of December 31, 2023. 
These loans are included in the allowance for credit loss general reserve in accordance with ASU 2016-13. Management 
continues  to  focus  on  loan  level  reviews  and  portfolio  monitoring  to  address  the  changing  environment.  Management 
believes the diversity of the loan portfolio is prudent and remains consistent with the credit culture and goals of the Bank.

Interest accrued during the modification term on modified loans is deferred to the end of the loan term. Accrued 

interest receivable is excluded from the estimate of credit losses. 

The  following  presents,  by  class,  an  aging  analysis  of  the  amortized  cost  basis  in  loans  past  due  as  of  the  date 

noted (dollars in thousands):

30-59
Days
Past Due

60-89
Days
Past Due

90 or
More Days
Past Due

Total
Loans
Past Due

Total 
Amortized 
Cost

Current

Loans 
Accounted 
for Under 
the Fair 
Value 
Option(1)

Total Loans

$ 

—  $ 

76  $ 

1,704  $ 

1,780  $ 138,167  $ 139,947  $ 

—  $ 139,947 

December 31, 2023

Cash, Securities and 
Other

Consumer and Other

676 

11 

7,504 

8,191 

18,837 

27,028 

13,726 

40,754 

Construction and 
Development

1-4 Family 
Residential

Non-Owner 
Occupied CRE

Owner Occupied 
CRE

Commercial and 
Industrial

Total

— 

1,500 

— 

1,500 

  344,016 

  345,516 

— 

  345,516 

1,093 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,722 

3,815 

  924,150 

  927,965 

— 

  927,965 

— 

— 

  543,692 

  543,692 

— 

  543,692 

3,980 

3,980 

  191,881 

  195,861 

— 

  195,861 

19,305 

$  21,074  $ 

1,085 
  337,180 
2,672  $  45,090  $  68,836  $ 2,448,353  $ 2,517,189  $  13,726  $ 2,530,915 

  287,610 

  337,180 

49,570 

29,180 

— 

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30-59
Days
Past Due

60-89
Days
Past Due

90 or
More Days
Past Due

Total
Loans
Past Due

Total 
Amortized 
Cost

Current

Loans 
Accounted 
for Under 
the Fair 
Value 
Option(1)

Total Loans

$  1,735  $ 

539  $ 

4  $ 

2,278  $  163,281  $ 165,559  $ 

—  $  165,559 

657 

— 

1,752 

1,071 

1,165 

5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4,858 

  10,648 

5 

667 

25,403 

26,070 

23,321 

49,391 

201 

201 

  285,426 

  285,627 

— 

  285,627 

5 

1,757 

  897,965 

  899,722 

— 

  899,722 

— 

— 

1,071 

  492,063 

  493,134 

— 

  493,134 

1,165 

  213,024 

  214,189 

— 

  214,189 

  361,791 
1,319 
1,534  $  23,964  $ 2,422,128  $ 2,446,092  $  23,321  $ 2,469,413 

  344,966 

  361,791 

16,825 

— 

December 31, 2022

Cash, Securities and 
Other

Consumer and Other

Construction and 
Development

1-4 Family 
Residential

Non-Owner 
Occupied CRE

Owner Occupied 
CRE

Commercial and 
Industrial

Total

$  11,238  $  11,192  $ 

(1) Refer to Note 16 – Fair Value for additional information on the measurement of loans accounted for under the fair value option.

As  of  December  31,  2023  ,  the  Company  had  one  loan,  totaling  $0.3  million,  in  the  1-4  Family  Residential 
portfolio that was more than 90 days delinquent and accruing interest. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had one 
loan, totaling an immaterial amount, in the Commercial and Industrial portfolio that was more than 90 days delinquent and 
accruing interest.

The following table presents the amortized cost basis as of December 31, 2023 of the loans modified to borrowers 
experiencing financial difficulty disaggregated by class of financing receivable and type of concession granted during the 
year ended December 31, 2023. The percentage of the amortized cost basis of loans that were modified to borrowers in 
financial distress as compared to the amortized cost basis of each class of financing receivable is also presented below.

(Dollars in thousands)

Commercial and Industrial

Total

Principal 
forgiveness

Interest rate 
reduction

Term 
extension

Combination: 
term extension 
and principal 
forgiveness

Combination: 
term extension 
and interest rate 
reduction

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

2,123  $ 

—  $ 

2,123  $ 

183  $ 

183  $ 

— 

— 

Total class of 
financing 
receivable

 0.7 %

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the financial effect by type of modification made to borrowers experiencing financial 

difficulty for the period ended December 31, 2023:

Principal forgiveness

Interest rate reduction

Term extension

Commercial and Industrial

Commercial and Industrial

Commercial and Industrial

Reduced the amortized cost 
basis of the loan by $185 
thousand

—

—

—

—

—

Added a weighted-average 2.8 years to 
the life of the loan, which reduced 
monthly payment amounts for the 
borrower

Six months of interest payments were 
deferred to the maturity of the loan. 
Principal payment of $988 thousand was 
deferred 0.6 years

Added a weighted-average 0.5 years to 
the life of the loan

For all loans that have been modified during the period, the borrowers continue to pay as agreed.

Non-Accrual Loans

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan becomes 90 days or more delinquent unless the 
loan is well secured and in the process of collection or renewal due to maturity. Past due status is based on the contractual 
terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on non-accrual status or charged off if collection of interest or principal is 
considered doubtful. The following presents the amortized cost basis of loans on non-accrual status and loans past due over 
89 days still accruing by class as of the date noted (dollars in thousands).

(dollars in thousands)

Cash, Securities, and Other

Consumer and Other

Construction and Development

1-4 Family Residential

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

Total

December 31, 2023

Non-accrual 
loans with no 
ACL

Total non-
accrual loans(1)

Loans past due 
over 89 days 
still accruing

$ 

1,704  $ 

1,704  $ 

4 

2,719 

578 

— 

2,355 

7,504 

2,719 

3,016 

3,980 

31,893 

$ 

7,360  $ 

50,816  $ 

— 

— 

— 

285 

— 

— 

285 

(1)  As of December 31, 2023, the Company had an allowance of $3.8 million on non-performing loans. 

The following presents the recorded investment in non-accrual loans by class as of the date noted (dollars in thousands):

Cash, Securities and Other

Consumer and Other

Construction and Development

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

Total

December 31,
2022

$ 

$ 

4 

146 

201 

1,165 

10,833 

12,349 

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  presents  impaired  loans  by  portfolio  and  related  valuation  allowance  as  of  the  periods  presented  (in 

thousands):

Impaired loans with no related valuation allowance:

Cash, Securities, and Other

Construction and Development

1-4 Family Residential

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

Total

Total impaired loans:

Cash, Securities, and Other

Consumer and Other

Construction and Development

Commercial and Industrial

1-4 Family Residential

Owner Occupied CRE

Total

Total
Recorded
Investment

December 31, 2022

Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance

Allowance
for
Loan
Losses

$ 

$ 

$ 

4  $ 

4  $ 

201 

— 

1,165 

10,833 

201 

— 

1,165 

10,833 

12,203  $ 

12,203  $ 

4  $ 

4  $ 

— 

201 

10,833 

— 

1,165 

— 

201 

10,833 

— 

1,165 

$ 

12,203  $ 

12,203  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

The  Company  recognized  $0.2  million  of  interest  income  on  non-accrual  loans  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2023. The Company recognized an immaterial amount of interest income on non-accrual loans during the 
year ended December 31, 2022.

    Non-accrual  loans,  excluding  loans  held  for  investment  measured  at  fair  value,  are  classified  as  collateral 
dependent  loans  and  are  individually  evaluated.  The  following  presents  the  amortized  cost  basis  of  collateral-dependent 
loans, which are individually evaluated to determine expected credit losses, by class of loans as of the date noted (dollars in 
thousands): 

(dollars in thousands)

Cash, Securities, and Other

Consumer and Other

Construction and Development

1-4 Family Residential

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

Total

Charge-offs

As of December 31, 2023

Collateral Dependent Loans

Secured by 
Real Estate

Secured by 
Cash and 
Securities

Secured by 
Other

Total

$ 

—  $ 

1,704  $ 

—  $ 

— 

2,719 

3,016 

3,980 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7,500 

— 

— 

— 

31,893 

$ 

9,715  $ 

1,704  $ 

39,393  $ 

1,704 

7,500 

2,719 

3,016 

3,980 

31,893 

50,812 

The  Company  recorded  $8.8  million  and  $0.2  million  of  charge-offs,  net  of  recoveries,  during  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses

Beginning  January  1,  2023,  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  for  loans  is  measured  on  the  loan’s  amortized  cost 
basis,  excluding  interest  receivable.  Interest  receivable  excluded  at  December  31,  2023  and  December  31,  2022  was 
$10.8 million and $9.8 million, respectively, presented in Accrued interest receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
Refer to Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information related to the 
Company’s methodology on estimated credit losses. 

The  Allowance  for  credit  losses  on  loans  (“ACL”)  represents  Management’s  best  estimate  of  current  expected 
credit  losses  on  loans  considering  available  information,  from  internal  and  external  sources,  relevant  to  assessing 
collectibility  over  the  loans’  contractual  terms,  adjusted  for  expected  prepayments  when  appropriate.  Our  quantitative 
discounted  cash  flow  models  use  economic  forecasts  including;  housing  price  index  (“HPI”),  gross  domestic  product 
(“GDP”), and national unemployment. The HPI, GDP, and unemployment twelve month forecasts used in our model as of  
December  31,  2023  is  based  on  a  slightly  improved  macro-economic  forecast  assuming  a  soft  landing  as  compared  to 
assumptions  previously  used  as  of  January  1,  2023  projecting  the  likelihood  of  a  deeper  recession.  As  a  result,  we 
forecasted decreased probability of default rates and loss given default rates which in turn reduced our model loss rates, 
partially offset by loan growth and changes in our segment mix, resulting in a $0.5 million release of provision on pooled 
loans for the year ended December 31, 2023. The allowance on credit losses on non-performing loans was $3.8 million as 
of December 31, 2023.

Allocation of a portion of the allowance for credit losses to one category of loans does not preclude its availability 
to absorb losses in other categories. The following table presents the gross loan activity in the allowance for credit losses 
by portfolio segment during the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

Cash, 
Securities 
and Other

Consumer 
and Other

Construction 
and 
Development

1-4 Family 
Residential

Non-
Owner 
Occupied 
CRE

Owner 
Occupied 
CRE

Commercial 
and 
Industrial

Total

Changes in allowance for 
credit losses for the year 
ended December 31, 2023:

Beginning balance, prior to 
the adoption of ASU 
2016-13

Impact of adopting ASU 
2016-13

Provision (release) for credit 
losses

Charge-offs

Recoveries

$  1,198  $ 

191  $ 

2,025  $  6,309  $  3,490  $  1,510  $ 

2,460  $  17,183 

193 

106 

4,681 

(2,808)   

(689)   

(104)   

2,091 

3,470 

(430)   

(94)   

1,239 

— 

— 

(101)   

22 

— 

— 

856 

— 

13 

(476)   

(372)   

11,354 

  12,077 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(8,737)   

(8,838) 

4 

39 

Ending balance

$ 

961  $ 

124  $ 

7,945  $  4,370  $  2,325  $  1,034  $ 

7,172  $  23,931 

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash,
Securities
and Other

Consumer 
and Other

Construction
and 
Development

1-4
Family
Residential

Non-Owner
Occupied 
CRE

Owner 
Occupied
CRE

Commercial
and 
Industrial

Total

Changes in allowance for 
loan losses for the year 
ended December 31, 
2022(1):

Beginning balance

$  1,598  $ 

266  $ 

1,092  $ 

3,553  $ 

2,952  $  1,292  $ 

2,979  $  13,732 

(Recovery of)/provision for 
loan losses

Charge-offs

Recoveries

(399)   

84 

(1)   

(262)   

— 

103 

933 

— 

— 

2,756 

— 

— 

538 

— 

— 

218 

— 

— 

(448)   

3,682 

(71)   

— 

(334) 

103 

Ending balance

$  1,198  $ 

191  $ 

2,025  $ 

6,309  $ 

3,490  $  1,510  $ 

2,460  $  17,183 

Allowance for loan losses 
as of December 31, 2022 
allocated to loans evaluated 
for impairment(1):

Individually

Collectively

$ 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

1,198 

191 

2,025 

6,309 

3,490 

1,510 

2,460 

17,183 

Ending balance

$  1,198  $ 

191  $ 

2,025  $ 

6,309  $ 

3,490  $  1,510  $ 

2,460  $  17,183 

Loans as of December 31, 
2022, evaluated for 
impairment(1):

Individually

Collectively

Measured at fair value

Ending balance

$ 

4  $  —  $ 

201  $ 

—  $ 

—  $  1,165  $  10,833  $  12,203 

  165,666 

  26,539 

  288,296 

  898,154 

  496,776 

  214,891 

  350,195 

  2,440,517 

— 

23,415 
$ 165,670  $ — $  49,954  $ — $  288,497  $ — $ 898,154  $ — $ 496,776  $ — $ 216,056  $ — $  361,028  $ — $ 2,476,135 

  23,415 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1) The  allowance  for  credit  losses  for  periods  prior  to  the  ASU  2016-13  adoption  date  of  January  1,  2023  are  reported  in  accordance  with  previously 

applicable GAAP which presented loan balances gross rather than amortized cost. 

F-30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Quality Indicators

The  Company  categorizes  loans  into  risk  categories  based  on  relevant  information  about  the  ability  of  the 
borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, 
public  information,  and  current  economic  trends,  among  other  factors.  The  Company  analyzes  loans  individually  by 
classifying the loans by credit risk on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention—Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness or borrowing relationships that 
require  more  than  the  usual  amount  of  management  attention.  Adverse  industry  conditions,  deteriorating  financial 
conditions,  declining  trends,  management  problems,  documentation  deficiencies  or  other  similar  weaknesses  may  be 
evident. Ability to meet current payment schedules may be questionable, even though interest and principal are still being 
paid as agreed. The asset has potential weaknesses that may result in deteriorating repayment prospects if left uncorrected. 
Loans in this risk grade are not considered adversely classified.

Substandard—Substandard  loans  are  considered  "classified"  and  are  inadequately  protected  by  the  current  net 
worth  and  paying  capacity  of  the  obligor  or  by  the  collateral  pledged,  if  any.  Loans  so  classified  have  a  well-defined 
weakness or weaknesses that jeopardizes the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that 
the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans in this category may be placed on non-accrual 
status and may individually be evaluated.

Doubtful—Loans  graded  Doubtful  are  considered  "classified"  and  have  all  the  weaknesses  inherent  in  those 
classified  as  Substandard  with  the  added  characteristic  that  the  weaknesses  make  collection  or  liquidation  in  full,  on  the 
basis  of  currently  known  facts,  conditions  and  values,  highly  questionable  and  improbable.  However,  the  amount  of 
certainty of eventual loss is not known because of specific pending factors.

Loans accounted for under the fair value option are not rated.

The  following  table  presents  the  amortized  cost  basis  of  loans  by  credit  quality  indicator,  by  class  of  financing 
receivable, and year of origination for term loans as of December 31, 2023. For revolving lines of credit that converted to 
term loans, if the conversion involved a credit decision, such loans are included in the origination year in which the credit 
decision was made. If revolving lines of credit converted to term loans without a credit decision, such lines of credit are 
table. 
converted 
included 

“Revolving 

lines  of 

following 

column 

credit 

term” 

the 

the 

in 

in 

to 

December 31, 2023

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

Prior

Revolving 
Loans 
Amortized 
Cost Basis

Total

Term Loans Amortized Cost by Origination Year

Cash, Securities, and Other

Pass

Special mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Not rated

Total Cash, Securities, 
and Other

Current year-to-date gross 
write-offs

Consumer and Other

Pass

Special mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Not rated(1)

Total Consumer and 
Other

Current year-to-date gross 
write-offs

Construction and 
Development

$ 

8,091  $  17,878  $  17,181  $ 

5,966  $ 

6,337  $ 

13,188  $ 

69,602  $  138,243 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,704 

— 

— 

— 

1,704 

— 

— 

$ 

8,091  $  17,878  $  17,181  $ 

5,966  $ 

6,337  $ 

13,188  $ 

71,306  $  139,947 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

614  $ 

2,013  $ 

647  $ 

633  $ 

797  $ 

24  $ 

14,800  $ 

19,528 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

10,469 

2,544 

— 

— 

— 

614 

— 

— 

— 

99 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7,500 

— 

— 

— 

7,500 

— 

13,726 

614  $  12,482  $ 

3,191  $ 

1,247  $ 

896  $ 

24  $ 

22,300  $ 

40,754 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

8  $ 

91  $ 

2  $ 

—  $ 

101 

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass

Special mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Not rated

$  32,509  $  231,103  $  42,796  $  21,615  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

431  $  328,454 

— 

14,343 

2,719 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

14,343 

2,719 

— 

— 

Total Construction and 
Development

Current year-to-date gross 
write-offs

1-4 Family Residential

Pass

Special mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Not rated

Total 1-4 Family 
Residential

Current year-to-date gross 
write-offs

Non-Owner Occupied CRE

Pass

Special mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Not rated

Total Non-Owner 
Occupied CRE

Current year-to-date gross 
write-offs

Owner Occupied CRE

Pass

Special mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Not rated

Total Owner Occupied 
CRE

Current year-to-date gross 
write-offs

Commercial and Industrial

Pass

Special mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Not rated

Total Commercial and 
Industrial

Current year-to-date gross 
write-offs

$  35,228  $  245,446  $  42,796  $  21,615  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

431  $  345,516 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

$  97,901  $  373,525  $  143,694  $  108,815  $  37,756  $ 

31,452  $  131,806  $  924,949 

— 

578 

— 

— 

— 

2,438 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,016 

— 

— 

$  98,479  $  375,963  $  143,694  $  108,815  $  37,756  $ 

31,452  $  131,806  $  927,965 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

$  42,799  $  197,122  $  125,726  $  75,026  $  24,411  $ 

53,056  $ 

20,553  $  538,693 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4,999 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4,999 

— 

— 

— 

$  42,799  $  197,122  $  125,726  $  80,025  $  24,411  $ 

53,056  $ 

20,553  $  543,692 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

$ 

3,229  $  46,751  $  44,805  $  37,957  $ 

5,555  $ 

51,259  $ 

2,325  $  191,881 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,980 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,980 

— 

— 

$ 

3,229  $  46,751  $  48,785  $  37,957  $ 

5,555  $ 

51,259  $ 

2,325  $  195,861 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

$  38,497  $  59,612  $  15,430  $  13,457  $ 

6,430  $ 

16,068  $  152,782  $  302,276 

— 

1,618 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

29,355 

— 

— 

— 

1,674 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

920 

— 

— 

649 

688 

— 

— 

649 

34,255 

— 

— 

$  40,115  $  59,612  $  44,785  $  15,131  $ 

6,430  $ 

16,988  $  154,119  $  337,180 

$ 

—  $ 

8,737  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

8,737 

Total pass

$  223,640  $  928,004  $  390,279  $  263,469  $  81,286  $  165,047  $  392,299  $ 2,444,024 

Total special mention

Total substandard

Total doubtful

Total not rated

Total

— 

4,915 

— 

— 

14,343 

2,438 

— 

10,469 

— 

33,335 

— 

2,544 

4,999 

1,674 

— 

614 

— 

— 

— 

99 

— 

920 

— 

— 

649 

9,892 

— 

— 

19,991 

53,174 

— 

13,726 

$  228,555  $  955,254  $  426,158  $  270,756  $  81,385  $  165,967  $  402,840  $ 2,530,915 

(1)

Includes  loans  held  for  investment  measured  at  fair  value  as  of  December  31,  2023.  Includes  fair  value  adjustments  on  loans  held  for  investment 

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
accounted for under the fair value option.

The following presents, by class and by credit quality indicator, the recorded investment in the Company’s loans 

as of the date noted (dollars in thousands):

December 31, 2022

Pass

Special 
Mention

Substandard

Not Rated

Total

Cash, Securities, and Other
Consumer and Other(2)
Construction and Development

1-4 Family Residential

Non-Owner Occupied CRE

Owner Occupied CRE

Commercial and Industrial

$ 

165,555  $ 

—  $ 

4  $ 

—  $ 

165,559 

26,065 

285,426 

899,722 

493,134 

213,024 

348,844 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,185 

5 

201 

— 

— 

1,165 

10,762 

23,321 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

49,391 

285,627 

899,722 

493,134 

214,189 

361,791 

Total

$ 

2,431,770  $ 

2,185  $ 

12,137  $ 

23,321  $ 

2,469,413 

(1)

Includes  loans  held  for  investment  measured  at  fair  value  as  of  December  31,  2022.  Includes  fair  value  adjustments  on  loans  held  for  investment 

accounted for under the fair value option.

In accordance with ASC 855, Subsequent Events, the Company has determined that there was a subsequent event 
that  provided  additional  evidence  about  conditions  that  existed  at  the  date  of  the  balance  sheet.    The  effects  of  the 
subsequent event have been fully recognized in this Form 10-K.

NOTE 5 – PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

The following presents a summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation of premises and equipment as of the 

dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

Building and building improvements

Leasehold improvements, including artwork

Land

Equipment and software

Gross premise and equipment

Less: accumulated depreciation

Premises and equipment, net

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

12,190  $ 

14,336 

4,980 

6,619 

38,125 

(12,869)   

12,190 

12,879 

4,980 

5,815 

35,864 

(10,746) 

$ 

25,256  $ 

25,118 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the  Company  retired  an  immaterial  amount  of  equipment 

and software for an immaterial loss. 

Depreciation expense for premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 totaled $2.2 

million and $1.8 million, respectively.

NOTE 6 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill as of the dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

Beginning balance

Acquisition activity

Ending balance

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

$ 

$ 

30,400  $ 

30,588 

— 

(188) 

30,400  $ 

30,400 

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company initially recorded $6.4 million of goodwill as a result of the Teton Acquisition on December 31, 
2021.  In  the  first  quarter  of  2022,  goodwill  was  adjusted  by  $(0.2)  million  as  a  result  of  the  measurement  period 
adjustments.

The goodwill impairment analysis includes the determination of the carrying value of the reporting unit, including 
the existing goodwill, and estimating the fair value of the reporting unit. If the fair value is less than its carrying amount, 
goodwill impairment is recognized equal to the difference between the fair value and its carrying amount, not to exceed its 
carrying amount.

Goodwill  is  tested  annually  for  impairment  on  October  31  or  earlier  upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events.  A 
significant  amount  of  judgement  is  involved  in  determining  if  an  indicator  of  goodwill  impairment  occurred.  Such 
indicators may include, among others; a significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained significant decline in 
the  Company's  stock  price  and  market  capitalization;  a  significant  adverse  change  in  legal  factors  or  in  the  business 
climate; adverse assessment or action by a regulator; and unanticipated competition.  The impact to bank stocks triggered 
by  the  closure  of  two  well-known  regional  banks  caused  a  significant  decline  in  bank  stock  prices  in  March  of  2023, 
including our stock price.  As a result, the Company performed a quantitative goodwill impairment test as of October 31, 
2023  with  the  assistance  of  an  independent  third-party  firm  specializing  in  goodwill  impairment  valuations  for  financial 
institutions.    The  quantitative  impairment  testing  involves  management  judgment,  using  widely  accepted  valuation 
techniques,  such  as  the  market  approach  (earnings  multiples  and/or  transaction  multiples)  and  the  income  approach 
(discounted cash flow ("DCF") method). In applying these methodologies, the Company utilizes several factors, including 
actual operating results, future business plans, economic projections and market data. The Company provided a five year 
forecast for the analysis based on the historical growth we have experienced, in addition, we provided a stressed scenario 
which  forecasted  growth  using  assumptions  similar  to  the  economic  environment  in  2023.    Both  scenarios  produced  an 
estimated fair value that exceeded the carrying value of goodwill.  After the company recorded the impact of a loan related 
subsequent event, Management updated the Goodwill impairment analysis as of December 31, 2023.

 As of December 31, 2023, there has not been any impairment of goodwill identified or recorded. Goodwill totaled 

$30.4 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The  following  presents  the  Company’s  intangible  assets  and  related  accumulated  amortization  as  of  the  dates 

noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

Other intangibles

Less: accumulated amortization on other intangibles

Other intangible assets, net

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

5,926  $ 

(4,472)   

1,454  $ 

5,926 

(4,222) 

1,704 

Amortization expense on definite-lived customer relationship and non-compete intangible assets was $0.3 million 
for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. The following presents the expected amortization expense on definite-
lived intangible assets existing as of December 31, 2023 (dollars in thousands):

Year

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Thereafter

Total

$ 

Expense

226 

206 

193 

183 

175 

471 

$ 

1,454 

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 7 – LEASES

Leases in which the Company is determined to be the lessee are primarily operating leases comprised of real estate 
property and office space for our corporate headquarters and profit centers with terms that extend to 2032. In accordance 
with ASC 842, operating leases are required to be recognized as a right-of-use asset with a corresponding lease liability.

The  Company  elected  to  not  include  short-term  leases  with  initial  terms  of  twelve  months  or  less,  on  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table presents the classification of the right-of-use assets and corresponding 
liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets, as of the dates noted (dollars in thousands): 

Lease Right-of-Use Assets

Classification

Operating lease right-of-use assets

Other assets

Lease Liabilities

Operating lease liabilities

Classification

Other liabilities

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

$ 

8,929  $ 

8,602 

$ 

10,900  $ 

11,163 

The  Company’s  operating  lease  agreements  typically  include  an  option  to  renew  the  lease  at  the  Company’s 
discretion. To the extent the Company is reasonably certain it will exercise the renewal option at the inception of the lease, 
the  Company  will  include  the  extended  term  in  the  calculation  of  the  right-of-use  asset  and  lease  liability.  ASC  842 
requires  the  use  of  the  rate  implicit  in  the  lease  when  it  is  readily  determinable.  As  this  rate  is  typically  not  readily 
determinable, at the inception of the lease, the Company uses its collateralized incremental borrowing rate over a similar 
term. The amount of the right-of-use asset and lease liability are impacted by the discount rate used to calculate the present 
value of the minimum lease payments over the term of the lease.

Weighted-Average Remaining Lease Term

Operating leases

Weighted-Average Discount Rate

Operating leases

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

4.67 years

4.85 years

2.78%

2.63%

The Company’s operating leases contain fixed and variable lease components and it has elected to account for all 

classes of underlying assets as a single lease component. Variable lease costs primarily represent common area 
maintenance and parking. The Company recognized lease costs in Occupancy and equipment expense in the accompanying 
Consolidated Statements of Income. The following table represents the Company’s net lease costs during the periods 
presented (dollars in thousands):

Lease Costs

Operating lease cost

Variable lease cost

Lease costs, net

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

2,964  $ 

1,953 

4,917  $ 

3,151 

2,104 

5,255 

F-35

 
 
The following table presents a maturity analysis of the Company’s operating lease liabilities on an annual basis for 

each of the next five years and total amounts thereafter (dollars in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

Operating Leases

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Thereafter

Total future minimum lease payments

Less: imputed interest

$ 

3,506 

2,740 

1,425 

1,366 

1,063 

1,436 

11,536 

(636) 

Present value of net future minimum lease payments

$ 

10,900 

Leases  in  which  the  Company  is  determined  to  be  the  lessor  are  considered  operating  leases  and  consist  of  the 
partial lease of Company owned buildings. In accordance with ASC 842, these leases have been accounted for as operating 
leases. During the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized $0.3 million of lease income.

The  following  table  presents  a  maturity  analysis  of  the  Company’s  lease  payments  to  be  received  on  an  annual 

basis for each of the next five years and total amounts thereafter (dollars in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Thereafter

Undiscounted 
Operating Lease 
Income

$ 

290 

67 

20 

4 

— 

— 

Total undiscounted operating lease income

$ 

381 

 NOTE 8 – DEPOSITS

The following table presents the Company’s interest-bearing deposits as of the dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

Money market deposit accounts

Time deposits

Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts

Savings accounts

Total interest-bearing deposits

Estimated aggregate time deposits of $250 or greater

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

$ 

1,386,149  $ 

1,336,092 

496,452 

147,488 

16,371 

224,090 

234,778 

27,177 

$ 

$ 

2,046,460  $ 

1,822,137 

91,038  $ 

77,972 

Overdraft balances classified as loans totaled $0.1 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 

respectively.

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  presents  the  scheduled  maturities  of  all  time  deposits  for  the  next  five  years  ending 

December 31 (dollars in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Total

NOTE 9 – BORROWINGS

Time Deposits

$ 

414,613 

43,764 

906 

2,436 

34,733 

$ 

496,452 

The  Bank  has  executed  a  blanket  pledge  and  security  agreement  with  the  FHLB  that  requires  certain  loans  and 
securities  be  pledged  as  collateral  for  any  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  agreement.  The  collateral  pledged  as  of 
December  31,  2023  and  December  31,  2022  amounted  to  $1.31  billion  and  $1.26  billion,  respectively.  Based  on  this 
collateral and the Company’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Company was eligible to borrow an additional $656.6 million as 
of December 31, 2023. Each advance is payable at its maturity date.

On  March  12,  2023,  the  FRB  announced  it  would  make  additional  funding  available  to  eligible  depository 
institutions to help assure banks have the ability to meet the needs of depositors made available through the creation of a 
new  Bank  Term  Funding  Program  ("BTFP").  The  BTFP  is  meant  to  be  an  additional  resource  of  liquidity  against  high-
quality securities, eliminating an institutions need to quickly sell those securities in times of stress. As of  December 31, 
2023, the Company has pledged a par value of $44.3 million in securities under the BTFP and borrowed $31.0 million with 
a maturity date of March 27, 2024. The rate for the borrowings is based on the one year overnight swap rate plus 10 basis 
points but no lower than the interest rate on reserve balances in effect on the day the loan is made and is fixed over the term 
of the advance based on the date of the advance.

The Company had the following required maturities on FHLB and FRB borrowings as of the dates noted (dollars 

in thousands):

Maturity Date

May 5, 2023
January 1, 2024(1)
March 27, 2024

March 29, 2024

Total 

Rate %

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

 0.76 % $ 

—  $ 

 5.55 

 4.78 

 5.60 

41,175 

30,997 

50,000 

10,000 

131,498 

— 

— 

$ 

122,172  $ 

141,498 

(1) The borrowing has a one day, automatic daily renewal maturity date, subject to FHLB discretion not to renew.

To bolster the effectiveness of the SBA’s PPP, the Federal Reserve is supplying liquidity to participating financial 
institutions  through  term  financing  collateralized  by  PPP  loans  to  small  businesses.  The  Paycheck  Protection  Program 
Liquidity  Facility  ("PPPLF")  extends  credit  to  eligible  financial  institutions  that  originate  PPP  loans,  taking  the  loans  as 
collateral at face value and bearing interest at 35 bps. The terms of the loans are directly tied to the underlying PPP loans, 
which were originated at 2 or 5 years. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had outstanding 
$3.5 million and $5.4 million, respectively, under the PPPLF program which is included in the FHLB and Federal Reserve 
borrowings line of the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Bank has borrowing capacity associated with two unsecured federal funds lines of credit up to $10.0 million 
and  $19.0  million.  As  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  there  were  no  amounts  outstanding  on  any  of  the  federal  funds 
lines.

F-37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  January  1,  2022,  the  Company  redeemed  the  subordinated  notes  due  December  31,  2026  in  the  amount  of 
$6.6 million, which were redeemable on or after January 1, 2022. The redemption price was equal to 100% of the principal 
amount being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding the date of redemption.

The  following  presents  the  Company's  subordinated  notes  included  in  the  Subordinated  notes  line  of  the 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of the periods noted (dollars in thousands):

Issuance Date

Stated Rate

Interest Paid

Maturity

Carrying Value

Initial Debt 
Issuance Costs

Remaining Net 
Balance (1)

March 2020

5.125% per annum until 3/31/2025, then 
alternative rate plus 450 basis points 
until maturity

November 2020

4.25% per annum until 12/1/2025, then 
SOFR plus 402 basis points until 
maturity

August 2021

3.25% per annum until 9/1/2026, then 
SOFR plus 258 basis points until 
maturity

December 2022

7.00% per annum until 12/15/2027, then 
SOFR plus 328 basis points until 
maturity

Quarterly

3/31/2030

$ 

8,000  $ 

120  $ 

7,970 

Semi-annual 
(Quarterly 
beginning 
12/01/25)

Semi-annual 
(Quarterly 
beginning 
09/01/26)

Semi-annual 
(Quarterly 
beginning 
12/15/27)

12/1/2030

10,000 

162 

9,908 

9/1/2031

15,000 

242 

14,853 

12/15/2032

20,000 

506 

19,609 

______________________________________
(1) Remaining net balance includes amortization of debt issuance costs.

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the  Company  recorded  $2.7  million  and  $1.4  million, 
respectively, of interest expense related to the collective subordinated notes. The subordinated notes are included in Tier 2 
capital under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations, subject to limitations. 

The Company’s borrowing facilities include various financial and other covenants, including, but not limited to, a 
requirement that the Bank maintains regulatory capital that is deemed "well capitalized" by federal banking agencies. See 
Note 22 – Regulatory Capital Matters for additional information. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company was in 
compliance with the covenant requirements.

NOTE 10 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of 
business to meet the financing needs of its clients. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit. Such 
commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Commitments may expire without being utilized. The Company’s exposure to credit loss is 
represented by the contractual amount of these commitments, although material losses are not anticipated. The Company 
follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

The following table presents the Company’s financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk, as 

of the dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

Unused lines of credit
Standby letters of credit

Commitments to make loans to sell

Commitments to make loans

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Fixed Rate

Variable Rate

Fixed Rate

Variable Rate

$ 

86,398  $ 
13,922 

540,255  $ 
12,094 

211,285  $ 
8,571 

18,917 

5,275 

— 

7,115 

13,553 

20,895 

601,202 
16,737 

— 

81,663 

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unused  lines  of  credit  are  agreements  to  lend  to  a  client  as  long  as  there  is  no  violation  of  any  condition 
established  in  the  contract.  Commitments  generally  have  fixed  expiration  dates  or  other  termination  clauses  and  may 
require  payment  of  a  fee.  Several  of  the  commitments  may  expire  without  being  drawn  upon.  Therefore,  the  total 
commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.  The  amount  of  collateral  obtained,  if  it  is 
deemed necessary by the Company, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the client.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a 
client’s  obligation  to  a  third  party.  Those  letters  of  credit  are  primarily  issued  to  support  public  and  private  borrowing 
arrangements.  Substantially  all  letters  of  credit  issued  have  expiration  dates  within  one  year.  The  credit  risk  involved  in 
issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to clients. The Company holds 
collateral supporting those commitments if deemed necessary.

Commitments to make loans to sell are agreements to lend to a client which would then be sold to an investor in 
the  secondary  market  for  which  the  interest  rate  has  been  locked  with  the  client,  provided  there  is  no  violation  of  any 
condition  within  the  contract  with  either  party.  Commitments  to  make  loans  to  sell  have  fixed  interest  rates.  Since 
commitments  may  expire  without  being  extended,  total  commitment  amounts  may  not  necessarily  represent  cash 
requirements.

Commitments  to  make  loans  are  agreements  to  lend  to  a  client,  provided  there  is  no  violation  of  any  condition 
within the contract. Commitments to make loans generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since 
commitments  may  expire  without  being  extended,  total  commitment  amounts  may  not  necessarily  represent  cash 
requirements.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures

To estimate the ACL on unfunded loan commitments, the Company determines the probability of funding based 
on historical utilization statistics for unfunded loan commitments. Loss rates are calculated using the same assumptions as 
the associated funded balance. Refer to Note 4 – Loans and the Allowance for Credit Losses for changes in the factors that 
influenced the current estimate of ACL and reasons for the changes. The following table presents the changes in the ACL 
on unfunded loan commitments:

Beginning balance

Impact of adopting ASU 2016-13

(Release) provision for credit losses

Ending balance

Litigation, Claims and Settlements

December 31,
2023

$ 

$ 

419 

3,481 

(1,722) 

2,178 

The  Company  is,  from  time  to  time,  involved  in  various  legal  actions  arising  in  the  normal  course  of  business. 
While the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of management, 
based on advice from legal counsel, that no proceedings exist, either individually or in the aggregate, which, if determined 
adversely to the Company, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

NOTE 11 – SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

The Company’s common stock has no par value and each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each 

share (though certain voting restrictions may exist on non-vested restricted stock) held.

On  January  6,  2022,  the  Company  filed  a  Form  S-3  Registration  Statement  with  the  SEC  providing  that  the 
Company may offer and sell from time to time, separately or together, in multiple series or in one or more offering, any 
combination  of  common  stock,  preferred  stock,  debt  securities,  warrants,  depository  shares  and  units,  up  to  a  maximum 
aggregate offer price of $100 million. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company sold no shares of common 
stock. 

F-39

 
 
Restricted Stock Awards

In 2017, the Company issued 105,264 shares of common stock ("Restricted Stock Awards") with a value of $3.0 
million to the sole member of EMC Holdings, LLC ("EMC"), subject to forfeiture based on his continued employment with 
the Company. Half of the Restricted Stock Awards ($1.5 million or 52,632 shares) vested ratably over five years. These 
awards fully vested during the year ended December 31, 2022. The remaining $1.5 million, or 52,632 shares, were eligible 
to be earned based on performance of the mortgage division of the Company.

As  of  December  31,  2023,  all  restricted  stock  awards  were  fully  vested  and  no  unrecognized  compensation 
expense  remained.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  the  Company  recognized  compensation  expense  of  $0.2 
million for the Restricted Stock Awards. During the year ended December 31, 2022, 10,527 shares of the restricted stock 
awards vested. As of December 31, 2022, all restricted stock awards were fully vested and no unrecognized compensation 
expense remains. 

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

The  2008  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (“the  2008  Plan”)  was  frozen  in  connection  with  the  adoption  of  First  Western 
Financial, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan ("the 2016 Plan") and no new awards may be granted under the 2008 Plan. 
Remaining shares not issued under the 2008 Plan poured into the 2016 Plan. As of December 31, 2023, there were a total 
of 350,145 shares available for issuance under the 2016 Plan. If the Awards outstanding under the 2008 Plan or the 2016 
Plan  are  forfeited,  cancelled  or  terminated  with  no  consideration  paid  to  the  Company,  those  amounts  will  increase  the 
number of shares eligible to be granted under the 2016 Plan.

Stock Options

The Company did not grant any stock options during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the  Company  recognized  no  stock  based  compensation 
expense  associated  with  stock  options.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  has  no  unrecognized  stock-based 
compensation expense related to stock options.

The following table presents activity for nonqualified stock options for the year ended December 31, 2023:

Outstanding as of December 31, 2022
Exercised
Forfeited or expired
Outstanding as of December 31, 2023
Options fully vested/exercisable as of December 31, 2023

Number
of
Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

184,165 $ 
(12,260)
(40,969)
130,936  
130,936  

22.76 
20.00 
20.31 
23.79 
23.79 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

1.5
1.5

(1)

(1)

_____________________________
(1)

Nonqualified stock options outstanding at the end of the period and those fully vested/exercisable had immaterial aggregate intrinsic values.

As  of  December  31,  2023  and  December  31,  2022,  there  were  130,936  and  184,165  options,  respectively,  that 
were exercisable. Exercise prices are between $20.00 and $27.00 per share, and the options are exercisable for a period of 
ten years from the original grant date and expire on various dates between 2024 and 2026.

F-40

 
 
Restricted Stock Units

Pursuant  to  the  2016  Plan,  the  Company  can  grant  associates  and  non-associate  directors  long-term  cash  and 
stock-based compensation. Historically, the Company has granted certain associates restricted stock units which are earned 
over time or based on various performance measures and convert to common stock upon vesting, which are summarized 
here and expanded further below.

The  following  table  presents  the  activity  for  the  Time  Vesting  Units,  the  Financial  Performance  Units  and  the 

Market Performance Units during the year ended December 31, 2023:

Outstanding as of December 31, 2022

Granted

Vested

Forfeited 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2023

Time
Vesting
Units

Financial
Performance
Units

Market
Performance
Units

285,995

77,871

(85,448)

(35,894)

242,524

235,512

102,188

(11,575)

(34,709)

291,416

—

—

—

—

—

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company issued 71,895 net shares of common stock upon the 

settlement of Restricted Stock Units. The remaining 25,128 shares, with a combined market value at the dates of settlement 
of $0.4 million, were withheld to cover employee withholding taxes and were subsequently added back to the Company’s 
pool of shares available for issuance. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company issued 67,860 net shares of 
common stock upon the settlement of Restricted Stock Units. The remaining 28,158 shares, with a combined market value 
at the dates of settlement of $0.9 million, were withheld to cover employee withholding taxes and were subsequently added 
back to the Company’s pool of shares available for issuance.

Time Vesting Units

Time Vesting Units are granted to full-time associates and board members at the date approved by the Company’s 
board of directors. The Company granted 77,871 Time Vesting Units with a five-year service period during the year ended 
December  31,  2023,  that  vest  in  equal  installments  of  20%  on  the  anniversary  of  the  grant  date,  assuming  continuous 
employment  through  the  scheduled  vesting  dates.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the  Company 
recognized  compensation  expense  of  $1.6  million  and  $1.7  million,  respectively,  for  the  Time  Vesting  Units.  As  of 
December  31,  2023,  there  was  $4.6  million  of  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  the  Time  Vesting  Units, 
which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.3 years.

Financial Performance Units

Financial Performance Units are granted to certain key associates and are earned based on the Company achieving 
various  financial  performance  metrics.  If  the  Company  achieves  the  financial  metrics,  which  include  various  thresholds 
from 0% up to 150%, then the Financial Performance Units will have a subsequent vesting period.

F-41

The  following  table  presents  the  Company’s  existing  Financial  Performance  Units  as  of  December  31,  2023 

(dollars in thousands, except share amounts):

Maximum 
Issuable 
Shares at 
Current 
Threshold

Threshold 
Accrual

Unrecognized 
Compensation 
Expense

Weighted-
Average Life (1)

Financial Metric 
End Date

Vesting 
Requirement End 
Date

Grant Period

May 1, 2019 through April 30, 
2020

May 1, 2020 through December 
31, 2020, excluding November 18, 
2020

 150 %

59,449

$ 

 150 %

67,905

On November 18, 2020

 114 %

23,150

May 3, 2021 through August 11, 
2021

May 2, 2022 through November 2, 
2022, excluding August 4, 2022(2)

On August 4, 2022 (3)

On May 1, 2023 (2)

 74 %

24,504

 — %  

— 

 33 %

 — %  

9,090

— 

— 

183 

74 

270 

— 

170 

— 

0.0 years December 31, 2021 December 31, 2023

1.0 year December 31, 2022 December 31, 2023

1.9 years December 31, 2022

50% November 18, 
2023 and 2025

2.0 years December 31, 2023 December 31, 2025

3.0 years December 31, 2024 December 31, 2026

3.0 years December 31, 2024 December 31, 2026

4.0 years December 31, 2025 December 31, 2027

_____________________________
(1)

(2)

(3)

Represents the expected unrecognized stock-based compensation expense recognition period.
As the performance threshold is not expected to be met in future performance periods, there is no related unrecognized compensation as of 
December 31, 2023. 
Performance threshold was not met for the year ended December 31, 2023. The 100% threshold is expected to be met for the year ended December 
31, 2024.

The  following  table  presents  the  Company’s  Financial  Performance  Units  activity  for  the  years  noted 

December 31 (dollars in thousands):

Grant Period
May 1, 2019 through April 30, 2020(1)

May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020, excluding 
November 18, 2020(1)
On November 18, 2020
May 3, 2021 through August 11, 2021(2)

22,577

24,230

2,942
—

Units Granted

Compensation Expense Recognized

2023

2022

2023

2022

— $ 

68  $ 

—  

—  
—  

136 

147 
(135)   

— 
33 
— 

122 

168 

41 
273 

— 
47 
— 

May 2, 2022 through November 2, 2022, excluding 
August 4, 2022(2)
On August 4, 2022(3)
On May 1, 2023(4)
_____________________________
(1)  Granted shares represent the final performance period payout percentage above the 100% threshold initially granted.
(2) 

65,425  
27,272  
—  

322
—
52,117

Performance threshold was not met for the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and, therefore, no compensation expense was 
recognized for the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
Performance threshold was not met for the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. The 100% threshold is expected to be met for 
the year ended December 31, 2024.
Performance threshold was not met for the year ended December 31, 2023, therefore, no compensation expense was recognized for the year ended 
December 31, 2023.

(3) 

(4) 

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Market Performance Units

Market Performance Units were granted to certain key associates and are earned based on growth in the value of 
the Company’s common stock, and were dependent on the Company completing an initial public offering of stock during a 
defined period of time. On July 23, 2018, the Company completed its initial public offering and the Market Performance 
Units  performance  condition  was  met.  Subsequent  to  the  performance  condition  there  was  also  a  market  condition  as  a 
vesting  requirement  for  the  Market  Performance  Units.  If  the  Company's  common  stock  was  trading  at  or  above  certain 
prices,  over  a  performance  period  which  ended  on  June  30,  2020,  the  Market  Performance  Units  would  have  been 
determined to be earned and vest following the completion of a subsequent service period, which ended on June 30, 2022. 
The Company's common stock did not trade at or above the required prices over the performance period and as a result, no 
Market Performance Units were eligible to be earned. 

As of the end of the subsequent service period, or June 30, 2022, the Company had no remaining unrecognized 

compensation expense related to the Market Performance Units.

NOTE 12 – EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

The  following  table  presents  the  calculation  of  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  common  share  for  the  periods 

indicated:

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Earnings per common share - Basic

Numerator:

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

Net income available for common shareholders

$ 

5,225  $ 

21,698 

Denominator:

Basic weighted average shares

Earnings per common share - basic

Earnings per common share - Diluted

Numerator:

9,541,050

9,461,349

$ 

0.55  $ 

2.29 

Net income available for common shareholders

$ 

5,225  $ 

21,698 

Denominator:

Basic weighted average shares

Diluted effect of common stock equivalents:

Stock options

Time Vesting Units 

Financial Performance Units

Market Performance Units

Total diluted effect of common stock equivalents

Diluted weighted average shares

Earnings per common share - diluted

9,541,050

9,461,349

4,006

67,740

113,114

— 

184,860

9,725,910

42,944

117,774

88,143

3,413

252,274

9,713,623

$ 

0.54  $ 

2.23 

Diluted  earnings  per  share  was  computed  without  consideration  to  potentially  dilutive  instruments  as  their 

inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. 

F-43

 
The  following  table  presents  potentially  dilutive  securities  excluded  from  the  diluted  earnings  per  share 

calculation during the periods presented:

Stock options

Time Vesting Units

Financial Performance Units

Total potentially dilutive securities

NOTE 13 – INCOME TAXES

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

133,464 

120,653

6,818

260,935

— 

86,145

23,553

109,698

The following table presents the components of the Company’s income tax expense as of December 31 (dollars in 

thousands):

Current:

Federal

State and local

Total current tax (benefit)/expense

Deferred:

Federal

State and local

Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax expense

Income tax expense

2023

2022

$ 

60  $ 

(281)   

(221)   

1,844 

213 

— 

2,057 

5,637 

936 

6,573 

536 

(55) 

76 

557 

$ 

1,836  $ 

7,130 

The following is a reconciliation of income taxes reflected on the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years 
ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, with income tax expense computed by applying the United States federal income tax 
rate of 21% to income before income taxes (dollars in thousands):

Income tax expense computed at 21% statutory rate

Differences:

Permanent differences

State taxes, net of federal expense

LIHTC investment tax credit

LIHTC investment proportional amortization

Valuation allowance

Other, net

Income tax expense

2023

2022

$ 

1,483  $ 

6,054 

(106)   

224 

(441)   

484 

— 

192 

101 

1,005 

(404) 

378 

76 

(80) 

$ 

1,836  $ 

7,130 

F-44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the principal components of the Company’s deferred tax items as of December 31 

(dollars in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforwards
Allowance for credit losses(1)
Acquired loans fair market value adjustments

Loans accounted for under the fair value option

Deferred Rent - Liability

Stock-based compensation

Other intangible assets

Unrealized losses on securities

Accrued bonuses

Loan fees

Accrued expenses

Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Goodwill

Depreciation

Deferred Rent - Asset

Acquired loans fair market value adjustments

FHLB Redemption

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net operating loss valuation allowance 

Net deferred tax asset

2023

2022

$ 

472  $ 

6,194 

607 

216 

2,579 

1,423 

186 

383 

376 

74 

77 

184 

12,771 

(1,263)   

(2,311)   

(2,113)   

(196)   

(33)   

(5,916)   

(448)   

$ 

6,407  $ 

472 

4,165 

826 

146 

2,706 

1,705 

254 

495 

— 

459 

— 

1,574 

12,802 

(1,087) 

(1,864) 

(2,085) 

(215) 

(189) 

(5,440) 

(448) 

6,914 

(1) Provision for credit loss amounts for periods prior to the ASC 326 adoption date of January 1, 2023 are reported in accordance with previously 
applicable GAAP. 

Management believes it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable 
income  to  realize  the  total  deferred  tax  assets.  The  net  operating  loss  ("NOL")  carryforwards  expire  in  tax  years  2028 
through  2032.  As  of  December  31,  2023  and  December  31,  2022,  the  Company  had  $5.5  million  of  California  NOLs 
available  for  utilization.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  $5.2  million  is  recorded  as  a  valuation  allowance,  resulting  in  a  tax 
effected valuation allowance of $0.4 million. The Company identified no other material uncertain tax positions for which it 
is  reasonably  possible  the  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  will  significantly  increase  or  decrease  within  12 
months. 

The Company and its subsidiaries file tax returns for the United States and for multiple states and localities. The 
United States federal income tax returns of the Company are eligible to be examined for the years 2020 and forward and 
for the years 2019 and forward for major state taxing jurisdictions. There are no federal or state tax examinations currently 
in progress.

F-45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 14 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors a 401(k) Plan, which is a defined contribution plan, in which substantially all associates 
are eligible to participate in and associates may contribute up to 100% of their compensation subject to certain limits based 
on federal tax laws. The Company may elect to make matching contributions as defined by the plan. For the years ended 
December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the  Company  expensed  matching  contributions  to  the  plan  totaling  $0.8  million  and  $1.0 
million,  respectively.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the  Company  incurred  $0.1  million  of 
administrative fees attributable to the plan.

NOTE 15 – RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The  Bank  extends  credit  to  certain  covered  parties  including  Company  directors,  executive  officers,  and  their 
affiliates.  As  of  December  31,  2023  and  December  31,  2022,  there  were  no  delinquent  or  non-performing  loans  to  any 
executive officer or director of the Company. These covered parties, along with principal owners, management, immediate 
family of management or principal owners, a parent company and its subsidiaries, trusts for the benefit of employees, and 
other parties, may be considered related parties. The following table presents a summary of related-party loan activity as of 
the dates noted (dollars in thousands):

Balance, beginning of year
Funded loans

Payments collected

Changes in related parties

Balance, end of period

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

$ 

16,859  $ 
13,427 

(5,212)   

284 

$ 

25,358  $ 

12,833 
15,079 

(11,053) 

— 

16,859 

Deposits  from  related  parties  held  by  the  Bank  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  December  31,  2022  totaled 

$16.3 million and $36.9 million, respectively.

The Company leases office spaces from entities controlled by one of the Company’s board members. During each 

of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company incurred $0.2 million of expense related to these leases.

The Company earned trust and investment management fees of $0.1 million from related parties during each of 
the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Assets under management for those related parties totaled $111.6 million 
and $123.5 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. 

NOTE 16 – FAIR VALUE

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the 
principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the 
measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

Level 1:

Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to 
access as of the measurement date.

Level 2:

Significant  other  observable  inputs  other  than  Level  1  prices  such  as  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or 
liabilities;  quoted  prices  in  markets  that  are  not  active;  or  other  inputs  that  are  observable  or  can  be 
corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3:

Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market 
participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

F-46

 
 
 
 
 
Recurring Fair Value

Equity  Securities:  Fair  value  of  equity  securities  represents  the  market  value  of  mutual  funds  based  on  quoted 
market prices (Level 1) and the value of stock held in other companies, which is based on recent market transactions or 
quoted rates that are not actively traded (Level 2).

Equity  Warrants:  Fair  value  of  equity  warrants  of  private  companies  are  priced  using  a  Black-Scholes  option 
pricing model to estimate the fair value by using strike prices, option expiration dates, risk-free interest rates, and option 
volatility assumptions (Level 3).

Guarantee  Asset  and  Liability:  The  guarantee  asset  represents  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  received  in 
exchange for the credit enhancement fee. The guarantee liability represents a financial guarantee to cover the second layer 
of any losses on loans sold to FHLB under the MPF 125 loan sales agreement. The guarantee liability value on day one is 
equivalent to the guarantee asset fair value, which is the consideration for the credit enhancement fee paid over the life of 
the loans. The liability is then carried at amortized cost. Significant inputs in the valuation analysis for the asset are Level 
3, due to the nature of this asset and the lack of market quotes. The fair value of the guarantee asset is determined using a 
discounted cash flow model, for which significant unobservable inputs include assumed future prepayment rates (“CPR”) 
and market discount rate (Level 3). An increase in prepayment rates or discount rate would generally reduce the estimated 
fair value of the guarantee asset. 

Derivatives:  Derivatives  include  our  swap  derivatives,  which  are  compromised  of  cash  flow  hedges  and 
derivatives not designated as hedges. The fair values of derivatives are based on valuation models using observable market 
data as of the measurement date (Level 2). Our derivatives are traded in an over-the-counter market where quoted market 
prices  are  not  always  available.  Therefore,  the  fair  values  of  derivatives  are  determined  using  quantitative  models  that 
utilize multiple market inputs. The inputs will vary based on the type of derivative, but could include interest rates, prices 
and indices to generate continuous yield or pricing curves, prepayment rates, and volatility factors to value the position. 
The majority of market inputs are actively quoted and can be validated through external sources, including brokers, market 
transactions and third-party pricing services.

Mortgage  Related  Derivatives:  Mortgage  related  derivatives  include  our  IRLC,  FSC,  and  the  forward 
commitments on our loans held for sale pipeline. The fair value estimate of our IRLC is based on valuation models using 
market data from secondary market loan sales and direct contacts with third party investors as of the measurement date and 
pull  through  assumptions  (Level  3).  The  FSC  fair  value  estimate  reflects  the  potential  pair  off  fee  associated  with 
mandatory trades and is estimated by using a market differential and pair off penalty assessed by the investor (Level 3). 
The fair value estimate of the forward commitments is based on market prices of similar securities to the underlying MBS 
(Level 2).

Loans  Held  at  Fair  Value:  The  fair  value  of  loans  held  for  investment  are  typically  determined  based  on 
discounted  cash  flow  analysis  using  market-based  interest  rate  spreads.  Discounted  cash  flow  analysis  are  adjusted,  as 
appropriate, to reflect current market conditions and borrower specific credit risk. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, 
loans held for investment are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale: The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is estimated based upon quotes from 

third party investors for similar assets resulting in a Level 2 classification.

Loans Held for Sale: The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using actual quoted commitments from 

third party investors resulting in a Level 1 classification.

F-47

The following tables present assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of the dates noted (dollars in 

thousands):

December 31, 2023

Financial Assets

Mortgage loans held for sale

Loans held at fair value

Equity securities

Guarantee asset

IRLC, net

Equity warrants

Swap derivative asset

Financial Liabilities

Forward commitments and FSC

Swap derivative liabilities

December 31, 2022

Financial Assets

Mortgage loans held for sale

Loans held for sale

Loans held at fair value

Forward commitments and FSC

Equity securities

Guarantee asset

IRLC, net

Equity warrants

Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Reported
Balance

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

636  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

7,254  $ 

—  $ 

122  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

763  $ 

351  $ 

740  $ 

—  $ 

13,726  $ 

7,254 

13,726 

—  $ 

189  $ 

345  $ 

795  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

758 

189 

345 

795 

763 

351 

740 

Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Reported
Balance

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

8,839  $ 

1,965  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

627  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

46  $ 

122  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

8,839 

1,965 

23,321  $ 

23,321 

—  $ 

—  $ 

143  $ 

229  $ 

825  $ 

46 

749 

143 

229 

825 

There were no transfers between levels during the year ended December 31, 2023 or 2022. On April 1, 2022, the 
Company  elected  to  transfer  all  securities  classified  as  available-for-sale  to  held-to-maturity  and  are  now  carried  at 
amortized cost.  See Note 2 – Investment Securities for more information.

As of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, equity securities, equity warrants, IRLC, and guarantee assets 
have  been  recorded  at  fair  value  within  the  Other  assets  line  item  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  All  changes  are 
recorded in Non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

F-48

Fair Value Option

The Company has elected to account for certain purchased whole loans held for investment under the fair value 
option in order to align the accounting presentation with the Company's viewpoint of the economics of the loans. Interest 
income on loans held for investment accounted for under the fair value option is recognized within Interest and dividend 
income  in  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.  Not  electing  fair  value  generally  results  in  a  larger 
discount being recorded on the date of the loan purchase. The discount is subsequently accreted into interest income over 
the  underlying  loan's  remaining  term  using  the  effective  interest  method.  Additionally,  management  has  elected  the  fair 
value option for mortgage loans originated and held for sale and loans held for sale.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company reclassified $2.0 million of loans held for investment to loans held for 
sale. The transfer occurred at the point in time the Company decided to sell the loan and received a commitment from third 
party investors to purchase the loan. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company reclassified $39.2 million of 
loans held for investment to loans held for sale.  The transfers occurred at the point in time the Company decided to sell the 
loans  and  received  a  commitment  from  third  party  investors  to  purchase  the  loans.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  a  total  of 
$40.8 million reclassified loans held for sale have been sold. As of December 31, 2023, there were no loans reclassified 
from held for investment to held for sale. 

There  were  no  loans  accounted  for  under  the  fair  value  option  that  were  90  days  or  more  past  due  and  still 
accruing interest as of December 31, 2023 or December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2023, there were 98 loans, totaling 
$0.2 million accounted for under the fair value option that were on nonaccrual. As of December 31, 2022, there were 145 
loans,  totaling  $0.1  million  accounted  for  under  the  fair  value  option  that  were  on  nonaccrual.  During  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2023,  the  Company  recorded  net  charge-offs  of  $1.7  million  on  loans  accounted  for  under  the  fair  value 
option to Net loss on loans accounted for under the fair value option on the Consolidated Statements of Income. During the 
year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded an immaterial amount of charge-offs on loans accounted for under 
the fair value option.

The  following  tables  provide  more  information  about  the  fair  value  carrying  amount  and  unpaid  principal 

outstanding of loans accounted for under the fair value option as of the dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage loans held 
for sale
Loans held for 
investment, fair value 
option

(Dollars in thousands)

Mortgage loans held 
for sale
Loans held for sale

Loans held for 
investment, fair value 
option

Total Loans

December 31, 2023

Non Accruals

Fair Value 
Carrying 
Amount

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance

Difference

Fair Value 
Carrying 
Amount

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance

Difference

90 Days or More Past Due

Fair 
Value 
Carrying 
Amount

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance

Difference

$  7,254  $  7,106  $ 

148  $  —  $  —  $  —  $  —  $  —  $  — 

  13,726 
$  20,980  $ 21,235  $ 

  14,129 

(403)   
(255)  $ 

220 

210 
210  $  220  $ 

(10)   
(10)  $ 

220 

210 
210  $  220  $ 

(10) 
(10) 

Total Loans

December 31, 2022

Non Accruals

90 Days or More Past Due

Fair Value 
Carrying 
Amount

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance Difference

Fair Value 
Carrying 
Amount

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance Difference

Fair Value 
Carrying 
Amount

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance Difference

$  8,839  $  8,750  $ 

1,965 

  1,984 

89  $  —  $  —  $  —  $  —  $  —  $  — 
— 
— 
(19)   

  — 

  — 

— 

— 

  23,321 

  23,415 

(94)   

139 

140 

(1)   

139 

140 

$ 34,125  $ 34,149  $ 

(24)  $ 

139  $  140  $ 

(1)  $ 

139  $  140  $ 

(1) 

(1) 

F-49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the changes in fair value of loans accounted for under the fair value option as of the 

dates noted (dollars in thousands):

Changes in Fair Value

Mortgage loans held for sale

Loans held for sale

Loans held for investment

Year Ended

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

59  $ 

(20)   

(309)   

(270)  $ 

(673) 

(20) 

(94) 

(787) 

The following summarizes the activity pertaining to loans accounted for under the fair value option as of the dates 

noted (dollars in thousands):

Year Ended

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

8,839 
276,045 

59 

(277,683) 

(6) 

7,254 

$ 

30,620 
439,682 

(673) 

(460,514) 

(276) 

8,839 

Year Ended

December 31,

2023

2022

1,965 

$ 

39,221 

(20) 

(40,761) 

(405) 

— 

1,985 

(20) 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

1,965 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

23,321 

$ 

1,173 

(309) 

(1,700) 

(8,759) 

$ 

13,726 

$ 

— 

35,616 

(94) 

— 

(12,201) 

23,321 

Mortgage loans held for sale

Balance at beginning of period
Loans originated

Fair value changes

Sales

Settlements

Balance at end of period

Loans held for sale

Balance at beginning of period

Loans transferred from held for investment

Fair value changes

Sales

Settlements

Balance at end of period

Loans held for investment, fair value option

Balance at beginning of period

Loans acquired

Fair value changes

Net charge-offs

Settlements

Balance at end of period

F-50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonrecurring Fair Value

Other Real Estate Owned ("OREO"): Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded 
at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. They are subsequently accounted for at lower of 
cost  or  fair  value  less  estimated  costs  to  sell.  Fair  value  is  commonly  based  on  recent  real  estate  appraisals  which  are 
updated no less frequently than on an annual basis. Appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of 
approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process 
by  the  independent  appraisers  to  adjust  for  differences  between  comparable  sales  and  income  data  available.  Such 
adjustments can be significant and typically result in Level 3 classifications of the inputs for determining fair value. OREO 
is evaluated annually for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly.

Collateral Dependent Loans: The fair value of collateral dependent loans individually analyzed and not included 
in the pooled loan analysis under the ACL is generally based on recent appraisals and the value of any credit enhancements 
associated with the loan. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including 
comparable  sales  and  the  income  approach.  Adjustments  are  routinely  made  in  the  appraisal  process  by  the  independent 
appraisers  to  adjust  for  differences  between  the  comparable  sales  and  income  data  available.  Such  adjustments  can  be 
significant and typically result in Level 3 classifications of the inputs for determining fair value. Collateral dependent loans 
are evaluated monthly and adjusted accordingly if needed.

Appraisals for both collateral-dependent impaired loans and OREO are performed by certified general appraisers 
(for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses 
have been reviewed and verified by the Company. Once received, the Company reviews the assumptions and approaches 
utilized  in  the  appraisal  as  well  as  the  overall  resulting  fair  value  in  comparison  with  independent  data  sources  such  as 
recent market data or industry-wide statistics.

The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of the dates noted (dollars in 

thousands):

December 31, 2023

Collateral dependent loans

Consumer and Other

1-4 Family Residential

Commercial and Industrial

Owner Occupied CRE

Total

Quoted
Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Reported
Balance

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

7,500  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,438 

25,738 

3,980 

—  $ 

—  $ 

39,656  $ 

7,500 

2,438 

25,738 

3,980 

39,656 

The  credit  enhancement  -  guarantee  asset  value  approach  was  utilized  for  estimating  the  fair  value  of  non-

recurring assets. There were no assets measured on a nonrecurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2022. 

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded $0.4 million of OREO as a result of obtaining 
physical possession of a foreclosed property as partial consideration for amounts owed on a collateral dependent loan. The 
Company sold the property during the year ended December 31, 2022, resulting in an immaterial gain. As of December 31, 
2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company did not own any OREO properties. 

F-51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  of  December  31,  2023,  total  collateral  dependent  loans  measured  using  fair  value  had  amortized  cost  of 
$43.5 million and were classified as Level 3. Collateral dependent loans accounted for $3.8 million of the allowance on 
non-performing loans as of December 31, 2023 and no specific reserves as of December 31, 2022. The Company recorded 
$8.8  million  of  charge-offs  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  and  no  charge-offs  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2022. 

Level 3 Analysis

The following presents a reconciliation for Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of 

the dates noted (dollars in thousands):

Year Ended December 31, 2023

Corporate 
Bonds

Loans Held at 
Fair Value

FSC

Guarantee 
Asset

IRLC

Equity 
Warrants

Beginning balance

$ 

—  $ 

23,321  $ 

—  $ 

143  $ 

229  $ 

Acquisitions

Originations

Gains (losses) in net income, net

Transfer to held-to-maturity

Net charge-offs

Settlements

Ending balance

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,173 

— 

(309)   

— 

(1,700)   

(8,759)   

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

—  $ 

13,726  $ 

—  $ 

— 

32 

38 

— 

— 

(24)   

189  $ 

1,997 

(3,272)   

1,391 

— 

— 

— 

345  $ 

795 

Year Ended December 31, 2022

Corporate 
Bonds

Loans Held at 
Fair Value

FSC

Guarantee 
Asset

IRLC

Equity 
Warrants

Beginning balance

$ 

2,113  $ 

—  $ 

(9)  $ 

237  $ 

1,473  $ 

Acquisitions

Originations

Gains (losses) in net income, net

Unrealized gains, net

Other settlements

Ending balance

Transfer to held-to-maturity

(6,215)   

4,000 

35,616 

— 

— 

102 

— 

(94)   

— 

— 

9 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1 

(75)   

— 

— 

(20)   

143  $ 

3,213 

(5,048)   

591 

— 

— 

— 

229  $ 

825 

825 

— 

— 

(30) 

— 

— 

— 

160 

344 

— 

321 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(12,201)   

$ 

—  $ 

23,321  $ 

—  $ 

F-52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following presents quantitative information about Level 3 assets measured on a recurring and nonrecurring 

basis as of the dates noted:

(Dollars in thousands)

Fair Value

Valuation 
Technique

Significant 
Unobservable Input

Range
(Weighted Average)

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2023

Recurring fair value
Loans held for investment at 
fair value

$ 

13,726 

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

7% to 8% (8%)

Guarantee asset

189 

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate
Prepayment rate

5% (5%)
5% (5%)

IRLC, net

345 

Best execution model

Pull through

Equity Warrants

795 

Black-Scholes option 
pricing model

Volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Remaining life

48% to 100% 
(86%)

20.1% to 23.0% 
(22.4%)
4.62% (4.62%)
2.00 to 2.03 years

Nonrecurring fair value
Collateral dependent loans:

Consumer and Other

$ 

7,500 

1-4 Family Residential

Commercial and Industrial

2,438 

24,792 

Commercial and Industrial

148 

Commercial and Industrial

Owner Occupied CRE

799 

3,980 

Credit enhancement - 
guarantee asset value

Credit enhancement - 
guarantee asset value

Credit enhancement - 
guarantee asset value

Sales comparison,
Market approach - 
guideline transaction
method

Credit enhancement - 
guarantee asset value

Credit enhancement - 
guarantee asset value

Market rate 
adjustments

Market rate 
adjustments

Market rate 
adjustments

46% (8%)

46% (8%)

46% (8%)

Loss given default

Market rate 
adjustments
Market rate 
adjustments

14% to 62% (20%)

21% (11%)

46% (8%)

(Dollars in thousands)

Fair Value

Valuation 
Technique

Significant 
Unobservable Input

Range
(Weighted Average)

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2022

Recurring fair value
Loans held for investment at fair 
value

Guarantee asset

IRLC, net

Equity warrants

$ 

23,321  Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

4% to 18% (8%)

143  Discounted cash flow

Discount rate
Prepayment rate

5% (5%)                     
4% (4%)

229  Best execution model

Pull through

825 

Black-Scholes option 
pricing model

Volatility
Risk-free interest 
rate
Remaining life

73% to 100% 
(91%)

32.7% to 88.9% 

(34.8)%                   

4.04% to 4.14% 

(4.05)%                               

0 to 4 years

F-53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments

The  following  presents  carrying  amounts  and  estimated  fair  values  for  financial  instruments  not  carried  at  fair 

value as of the dates noted (dollars in thousands):

December 31, 2023

Assets:

Carrying
Amount

Fair Value Measurements Using:

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 

254,442  $ 

254,442  $ 

—  $ 

Held-to-maturity securities, net of ACL
Loans, net(1)
Accrued interest receivable

Liabilities:

Term deposits(2)
Non-term deposits

Borrowings:

FHLB borrowings – fixed rate

FHLB borrowings – floating rate

Federal Reserve borrowings – fixed rate

Subordinated notes – fixed-to-floating rate

Accrued interest payable

74,102 

2,493,258 

11,428 

243 

— 

11,428 

496,452 

414,613 

2,032,587 

2,032,587 

41,175 

50,000 

34,536 

52,340 

3,793 

— 

— 

3,539 

— 

3,793 

58,229 

— 

— 

— 

— 

41,372 

49,986 

30,936 

— 

— 

— 

8,144 

2,395,468 

— 

82,564 

— 

— 

— 

— 

48,228 

— 

December 31, 2022

Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Held-to-maturity securities
Loans, net(1)
Accrued interest receivable

Liabilities:

Term deposits(2)
Non-term deposits

Borrowings:

FHLB borrowings – fixed rate

Federal Reserve borrowings – fixed rate

Subordinated notes – fixed-to-floating rate

Accrued interest payable

Carrying
Amount

Fair Value Measurements Using:

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

$ 

196,512  $ 

196,512  $ 

—  $ 

81,056 

2,428,909 

10,445 

234 

— 

10,445 

224,090 

181,036 

2,181,139 

2,181,139 

141,498 

5,388 

52,132 

1,125 

— 

5,388 

— 

1,125 

67,433 

— 

— 

— 

141,867 

— 

7,051 

2,356,085 

— 

43,586 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

60,384 

— 

(1)  Excludes  loans  accounted  for  under  the  fair  value  option  of  $13.7  million  and  $23.3  million  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  December  31,  2022, 
respectively, as these are carried at fair value. 

(2) Term deposits due within one year totaling $414.6 million and $181.0 million as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, are 
classified under Level 1 fair value measurement. 

The  fair  value  estimates  presented  and  discussed  above  are  based  on  pertinent  information  available  to 
management as of the dates specified. The estimated fair value amounts are based on the exit price notion set forth by ASU 
2016-01. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair values, such 
amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these consolidated financial statements since the balance 
sheet dates. Therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.

F-54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The methods and assumptions, not previously presented, used to estimate fair values are described as follows.

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  and  Restricted  Cash:  The  carrying  amounts  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and 
restricted cash approximate fair values as maturities are less than 90 days and balances are generally in accounts bearing 
current market interest rates. 

Held-to-maturity  securities:  The  fair  values  for  held-to-maturity  investment  securities  are  determined  by  quoted 
market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based 
on market prices of similar securities (Level 2). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities is 
not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3).

Loans, net: The fair values for all fixed-rate and variable-rate performing loans were estimated using the income 
approach and by discounting the projected cash flows of such loans. Principal and interest cash flows were projected based 
on  the  contractual  terms  of  the  loans,  including  maturity,  contractual  amortization  and  adjustments  for  prepayments  and 
expected losses, where appropriate. A discount rate was developed based on the relative risk of the cash flows, considering 
the loan type, maturity and a required return on capital.

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable: The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value due to 

their short-term nature. 

Deposits:  The  fair  values  disclosed  for  demand  deposits  (e.g.,  interest  and  non-interest  checking,  passbook 
savings, and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amounts payable on demand at the 
reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate, fixed-term money market accounts and 
certificates of deposit approximate their fair values at the reporting dates. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit 
are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a 
schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits. 

Fixed Rate Borrowings: Borrowings with fixed rates are valued using inputs such as discounted cash flows and 

current interest rates for similar instruments and borrowers with similar credit ratings.

Fixed-to-Floating  Rate  Borrowings:  Borrowings  with  fixed-to-floating  rates  are  valued  using  inputs  such  as 
discounted  cash  flows  and  current  interest  rates  for  similar  instruments  and  assume  the  Company  will  redeem  the 
instrument prior to the first interest rate reset date.

NOTE 17 – DERIVATIVES

During  the  first  quarter  of  2023,  the  Company  entered  into  interest  rate  swap  agreements  as  part  of  its  asset 
liability management strategy to help manage its interest rate risk position. The notional amount of the interest rate swaps 
does  not  represent  amounts  exchanged  by  the  parties.  The  amount  exchanged  is  determined  by  reference  to  the  notional 
amount and the other terms of the individual interest rate swap agreements.

Cash Flow Hedges: On March 21, 2023, the Company executed an interest rate swap with a notional amount that 
was  designated  as  a  cash  flow  hedge  of  certain  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  borrowings.  The  swap  hedges  the  benchmark 
index  (SOFR)  with  a  receive  float/pay  fixed  swap  for  the  period  March  21,  2023  through  April  1,  2026.  The  notional 
amount of the interest rate swap as of December 31, 2023 was $50.0 million. As of December 31, 2023, this hedge was 
determined to be effective, and the Company expects the hedge to remain effective during the remaining terms of the swap.

Derivatives  Not  Designated  as  Hedges:  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  entered  into 
interest rate swaps to offset interest rate exposure with its commercial and residential variable rate loan clients. Clients with 
variable rate loans may choose to enter into an interest rate swap to hedge the interest rate risk on the loan and effectively 
pay a fixed rate payment. The Company will simultaneously enter into an interest rate swap on the same underlying loan 
and notional amount to hedge risk on the fixed rate loan. The notional amount of interest rate swaps with its loan customers 
as  of  December  31,  2023  was  $30.3  million.  While  these  derivatives  represent  economic  hedges,  they  do  not  qualify  as 
hedges for accounting purposes.

F-55

The Company presents derivative position gross on the balance sheet. The following table reflects the fair value of 

derivatives recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023:

(Dollars in thousands)

Included in other assets:

Derivatives designated as hedges:

Interest rate swaps - cash flow hedge

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Interest rate swaps related to customer loans

Total included in other assets

Included in other liabilities:

Derivatives designated as hedges:

Interest rate swaps - cash flow hedge

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Interest rate swaps related to customer loans

Total included in other liabilities

December 31, 2023

Notional Amount

Fair Value

$ 

50,000  $ 

77 

30,325 

$ 

686 

763 

$ 

—  $ 

— 

30,325 

$ 

740 

740 

The effect of cash flow hedge accounting on accumulated other comprehensive income for the year ended 

December 31, 2023 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Year Ended December 31, 2023

Interest rate contracts

Unrealized Gain 
(Loss) Recorded in 
OCI on Derivative

Location of Gain 
(Loss) Reclassified 
from OCI into 
Income

Amount of Gain 
(Loss) Reclassified 
from OCI into 
Income

$ 

(58)  $ 

—  $ 

— 

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded $0.5 million of interest income related to the swap 

to Other borrowed funds interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The effect of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments recorded in Other non-interest income on the 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $0.1 million.

NOTE 18 – SEGMENT REPORTING

The Company’s reportable segments consist of Wealth Management and Mortgage. The chief operating decision 
maker ("CODM") is the Chief Executive Officer. The measure of profit or loss used by the CODM to identify and measure 
the Company’s reportable segments is income before income tax. 

The  Wealth  Management  segment  consists  of  operations  relative  to  the  Company’s  fully  integrated  wealth 
management  products  and  services.  Services  provided  include  deposit,  loan,  insurance,  and  trust  and  investment 
management advisory products and services.

The  Mortgage  segment  consists  of  operations  relative  to  the  Company’s  residential  mortgage  service  offerings. 
Mortgage products and services are financial in nature for which premiums are recognized, net of expenses, upon the sale 
of mortgage loans to third parties.

F-56

 
 
 
 
The  following  presents  the  financial  information  for  each  segment  that  is  specifically  identifiable  or  based  on 

allocations using internal methods for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 (dollars in thousands):

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2023

Income Statement

Total interest and dividend income

Total interest expense

Provision for credit losses

Net interest income, after provision for credit losses

Non-interest income

Total income before non-interest expense

Depreciation and amortization expense

All other non-interest expense

Income before income taxes

Goodwill

Total assets

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2022

Income Statement

Total interest and dividend income

Total interest expense

Provision for loan losses

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

Non-interest income

Total income before non-interest expense

Depreciation and amortization expense

All other non-interest expense

Income before income taxes

Goodwill

Total assets

Wealth
Management

Mortgage

Consolidated

$ 

144,837  $ 

721  $ 

145,558 

74,453 

10,355 

60,029 

19,053 

79,082 

2,370 

67,121 

— 

— 

721 

2,895 

3,616 

33 

6,113 

9,591  $ 

(2,530)  $ 

74,453 

10,355 

60,750 

21,948 

82,698 

2,403 

73,234 

7,061 

30,400  $ 

—  $ 

30,400 

2,966,612 

8,850 

2,975,462 

$ 

$ 

Wealth
Management

Mortgage

Consolidated

$ 

100,474  $ 

722  $ 

101,196 

17,270 

3,682 

79,522 

22,760 

102,282 

2,193 

68,821 

— 

— 

722 

4,930 

5,652 

42 

8,050 

31,268  $ 

(2,440)  $ 

17,270 

3,682 

80,244 

27,690 

107,934 

2,235 

76,871 

28,828 

30,400  $ 

—  $ 

30,400 

2,856,708 

10,040 

2,866,748 

$ 

$ 

NOTE 19 – LOW-INCOME HOUSING TAX CREDIT INVESTMENTS

On  December  19,  2019,  the  Company  invested  in  a  low-income  housing  tax  credit  ("LIHTC")  investment.  On 
June  26,  2023,  the  Company  entered  into  two  additional  LIHTC  investments  for  $3.0  million  per  investment.  As  of 
December 31, 2023, total unfunded commitments related to LIHTC investments totaled $4.9 million. As of December 31, 
2022, there were no unfunded commitments related to LIHTC investments. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 
2022,  the  total  balance  of  all  LIHTC  investments  was  $3.1  million  and  $2.4  million,  respectively.  These  balances  are 
reflected in the Other assets line item of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

The Company uses the proportional amortization method to account for this investment. Amortization expense is 
included  within  the  Income  tax  expense  line  item  of  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.  During  the  years  ended 
December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the  Company  recognized  amortization  expense  of  $0.5  million  and  $0.4  million, 
respectively.

F-57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additionally, during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized $0.4 million of tax 
credits  and  other  benefits  from  the  LIHTC  investment.  During  the  years  ending  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the 
Company did not incur any impairment losses.

NOTE 20 – CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY

The  following  presents  condensed  financial  statements  pertaining  only  to  FWFI  (dollars  in  thousands). 

Investments in subsidiaries are stated using the equity method of accounting.

Condensed Balance Sheets

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Investment in subsidiaries

Loans, net

Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Subordinated notes

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Shareholders' Equity

Total shareholders’ equity

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

Condensed Statements of Income

Income

Interest income

Non-interest (loss)/income

Total (loss)/income

Expense

Interest expense

Non-interest expense

Total expense

Loss before income tax and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

Income tax benefit

Loss before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

Equity in undistributed income to subsidiaries

Net income

December 31,

December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

20,983  $ 

268,966 

— 

5,530 

26,372 

263,362 

— 

3,723 

$ 

$ 

295,479  $ 

293,457 

52,340  $ 

52,132 

401 

52,741 

461 

52,593 

242,738 

$ 

295,479  $ 

240,864 

293,457 

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

—  $ 

(1,280)   

(1,280)   

2,928 

328 

3,256 

(4,536)   

999 

(3,537)   

8,762 

$ 

5,225  $ 

46 

7 

53 

1,609 

272 

1,881 

(1,828) 

412 

(1,416) 

23,114 

21,698 

F-58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income

Adjustments:

Depreciation and amortization

Deferred income tax expense

Undistributed equity in subsidiaries

Change in other assets

Change in other liabilities

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Investment in subsidiaries

Loan and note receivable originations and principal collections

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from subordinated notes, net of issuance costs

Payment on subordinated notes

Settlement of restricted stock

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

Supplemental cash flow information:

Interest paid on borrowed funds

Supplemental noncash disclosures:

Stock-based compensation

NOTE 21 – OTHER NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

5,225  $ 

21,698 

225 

(3,856)   

(8,762)   

2,050 

(77)   

(5,195)   

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(439)   

245 

(194)   

(5,389)   

26,372 

$ 

20,983  $ 

167 

941 

(23,114) 

235 

115 

42 

(6,009) 

1,978 

(4,031) 

19,509 

(6,575) 

(876) 

179 

12,237 

8,248 

18,124 

26,372 

$ 

$ 

2,928  $ 

1,609 

1,843  $ 

2,562 

Other  non-interest  expense  as  shown  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  is  detailed  in  the  following 

schedule to the extent the components exceed one percent of total interest income and other income (dollars in thousands):

Other non-interest expense

Corporate development and related

Loan and deposit related

Other

Total other non-interest expense

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

2,685  $ 

2,124 

565 

5,374  $ 

2,440 

1,420 

687 

4,547 

F-59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 22 – REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS

First  Western  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  adequacy  requirements  administered  by 
federal  banking  agencies.  Failure  to  meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory  and  possibly 
additional  discretionary  actions  by  regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could  have  a  direct  material  effect  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, the regulatory framework 
for  prompt  corrective  action,  First  Western  and  the  Bank  must  meet  specific  capital  guidelines  that  involve  quantitative 
measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. 

First Western and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the 
regulators  regarding  components,  risk  weightings  and  other  factors.  The  final  rules  implementing  Basel  Committee  on 
Banking  Supervision’s  capital  guidelines  for  U.S.  banks  ("Basel  III  rules")  has  been  fully  phased  in.  The  net  unrealized 
gain  or  loss  on  available-for-sale  securities  is  not  included  in  computing  regulatory  capital.  During  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2023, First Western made no capital injections into the Bank and made $6.0 million of capital injections into 
the Bank during the year ended December 31, 2022. Management believes as of December 31, 2023, First Western and the 
Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject to.

Prompt corrective action regulations for First Western and the Bank provide five classifications: well capitalized, 
adequately  capitalized,  undercapitalized,  significantly  undercapitalized,  and  critically  undercapitalized,  although  these 
terms  are  not  used  to  represent  overall  financial  condition.  If  adequately  capitalized,  regulatory  approval  is  required  to 
accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital 
restoration plans are required.

The standard ratios established by First Western and the Bank’s primary regulators to measure capital require First 
Western and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios, set forth in the following table. These ratios are common 
equity Tier 1 capital ("CET1"), Tier 1 capital and total capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as 
defined), and Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). 

The actual capital ratios of First Western and the Bank, along with the applicable regulatory capital requirements 
as of December 31, 2023, were calculated in accordance with the requirements of Basel III. The final rules of Basel III also 
established  a  "capital  conservation  buffer"  of  2.5%  above  new  regulatory  minimum  capital  ratios.  The  minimum  capital 
ratios inclusive of the capital conservation buffer are as follows: (i) a CET1 ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%; 
and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Banks are subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, 
and  paying  discretionary  bonuses  if  their  capital  level  falls  below  the  buffer  amount.  These  limitations  establish  a 
maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such activities.

As of December 31, 2023, the most recent filings with the FDIC categorized First Western and the Bank as well 
capitalized under the regulatory guidelines. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum 
CET1  risk-based,  Tier  1  risk-based,  total  risk-based,  and  Tier  1  leverage  ratios  as  set  forth  in  the  following  table. 
Management believes there are no conditions or events since December 31, 2023 that have changed the categorization of 
First Western and the Bank as well capitalized. Management believes First Western and the Bank met all capital adequacy 
requirements to which they are subject to as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

F-60

The  following  presents  the  actual  and  required  capital  amounts  and  ratios  as  of  the  dates  noted  (dollars  in 

thousands):

December 31, 2023

Amount

Ratio 

Amount

Ratio 

Amount

Ratio 

Actual

Required for Capital 
Adequacy Purposes(1)

To be Well Capitalized 
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Regulations

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted 
assets

Bank

Consolidated

CET1 to risk-weighted assets

Bank

Consolidated

Total capital to risk-weighted 
assets

Bank 

Consolidated

Tier 1 capital to average assets
Bank

Consolidated

$  244,390 

 10.54 % $  139,126 

 6.0 % $  185,502 

218,150 

 9.40 

N/A

N/A

N/A

244,390 

218,150 

 10.54 

 9.40 

104,345 

N/A

 4.5 

N/A

150,720 

N/A

 8.0 %

N/A

 6.5 

N/A

265,391 

292,151 

 11.45 

 12.59 

244,390 

218,150 

 8.71 

 7.77 

185,502 

N/A

112,244 

N/A

 8.0 

N/A

 4.0 

N/A

231,877 

 10.0 

N/A

N/A

140,306 

N/A

 5.0 

N/A

Actual

Required for Capital 
Adequacy Purposes(1)

To be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Regulations 

December 31, 2022

Amount

Ratio 

Amount

Ratio 

Amount

Ratio 

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted 
assets

Bank

Consolidated

$  234,738 

 10.29 % $  136,928 

 6.0 % $  182,571 

212,229 

 9.28 

 N/A 

N/A

 N/A 

 8.0 %

N/A

 6.5 

N/A

234,738 

212,229 

 10.29 

 9.28 

102,696 

 N/A 

 4.5 

N/A

148,339 

 N/A 

252,398 

282,889 

 11.06 

 12.37 

234,738 

212,229 

 8.65 

 7.81 

182,571 

 N/A 

108,506 

 N/A 

 8.0 

N/A

 4.0 

N/A

228,213 

 10.0 

 N/A 

N/A

135,633 

 N/A 

 5.0 

N/A

CET1 to risk-weighted assets

Bank

Consolidated

Total capital to risk-weighted 
assets

Bank 

Consolidated

Tier 1 capital to average assets

Bank

Consolidated

_____________________________
(1)

Does not include capital conservation buffer.

The  Company's  principal  source  of  funds  for  dividend  payments  is  dividends  received  from  the  Bank.  Banking 
regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval of regulatory agencies. As of December 31, 
2023,  $102.2  million  of  retained  earnings  is  available  to  pay  dividends  from  the  Bank.  As  of  December  31,  2023  and 
December 31, 2022 no dividends were declared and paid by the Bank. 

F-61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 23 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

None.

*****

F-62

Item 9: Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A: Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management  of  the  Company  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over 
financial reporting (as defined under Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). The Company’s internal control 
system  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance GAAP. Because of its inherent limitations, internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of 
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions 
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As  of  December  31,  2023,  management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  based  on  the  criteria  for  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  established  in  "Internal 
Control-Integrated  Framework,"  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  ("COSO")  of  the  Treadway 
Commission in 2013. Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023.

Crowe LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements of 
the  Company  and  issued  an  audit  report  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31, 
2023.  This  report  entitled  “Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm”  appears  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, including our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and 
Treasurer, have evaluated the effectiveness of our "disclosure controls and procedures" (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 
15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, 
our  Chairman,  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and  President  of  First  Western  Financial  Inc.  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
Treasurer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by the Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company’s 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  the  information  required  to  be 
disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and 
reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC and is accumulated and communicated to the 
Company’s management, including our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President of First Western Financial Inc. 
and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Beginning January 1, 2023, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 
326):  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments.”  The  Company  implemented  changes  to  the  policies, 
processes,  and  controls  over  the  estimation  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  to  support  the  adoption  of  ASU  2016-13. 
While  many  controls  in  operation  under  this  new  standard  mirror  controls  under  prior  GAAP,  there  were  some  new 
controls implemented. Except as related to the adoption of ASU 2016-13, there were no changes in the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably 
likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

95

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

None.

96

Item 10: Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from our Definitive Proxy Statement 
relating to the 2024 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, or the 2024 Proxy Statement, to be filed with the SEC within 120 
days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, 
officers  and  directors,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief  Operating  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
other executive officers. The full text of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on the investor relations page 
of our website which is located https://myfw.gcs-web.com/investor-relations. We will post any amendments to our Code of 
Business Conduct and Ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website.

Item 11: Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from the 2024 Proxy Statement, to be 

filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

Item 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from the 2024 Proxy Statement, to be 

filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

Information relating to securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is included in Part 
II  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  under  "Item  5  –  Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Shareholder 
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities."

Item 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from the 2024 Proxy Statement, to be 

filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

Item 14: Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from the 2024 Proxy Statement, to be 

filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

97

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

PART IV

(a)

(1) Financial Statements

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 91

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are either not applicable or not required, or 
because  the  required  information  is  included  in  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  or  the  Notes 
thereto included in Part II, Item 8.

(b)

(3) Exhibits

The exhibits are filed as part of this report and exhibits incorporated by reference to other documents 
are as follows:

Exhibit No.

Description

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7*

10.1†

Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the 
Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on July 3, 2018, File No. 333-225719)

Amended and Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with 
the SEC on July 3, 2018, File No. 333-225719)

Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 
S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719)

Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of the registrant and its 
subsidiaries  are  omitted  pursuant  to  Item  601(b)(4)(iii)  of  Regulation  S-K.  The  registrant  hereby 
undertakes to furnish to the SEC, upon request, copies of any such instruments.

Form of 5.125% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Note (incorporated by reference as Exhibit A to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2020, File No. 001-38595)

Form of 4.25% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Note (incorporated by reference as Exhibit A to 
Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  November  25,  2020,  File  No. 
001-38595)

Form  of  3.25%  Fixed-to-Floating  Rate  Subordinated  Note  due  2031  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit A to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 31, 2021, File No. 
001-38595)

Form of 7.00% Fixed-to-Floating rate Subordinated Note due 2032 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit A to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 6, 2022, File 
No. 001-38595)

Description of Registrant’s Securities

First  Western  Financial,  Inc.  2008  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719)

98

10.2†

10.3†

10.4†

10.5†

10.6†

10.7†

10.8†

10.9†

10.10†

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

First Western Financial, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 
to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719)

Amendment  to  2016  Omnibus  Incentive  Plan  dated  April  26,  2023  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 2, 2023, File No. 001-38595)

Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2017, between Scott Wylie and First Western Financial, Inc. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on June 19, 
2018, File No. 333-225719)

Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  dated  April  26,  2023  by  and  between  First  Western 
Financial, Inc. and Scott C. Wylie (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Form 8-
K filed with the SEC on May 2, 2023, File No. 001-38595)

Second  Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  dated  April  26,  2023  by  and  between  First 
Financial, Inc. and Julie Courkamp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Form 
8-K filed with the SEC on May 2, 2023, File No. 001-38595)

Employment  Agreement,  dated  June  22,  2023,  by  and  between  First  Western  Financial  Inc.  and 
Matthew C. Cassell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Form 8-K filed with 
the SEC on June 27, 2023, File No. 001-38595)

Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  dated  April  26,  2023  by  and  between  First  Western 
Financial, Inc. and John Sawyer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Form 8-K 
filed with the SEC on May 2, 2023, File No. 001-38595)

Employment Agreement, dated February 14, 2024, by and between First Western Financial, Inc. and 
David R. Weber

Form of Indemnification Agreement between First Western Financial, Inc. and its directors and certain 
officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on 
June 19, 2018, File No. 333-225719)

Form of Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated March 17, 2020, by and among First Western 
Financial, Inc. and several purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 17, 2020, File No. 001-38595)

Form  of  Subordinated  Note  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  November  25,  2020,  by  and  among  First 
Western Financial, Inc. and the several purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 25, 2020, File No. 001-38595)

Form of Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated August 31, 2021, by and among First Western 
Financial,  Inc.  and  the  Purchaser  named  therein  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 31, 2021, File No. 001-38595)

Form  of  Subordinated  Note  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  December  5,  2022,  by  and  among  First 
Western Financial, Inc. and the Purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 
the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 6, 2022, File No. 001-38595)

99

21.1*

23.1*

24.1*

31.1*

31.2*

32.1**

32.2**

Subsidiaries of First Western Financial, Inc.

Consent of Crowe LLP

Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the Annual Report on Form 10-K)

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act as adopted 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

97.1*

Clawback Policy

101.INS*

Inline XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

_____________________________
*

Filed herewith.

**

These exhibits are furnished herewith and shall not be deemed "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the 
liability of that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

†

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

Item 16.Form 10-K Summary

None.

100

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  the 

Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

March 15, 2024

Date

First Western Financial, Inc.

By:

/s/ Scott C. Wylie

Scott C. Wylie

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President 
of First Western Financial, Inc.

101

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW  ALL  PERSONS  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature  appears  below  hereby 
constitutes and appoints Scott C. Wylie, David R. Weber, and Jesica J. Montgomery, with full power to act without the 
other, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full and several powers of substitution, for him or her and 
in  his  or  her  name,  place  and  stead,  in  any  and  all  capacities,  to  sign  any  and  all  amendments  to  this  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities 
and  Exchange  Commission,  and  hereby  grants  to  such  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents,  and  each  of  them,  full  power  and 
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully as to all intents and 
purposes as each of the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-
fact  and  agents,  or  any  of  them,  or  their  or  his  substitute  or  substitutes,  may  lawfully  do  or  cause  to  be  done  by  virtue 
hereof.  Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  this  Report  has  been  signed 
below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

102

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Scott C. Wylie

Scott C. Wylie

/s/ David R. Weber

David R. Weber

/s/ Jesica J. Montgomery

Jesica J. Montgomery

/s/ Julie A. Courkamp

Julie A. Courkamp

/s/ Julie A. Caponi

Julie A. Caponi

/s/ David R. Duncan

David R. Duncan

/s/ Thomas A. Gart

Thomas A. Gart

/s/ Patrick H. Hamill

Patrick H. Hamill

/s/ Scott C. Mitchell

Scott C. Mitchell

/s/ Luke A. Latimer

Luke A. Latimer

/s/ Eric D. Sipf

Eric D. Sipf

/s/ Mark L. Smith

Mark L. Smith

/s/ Joseph C. Zimlich

Joseph C. Zimlich

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President of First 
Western Financial, Inc. (principal executive officer)

March 15, 2024

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal financial 
officer)

March 15, 2024

Principal Accounting Officer

March 15, 2024

Director, Chief Operating Officer, and President of First 
Western Trust Bank

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

103

1900 16th St., Suite 1200
Denver, Colorado 80202

myfw.com